--- /dev/null
+*.aux
+*.bbl
+*.blg
+*.pdf
+*.log
+*.dvi
+*.backup
+*~
--- /dev/null
+\r
+IEEEabrv.bib\r
+V1.12 (2007/01/11)\r
+Copyright (c) 2002-2007 by Michael Shell\r
+See: http://www.michaelshell.org/\r
+for current contact information.\r
+\r
+BibTeX bibliography string definitions of the ABBREVIATED titles of\r
+IEEE journals and magazines and online publications.\r
+\r
+This file is designed for bibliography styles that require \r
+abbreviated titles and is not for use in bibliographies that\r
+require full-length titles.\r
+\r
+Support sites:\r
+http://www.michaelshell.org/tex/ieeetran/\r
+http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/IEEEtran/\r
+and/or\r
+http://www.ieee.org/\r
+\r
+Special thanks to Laura Hyslop and ken Rawson of IEEE for their help\r
+in obtaining the information needed to compile this file. Also,\r
+Volker Kuhlmann and Moritz Borgmann kindly provided some corrections\r
+and additions.\r
+\r
+*************************************************************************\r
+Legal Notice:\r
+This code is offered as-is without any warranty either expressed or\r
+implied; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or\r
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE! \r
+User assumes all risk.\r
+In no event shall IEEE or any contributor to this code be liable for\r
+any damages or losses, including, but not limited to, incidental,\r
+consequential, or any other damages, resulting from the use or misuse\r
+of any information contained here.\r
+\r
+All comments are the opinions of their respective authors and are not\r
+necessarily endorsed by the IEEE.\r
+\r
+This work is distributed under the LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL)\r
+( http://www.latex-project.org/ ) version 1.3, and may be freely used,\r
+distributed and modified. A copy of the LPPL, version 1.3, is included\r
+in the base LaTeX documentation of all distributions of LaTeX released\r
+2003/12/01 or later.\r
+Retain all contribution notices and credits.\r
+** Modified files should be clearly indicated as such, including **\r
+** renaming them and changing author support contact information. **\r
+\r
+File list of work: IEEEabrv.bib, IEEEfull.bib, IEEEexample.bib,\r
+ IEEEtran.bst, IEEEtranS.bst, IEEEtranSA.bst,\r
+ IEEEtranN.bst, IEEEtranSN.bst, IEEEtran_bst_HOWTO.pdf\r
+*************************************************************************\r
+\r
+\r
+USAGE:\r
+\r
+\bibliographystyle{mybstfile}\r
+\bibliography{IEEEabrv,mybibfile}\r
+\r
+where the IEEE titles in the .bib database entries use the strings\r
+defined here. e.g.,\r
+\r
+\r
+ journal = IEEE_J_AC,\r
+\r
+\r
+to yield "{IEEE} Trans. Automat. Contr."\r
+\r
+\r
+IEEE uses abbreviated journal titles in their bibliographies -\r
+this file is suitable for work that is to be submitted to the IEEE.\r
+\r
+\r
+For work that requires full-length titles, you should use the full\r
+titles provided in the companion file, IEEEfull.bib.\r
+\r
+\r
+** NOTES **\r
+\r
+ 1. Journals have been grouped according to subject in order to make it\r
+ easier to locate and extract the definitions for related journals - \r
+ as most works use references that are confined to a single topic.\r
+ Magazines are listed in straight alphabetical order.\r
+\r
+ 2. String names are closely based on IEEE's own internal acronyms.\r
+ \r
+ 3. Abbreviations follow IEEE's style.\r
+\r
+ 4. Older, out-of-print IEEE titles are included (but not including titles\r
+ dating prior to IEEE's formation from the IRE and AIEE in 1963).\r
+\r
+ 5. The following NEW/current journal definitions have been disabled because\r
+ their abbreviations have not yet been verified:\r
+ \r
+ STRING{IEEE_J_CBB = "{IEEE/ACM} Trans. Comput. Biology Bioinformatics"}\r
+ STRING{IEEE_J_CJECE = "Canadian J. Elect. Comput. Eng."}\r
+ STRING{IEEE_J_DSC = "{IEEE} Trans. Dependable Secure Comput."}\r
+ STRING{IEEE_O_DSO = "{IEEE} Distrib. Syst. Online"}\r
+ \r
+ 6. The following OLD journal definitions have been disabled because\r
+ their abbreviations have not yet been found/verified:\r
+\r
+ STRING{IEEE_J_BCTV = "{IEEE} Trans. Broadcast Television Receivers"}\r
+ STRING{IEEE_J_EWS = "{IEEE} Trans. Eng. Writing Speech"}\r
+\r
+If you know what the proper abbreviation is for a string in #5 or #6 above,\r
+email me and I will correct them in the next release.\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+IEEE Journals \r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+aerospace and military\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_AES = "{IEEE} Trans. Aerosp. Electron. Syst."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_ANE = "{IEEE} Trans. Aerosp. Navig. Electron."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_ANNE = "{IEEE} Trans. Aeronaut. Navig. Electron."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_AS = "{IEEE} Trans. Aerosp."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_AIRE = "{IEEE} Trans. Airborne Electron."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_MIL = "{IEEE} Trans. Mil. Electron."}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+autos, transportation and vehicles (non-aerospace)\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_ITS = "{IEEE} Trans. Intell. Transp. Syst."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_VT = "{IEEE} Trans. Veh. Technol."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_VC = "{IEEE} Trans. Veh. Commun."}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+circuits, signals, systems, audio and controls\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_SPL = "{IEEE} Signal Process. Lett."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_ASSP = "{IEEE} Trans. Acoust., Speech, Signal Process."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_AU = "{IEEE} Trans. Audio"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_AUEA = "{IEEE} Trans. Audio Electroacoust."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_AC = "{IEEE} Trans. Autom. Control"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_CAS = "{IEEE} Trans. Circuits Syst."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_CASVT = "{IEEE} Trans. Circuits Syst. Video Technol."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_CASI = "{IEEE} Trans. Circuits Syst. {I}"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_CASII = "{IEEE} Trans. Circuits Syst. {II}"}\r
+in 2004 CASI and CASII renamed part title to CASI_RP and CASII_EB, respectively.\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_CASI_RP = "{IEEE} Trans. Circuits Syst. {I}"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_CASII_EB = "{IEEE} Trans. Circuits Syst. {II}"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_CT = "{IEEE} Trans. Circuit Theory"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_CST = "{IEEE} Trans. Control Syst. Technol."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_SP = "{IEEE} Trans. Signal Process."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_SU = "{IEEE} Trans. Sonics Ultrason."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_SAP = "{IEEE} Trans. Speech Audio Process."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_UE = "{IEEE} Trans. Ultrason. Eng."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_UFFC = "{IEEE} Trans. Ultrason., Ferroelectr., Freq. Control"}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+communications\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_COML = "{IEEE} Commun. Lett."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_JSAC = "{IEEE} J. Sel. Areas Commun."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_COM = "{IEEE} Trans. Commun."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_COMT = "{IEEE} Trans. Commun. Technol."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_WCOM = "{IEEE} Trans. Wireless Commun."}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+components, packaging and manufacturing\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_ADVP = "{IEEE} Trans. Adv. Packag."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_CHMT = "{IEEE} Trans. Compon., Hybrids, Manuf. Technol."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_CPMTA = "{IEEE} Trans. Compon., Packag., Manuf. Technol. {A}"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_CPMTB = "{IEEE} Trans. Compon., Packag., Manuf. Technol. {B}"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_CPMTC = "{IEEE} Trans. Compon., Packag., Manuf. Technol. {C}"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_CAPT = "{IEEE} Trans. Compon. Packag. Technol."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_CAPTS = "{IEEE} Trans. Compon. Packag. Technol."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_CPART = "{IEEE} Trans. Compon. Parts"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_EPM = "{IEEE} Trans. Electron. Packag. Manuf."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_MFT = "{IEEE} Trans. Manuf. Technol."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_PHP = "{IEEE} Trans. Parts, Hybrids, Packag."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_PMP = "{IEEE} Trans. Parts, Mater., Packag."}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+CAD\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_TCAD = "{IEEE} J. Technol. Comput. Aided Design"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_CAD = "{IEEE} Trans. Comput.-Aided Design Integr. Circuits Syst."}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+coding, data, information, knowledge\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_IT = "{IEEE} Trans. Inf. Theory"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_KDE = "{IEEE} Trans. Knowl. Data Eng."}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+computers, computation, networking and software\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_C = "{IEEE} Trans. Comput."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_CAL = "{IEEE} Comput. Archit. Lett."}\r
+disabled till definition is verified\r
+STRING{IEEE_J_DSC = "{IEEE} Trans. Dependable Secure Comput."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_ECOMP = "{IEEE} Trans. Electron. Comput."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_EVC = "{IEEE} Trans. Evol. Comput."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_FUZZ = "{IEEE} Trans. Fuzzy Syst."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_IFS = "{IEEE} Trans. Inf. Forensics Security"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_MC = "{IEEE} Trans. Mobile Comput."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_NET = "{IEEE/ACM} Trans. Netw."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_NN = "{IEEE} Trans. Neural Netw."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_PDS = "{IEEE} Trans. Parallel Distrib. Syst."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_SE = "{IEEE} Trans. Softw. Eng."}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+computer graphics, imaging, and multimedia\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_JDT = "{IEEE/OSA} J. Display Technol."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_IP = "{IEEE} Trans. Image Process."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_MM = "{IEEE} Trans. Multimedia"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_VCG = "{IEEE} Trans. Vis. Comput. Graphics"}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+cybernetics, ergonomics, robots, man-machine, and automation\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_ASE = "{IEEE} Trans. Autom. Sci. Eng."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_JRA = "{IEEE} J. Robot. Autom."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_HFE = "{IEEE} Trans. Hum. Factors Electron."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_MMS = "{IEEE} Trans. Man-Mach. Syst."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_PAMI = "{IEEE} Trans. Pattern Anal. Mach. Intell."}\r
+in 1989 JRA became RA\r
+in August 2004, RA split into ASE and RO\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_RA = "{IEEE} Trans. Robot. Autom."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_RO = "{IEEE} Trans. Robot."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_SMC = "{IEEE} Trans. Syst., Man, Cybern."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_SMCA = "{IEEE} Trans. Syst., Man, Cybern. {A}"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_SMCB = "{IEEE} Trans. Syst., Man, Cybern. {B}"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_SMCC = "{IEEE} Trans. Syst., Man, Cybern. {C}"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_SSC = "{IEEE} Trans. Syst. Sci. Cybern."}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+earth, wind, fire and water\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_GE = "{IEEE} Trans. Geosci. Electron."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_GRS = "{IEEE} Trans. Geosci. Remote Sens."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_GRSL = "{IEEE} Geosci. Remote Sens. Lett."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_OE = "{IEEE} J. Ocean. Eng."}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+education, engineering, history, IEEE, professional\r
+disabled till definition is verified\r
+STRING{IEEE_J_CJECE = "Canadian J. Elect. Comput. Eng."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_PROC = "Proc. {IEEE}"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_EDU = "{IEEE} Trans. Educ."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_EM = "{IEEE} Trans. Eng. Manag."}\r
+disabled till definition is verified\r
+STRING{IEEE_J_EWS = "{IEEE} Trans. Eng. Writing Speech"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_PC = "{IEEE} Trans. Prof. Commun."}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+electromagnetics, antennas, EMI, magnetics and microwave\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_AWPL = "{IEEE} Antennas Wireless Propag. Lett."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_MGWL = "{IEEE} Microw. Guided Wave Lett."}\r
+IEEE seems to want "Compon." here, not "Comp."\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_MWCL = "{IEEE} Microw. Wireless Compon. Lett."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_AP = "{IEEE} Trans. Antennas Propag."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_EMC = "{IEEE} Trans. Electromagn. Compat."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_MAG = "{IEEE} Trans. Magn."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_MTT = "{IEEE} Trans. Microw. Theory Tech."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_RFI = "{IEEE} Trans. Radio Freq. Interference"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_TJMJ = "{IEEE} Transl. J. Magn. Jpn."}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+energy and power\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_EC = "{IEEE} Trans. Energy Convers."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_PEL = "{IEEE} Power Electron. Lett."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_PWRAS = "{IEEE} Trans. Power App. Syst."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_PWRD = "{IEEE} Trans. Power Del."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_PWRE = "{IEEE} Trans. Power Electron."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_PWRS = "{IEEE} Trans. Power Syst."}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+industrial, commercial and consumer\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_APPIND = "{IEEE} Trans. Appl. Ind."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_BC = "{IEEE} Trans. Broadcast."}\r
+disabled till definition is verified\r
+STRING{IEEE_J_BCTV = "{IEEE} Trans. Broadcast Television Receivers"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_CE = "{IEEE} Trans. Consum. Electron."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_IE = "{IEEE} Trans. Ind. Electron."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_IECI = "{IEEE} Trans. Ind. Electron. Contr. Instrum."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_IA = "{IEEE} Trans. Ind. Appl."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_IGA = "{IEEE} Trans. Ind. Gen. Appl."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_IINF = "{IEEE} Trans. Ind. Informat."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_PSE = "{IEEE} J. Product Safety Eng."}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+instrumentation and measurement\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_IM = "{IEEE} Trans. Instrum. Meas."}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+insulation and materials\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_JEM = "{IEEE/TMS} J. Electron. Mater."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_DEI = "{IEEE} Trans. Dielectr. Electr. Insul."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_EI = "{IEEE} Trans. Electr. Insul."}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+mechanical\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_MECH = "{IEEE/ASME} Trans. Mechatronics"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_MEMS = "J. Microelectromech. Syst."}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+medical and biological\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_BME = "{IEEE} Trans. Biomed. Eng."}\r
+Note: The B-ME journal later dropped the hyphen and became the BME.\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_B-ME = "{IEEE} Trans. Bio-Med. Eng."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_BMELC = "{IEEE} Trans. Bio-Med. Electron."}\r
+disabled till definition is verified\r
+STRING{IEEE_J_CBB = "{IEEE/ACM} Trans. Comput. Biology Bioinformatics"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_ITBM = "{IEEE} Trans. Inf. Technol. Biomed."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_ME = "{IEEE} Trans. Med. Electron."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_MI = "{IEEE} Trans. Med. Imag."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_NB = "{IEEE} Trans. Nanobiosci."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_NSRE = "{IEEE} Trans. Neural Syst. Rehabil. Eng."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_RE = "{IEEE} Trans. Rehabil. Eng."}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+ optics, lightwave and photonics\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_PTL = "{IEEE} Photon. Technol. Lett."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_JLT = "J. Lightw. Technol."}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+physics, electrons, nanotechnology, nuclear and quantum electronics\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_EDL = "{IEEE} Electron Device Lett."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_JQE = "{IEEE} J. Quantum Electron."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_JSTQE = "{IEEE} J. Sel. Topics Quantum Electron."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_ED = "{IEEE} Trans. Electron Devices"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_NANO = "{IEEE} Trans. Nanotechnol."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_NS = "{IEEE} Trans. Nucl. Sci."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_PS = "{IEEE} Trans. Plasma Sci."}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+reliability\r
+IEEE seems to want "Mat." here, not "Mater."\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_DMR = "{IEEE} Trans. Device Mater. Rel."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_R = "{IEEE} Trans. Rel."}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+semiconductors, superconductors, electrochemical and solid state\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_ESSL = "{IEEE/ECS} Electrochem. Solid-State Lett."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_JSSC = "{IEEE} J. Solid-State Circuits"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_ASC = "{IEEE} Trans. Appl. Supercond."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_SM = "{IEEE} Trans. Semicond. Manuf."}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+sensors\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_SENSOR = "{IEEE} Sensors J."}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+VLSI\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_VLSI = "{IEEE} Trans. {VLSI} Syst."}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+IEEE Magazines \r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+@STRING{IEEE_M_AES = "{IEEE} Aerosp. Electron. Syst. Mag."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_M_HIST = "{IEEE} Ann. Hist. Comput."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_M_AP = "{IEEE} Antennas Propag. Mag."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_M_ASSP = "{IEEE} {ASSP} Mag."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_M_CD = "{IEEE} Circuits Devices Mag."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_M_CAS = "{IEEE} Circuits Syst. Mag."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_M_COM = "{IEEE} Commun. Mag."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_M_COMSOC = "{IEEE} Commun. Soc. Mag."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_M_CIM = "{IEEE} Comput. Intell. Mag."}\r
+CSEM changed to CSE in 1999\r
+@STRING{IEEE_M_CSE = "{IEEE} Comput. Sci. Eng."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_M_CSEM = "{IEEE} Comput. Sci. Eng. Mag."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_M_C = "{IEEE} Computer"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_M_CAP = "{IEEE} Comput. Appl. Power"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_M_CGA = "{IEEE} Comput. Graph. Appl."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_M_CONC = "{IEEE} Concurrency"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_M_CS = "{IEEE} Control Syst. Mag."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_M_DTC = "{IEEE} Des. Test. Comput."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_M_EI = "{IEEE} Electr. Insul. Mag."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_M_ETR = "{IEEE} ElectroTechnol. Rev."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_M_EMB = "{IEEE} Eng. Med. Biol. Mag."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_M_EMR = "{IEEE} Eng. Manag. Rev."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_M_EXP = "{IEEE} Expert"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_M_IA = "{IEEE} Ind. Appl. Mag."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_M_IM = "{IEEE} Instrum. Meas. Mag."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_M_IS = "{IEEE} Intell. Syst."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_M_IC = "{IEEE} Internet Comput."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_M_ITP = "{IEEE} {IT} Prof."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_M_MICRO = "{IEEE} Micro"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_M_MW = "{IEEE} Microw. Mag."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_M_MM = "{IEEE} Multimedia"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_M_NET = "{IEEE} Netw."}\r
+IEEE's editorial manual lists "Pers. Commun.", \r
+but "Personal Commun. Mag." seems to be what is used in the journals\r
+@STRING{IEEE_M_PCOM = "{IEEE} Personal Commun. Mag."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_M_POT = "{IEEE} Potentials"}\r
+CAP and PER merged to form PE in 2003\r
+@STRING{IEEE_M_PE = "{IEEE} Power Energy Mag."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_M_PER = "{IEEE} Power Eng. Rev."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_M_PVC = "{IEEE} Pervasive Comput."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_M_RA = "{IEEE} Robot. Autom. Mag."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_M_SAP = "{IEEE} Security Privacy"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_M_SP = "{IEEE} Signal Process. Mag."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_M_S = "{IEEE} Softw."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_M_SPECT = "{IEEE} Spectr."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_M_TS = "{IEEE} Technol. Soc. Mag."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_M_VT = "{IEEE} Veh. Technol. Mag."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_M_WC = "{IEEE} Wireless Commun. Mag."}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_M_TODAY = "Today's Engineer"}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+IEEE Online Publications \r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+@STRING{IEEE_O_CSTO = "{IEEE} Commun. Surveys Tuts."}\r
+disabled till definition is verified\r
+STRING{IEEE_O_DSO = "{IEEE} Distrib. Syst. Online"}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+--\r
+EOF\r
--- /dev/null
+\r
+IEEEfull.bib\r
+V1.12 (2007/01/11)\r
+Copyright (c) 2002-2007 by Michael Shell\r
+See: http://www.michaelshell.org/\r
+for current contact information.\r
+\r
+BibTeX bibliography string definitions of the FULL titles of\r
+IEEE journals and magazines and online publications.\r
+\r
+This file is designed for bibliography styles that require \r
+full-length titles and is not for use in bibliographies that\r
+abbreviate titles.\r
+\r
+Support sites:\r
+http://www.michaelshell.org/tex/ieeetran/\r
+http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/IEEEtran/\r
+and/or\r
+http://www.ieee.org/\r
+\r
+Special thanks to Laura Hyslop and ken Rawson of IEEE for their help\r
+in obtaining the information needed to compile this file. Also,\r
+Volker Kuhlmann and Moritz Borgmann kindly provided some corrections\r
+and additions.\r
+\r
+*************************************************************************\r
+Legal Notice:\r
+This code is offered as-is without any warranty either expressed or\r
+implied; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or\r
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE! \r
+User assumes all risk.\r
+In no event shall IEEE or any contributor to this code be liable for\r
+any damages or losses, including, but not limited to, incidental,\r
+consequential, or any other damages, resulting from the use or misuse\r
+of any information contained here.\r
+\r
+All comments are the opinions of their respective authors and are not\r
+necessarily endorsed by the IEEE.\r
+\r
+This work is distributed under the LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL)\r
+( http://www.latex-project.org/ ) version 1.3, and may be freely used,\r
+distributed and modified. A copy of the LPPL, version 1.3, is included\r
+in the base LaTeX documentation of all distributions of LaTeX released\r
+2003/12/01 or later.\r
+Retain all contribution notices and credits.\r
+** Modified files should be clearly indicated as such, including **\r
+** renaming them and changing author support contact information. **\r
+\r
+File list of work: IEEEabrv.bib, IEEEfull.bib, IEEEexample.bib,\r
+ IEEEtran.bst, IEEEtranS.bst, IEEEtranSA.bst,\r
+ IEEEtranN.bst, IEEEtranSN.bst, IEEEtran_bst_HOWTO.pdf\r
+*************************************************************************\r
+\r
+\r
+USAGE:\r
+\r
+\bibliographystyle{mybstfile}\r
+\bibliography{IEEEfull,mybibfile}\r
+\r
+where the IEEE titles in the .bib database entries use the strings\r
+defined here. e.g.,\r
+\r
+\r
+ journal = IEEE_J_AC,\r
+\r
+\r
+to yield "{IEEE} Transactions on Automatic Control"\r
+\r
+\r
+WARNING: IEEE uses abbreviated journal titles in their bibliographies!\r
+Because this file provides the full titles, you should NOT use this file\r
+for work that is to be submitted to the IEEE.\r
+\r
+For IEEE work, you should use the abbreviated titles provided in the\r
+companion file, IEEEabrv.bib.\r
+\r
+\r
+** NOTES **\r
+\r
+ 1. Journals have been grouped according to subject in order to make it\r
+ easier to locate and extract the definitions for related journals - \r
+ as most works use references that are confined to a single topic.\r
+ Magazines are listed in straight alphabetical order.\r
+\r
+ 2. String names are closely based on IEEE's own internal acronyms.\r
+\r
+ 3. Older, out-of-print IEEE titles are included (but not including titles\r
+ dating prior to IEEE's formation from the IRE and AIEE in 1963).\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+IEEE Journals \r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+aerospace and military\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_AES = "{IEEE} Transactions on Aerospace and Electronic Systems"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_ANE = "{IEEE} Transactions on Aerospace and Navigational Electronics"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_ANNE = "{IEEE} Transactions on Aeronautical and Navigational Electronics"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_AS = "{IEEE} Transactions on Aerospace"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_AIRE = "{IEEE} Transactions on Airborne Electronics"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_MIL = "{IEEE} Transactions on Military Electronics"}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+autos, transportation and vehicles (non-aerospace)\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_ITS = "{IEEE} Transactions on Intelligent Transportation Systems"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_VT = "{IEEE} Transactions on Vehicular Technology"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_VC = "{IEEE} Transactions on Vehicular Communications"}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+circuits, signals, systems, audio and controls\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_SPL = "{IEEE} Signal Processing Letters"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_ASSP = "{IEEE} Transactions on Acoustics, Speech, and Signal Processing"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_AU = "{IEEE} Transactions on Audio"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_AUEA = "{IEEE} Transactions on Audio and Electroacoustics"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_AC = "{IEEE} Transactions on Automatic Control"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_CAS = "{IEEE} Transactions on Circuits and Systems"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_CASVT = "{IEEE} Transactions on Circuits and Systems for Video Technology"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_CASI = "{IEEE} Transactions on Circuits and Systems---Part {I}: Fundamental Theory and Applications"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_CASII = "{IEEE} Transactions on Circuits and Systems---Part {II}: Analog and Digital Signal Processing"}\r
+in 2004 CASI and CASII renamed part title to CASI_RP and CASII_EB, respectively.\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_CASI_RP = "{IEEE} Transactions on Circuits and Systems---Part {I}: Regular Papers"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_CASII_EB = "{IEEE} Transactions on Circuits and Systems---Part {II}: Express Briefs"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_CT = "{IEEE} Transactions on Circuit Theory"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_CST = "{IEEE} Transactions on Control Systems Technology"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_SP = "{IEEE} Transactions on Signal Processing"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_SU = "{IEEE} Transactions on Sonics and Ultrasonics"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_SAP = "{IEEE} Transactions on Speech and Audio Processing"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_UE = "{IEEE} Transactions on Ultrasonics Engineering"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_UFFC = "{IEEE} Transactions on Ultrasonics, Ferroelectrics, and Frequency Control"}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+communications\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_COML = "{IEEE} Communications Letters"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_JSAC = "{IEEE} Journal on Selected Areas in Communications"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_COM = "{IEEE} Transactions on Communications"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_COMT = "{IEEE} Transactions on Communication Technology"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_WCOM = "{IEEE} Transactions on Wireless Communications"}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+components, packaging and manufacturing\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_ADVP = "{IEEE} Transactions on Advanced Packaging"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_CHMT = "{IEEE} Transactions on Components, Hybrids and Manufacturing Technology"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_CPMTA = "{IEEE} Transactions on Components, Packaging and Manufacturing Technology---Part {A}"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_CPMTB = "{IEEE} Transactions on Components, Packaging and Manufacturing Technology---Part {B}: Advanced Packaging"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_CPMTC = "{IEEE} Transactions on Components, Packaging and Manufacturing Technology---Part {C}: Manufacturing"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_CAPT = "{IEEE} Transactions on Components and Packaging Technology"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_CAPTS = "{IEEE} Transactions on Components and Packaging Technologies"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_CPART = "{IEEE} Transactions on Component Parts"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_EPM = "{IEEE} Transactions on Electronics Packaging Manufacturing"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_MFT = "{IEEE} Transactions on Manufacturing Technology"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_PHP = "{IEEE} Transactions on Parts, Hybrids and Packaging"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_PMP = "{IEEE} Transactions on Parts, Materials and Packaging"}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+CAD\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_TCAD = "{IEEE} Journal on Technology in Computer Aided Design"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_CAD = "{IEEE} Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits and Systems"}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+coding, data, information, knowledge\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_IT = "{IEEE} Transactions on Information Theory"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_KDE = "{IEEE} Transactions on Knowledge and Data Engineering"}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+computers, computation, networking and software\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_C = "{IEEE} Transactions on Computers"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_CAL = "{IEEE} Computer Architecture Letters"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_DSC = "{IEEE} Transactions on Dependable and Secure Computing"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_ECOMP = "{IEEE} Transactions on Electronic Computers"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_EVC = "{IEEE} Transactions on Evolutionary Computation"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_FUZZ = "{IEEE} Transactions on Fuzzy Systems"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_IFS = "{IEEE} Transactions on Information Forensics and Security"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_MC = "{IEEE} Transactions on Mobile Computing"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_NET = "{IEEE/ACM} Transactions on Networking"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_NN = "{IEEE} Transactions on Neural Networks"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_PDS = "{IEEE} Transactions on Parallel and Distributed Systems"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_SE = "{IEEE} Transactions on Software Engineering"}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+computer graphics, imaging, and multimedia\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_JDT = "{IEEE/OSA} Journal of Display Technology"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_IP = "{IEEE} Transactions on Image Processing"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_MM = "{IEEE} Transactions on Multimedia"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_VCG = "{IEEE} Transactions on Visualization and Computer Graphics"}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+cybernetics, ergonomics, robots, man-machine, and automation\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_ASE = "{IEEE} Transactions on Automation Science and Engineering"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_JRA = "{IEEE} Journal of Robotics and Automation"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_HFE = "{IEEE} Transactions on Human Factors in Electronics"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_MMS = "{IEEE} Transactions on Man-Machine Systems"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_PAMI = "{IEEE} Transactions on Pattern Analysis and Machine Intelligence"}\r
+in 1989 JRA became RA\r
+in August 2004, RA split into ASE and RO\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_RA = "{IEEE} Transactions on Robotics and Automation"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_RO = "{IEEE} Transactions on Robotics"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_SMC = "{IEEE} Transactions on Systems, Man, and Cybernetics"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_SMCA = "{IEEE} Transactions on Systems, Man, and Cybernetics---Part {A}: Systems and Humans"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_SMCB = "{IEEE} Transactions on Systems, Man, and Cybernetics---Part {B}: Cybernetics"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_SMCC = "{IEEE} Transactions on Systems, Man, and Cybernetics---Part {C}: Applications and Reviews"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_SSC = "{IEEE} Transactions on Systems Science and Cybernetics"}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+earth, wind, fire and water\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_GE = "{IEEE} Transactions on Geoscience Electronics"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_GRS = "{IEEE} Transactions on Geoscience and Remote Sensing"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_GRSL = "{IEEE} Geoscience and Remote Sensing Letters"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_OE = "{IEEE} Journal of Oceanic Engineering"}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+education, engineering, history, IEEE, professional\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_CJECE = "Canadian Journal of Electrical and Computer Engineering"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_PROC = "Proceedings of the {IEEE}"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_EDU = "{IEEE} Transactions on Education"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_EM = "{IEEE} Transactions on Engineering Management"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_EWS = "{IEEE} Transactions on Engineering Writing and Speech"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_PC = "{IEEE} Transactions on Professional Communication"}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+electromagnetics, antennas, EMI, magnetics and microwave\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_AWPL = "{IEEE} Antennas and Wireless Propagation Letters"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_MGWL = "{IEEE} Microwave and Guided Wave Letters"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_MWCL = "{IEEE} Microwave and Wireless Components Letters"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_AP = "{IEEE} Transactions on Antennas and Propagation"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_EMC = "{IEEE} Transactions on Electromagnetic Compatibility"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_MAG = "{IEEE} Transactions on Magnetics"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_MTT = "{IEEE} Transactions on Microwave Theory and Techniques"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_RFI = "{IEEE} Transactions on Radio Frequency Interference"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_TJMJ = "{IEEE} Translation Journal on Magnetics in Japan"}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+energy and power\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_EC = "{IEEE} Transactions on Energy Conversion"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_PEL = "{IEEE} Power Electronics Letters"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_PWRAS = "{IEEE} Transactions on Power Apparatus and Systems"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_PWRD = "{IEEE} Transactions on Power Delivery"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_PWRE = "{IEEE} Transactions on Power Electronics"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_PWRS = "{IEEE} Transactions on Power Systems"}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+industrial, commercial and consumer\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_APPIND = "{IEEE} Transactions on Applications and Industry"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_BC = "{IEEE} Transactions on Broadcasting"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_BCTV = "{IEEE} Transactions on Broadcast and Television Receivers"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_CE = "{IEEE} Transactions on Consumer Electronics"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_IE = "{IEEE} Transactions on Industrial Electronics"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_IECI = "{IEEE} Transactions on Industrial Electronics and Control Instrumentation"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_IA = "{IEEE} Transactions on Industry Applications"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_IGA = "{IEEE} Transactions on Industry and General Applications"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_IINF = "{IEEE} Transactions on Industrial Informatics"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_PSE = "{IEEE} Journal of Product Safety Engineering"}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+instrumentation and measurement\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_IM = "{IEEE} Transactions on Instrumentation and Measurement"}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+insulation and materials\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_JEM = "{IEEE/TMS} Journal of Electronic Materials"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_DEI = "{IEEE} Transactions on Dielectrics and Electrical Insulation"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_EI = "{IEEE} Transactions on Electrical Insulation"}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+mechanical\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_MECH = "{IEEE/ASME} Transactions on Mechatronics"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_MEMS = "{IEEE/ASME} Journal of Microelectromechanical Systems"}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+medical and biological\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_BME = "{IEEE} Transactions on Biomedical Engineering"}\r
+Note: The B-ME journal later dropped the hyphen and became the BME.\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_B-ME = "{IEEE} Transactions on Bio-Medical Engineering"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_BMELC = "{IEEE} Transactions on Bio-Medical Electronics"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_CBB = "{IEEE/ACM} Transactions on Computational Biology and Bioinformatics"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_ITBM = "{IEEE} Transactions on Information Technology in Biomedicine"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_ME = "{IEEE} Transactions on Medical Electronics"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_MI = "{IEEE} Transactions on Medical Imaging"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_NB = "{IEEE} Transactions on NanoBioscience"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_NSRE = "{IEEE} Transactions on Neural Systems and Rehabilitation Engineering"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_RE = "{IEEE} Transactions on Rehabilitation Engineering"}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+optics, lightwave and photonics\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_PTL = "{IEEE} Photonics Technology Letters"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_JLT = "{IEEE/OSA} Journal of Lightwave Technology"}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+physics, electrons, nanotechnology, nuclear and quantum electronics\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_EDL = "{IEEE} Electron Device Letters"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_JQE = "{IEEE} Journal of Quantum Electronics"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_JSTQE = "{IEEE} Journal of Selected Topics in Quantum Electronics"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_ED = "{IEEE} Transactions on Electron Devices"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_NANO = "{IEEE} Transactions on Nanotechnology"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_NS = "{IEEE} Transactions on Nuclear Science"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_PS = "{IEEE} Transactions on Plasma Science"}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+reliability\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_DMR = "{IEEE} Transactions on Device and Materials Reliability"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_R = "{IEEE} Transactions on Reliability"}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+semiconductors, superconductors, electrochemical and solid state\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_ESSL = "{IEEE/ECS} Electrochemical and Solid-State Letters"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_JSSC = "{IEEE} Journal of Solid-State Circuits"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_ASC = "{IEEE} Transactions on Applied Superconductivity"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_SM = "{IEEE} Transactions on Semiconductor Manufacturing"}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+sensors\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_SENSOR = "{IEEE} Sensors Journal"}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+VLSI\r
+@STRING{IEEE_J_VLSI = "{IEEE} Transactions on Very Large Scale Integration ({VLSI}) Systems"}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+IEEE Magazines\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+@STRING{IEEE_M_AES = "{IEEE} Aerospace and Electronics Systems Magazine"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_M_HIST = "{IEEE} Annals of the History of Computing"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_M_AP = "{IEEE} Antennas and Propagation Magazine"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_M_ASSP = "{IEEE} {ASSP} Magazine"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_M_CD = "{IEEE} Circuits and Devices Magazine"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_M_CAS = "{IEEE} Circuits and Systems Magazine"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_M_COM = "{IEEE} Communications Magazine"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_M_COMSOC = "{IEEE} Communications Society Magazine"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_M_CIM = "{IEEE} Computational Intelligence Magazine"}\r
+CSEM changed to CSE in 1999\r
+@STRING{IEEE_M_CSE = "{IEEE} Computing in Science and Engineering"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_M_CSEM = "{IEEE} Computational Science and Engineering Magazine"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_M_C = "{IEEE} Computer"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_M_CAP = "{IEEE} Computer Applications in Power"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_M_CGA = "{IEEE} Computer Graphics and Applications"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_M_CONC = "{IEEE} Concurrency"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_M_CS = "{IEEE} Control Systems Magazine"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_M_DTC = "{IEEE} Design and Test of Computers"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_M_EI = "{IEEE} Electrical Insulation Magazine"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_M_ETR = "{IEEE} ElectroTechnology Review"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_M_EMB = "{IEEE} Engineering in Medicine and Biology Magazine"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_M_EMR = "{IEEE} Engineering Management Review"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_M_EXP = "{IEEE} Expert"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_M_IA = "{IEEE} Industry Applications Magazine"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_M_IM = "{IEEE} Instrumentation and Measurement Magazine"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_M_IS = "{IEEE} Intelligent Systems"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_M_IC = "{IEEE} Internet Computing"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_M_ITP = "{IEEE} {IT} Professional"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_M_MICRO = "{IEEE} Micro"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_M_MW = "{IEEE} Microwave Magazine"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_M_MM = "{IEEE} Multimedia"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_M_NET = "{IEEE} Network"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_M_PCOM = "{IEEE} Personal Communications Magazine"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_M_POT = "{IEEE} Potentials"}\r
+CAP and PER merged to form PE in 2003\r
+@STRING{IEEE_M_PE = "{IEEE} Power and Energy Magazine"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_M_PER = "{IEEE} Power Engineering Review"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_M_PVC = "{IEEE} Pervasive Computing"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_M_RA = "{IEEE} Robotics and Automation Magazine"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_M_SAP = "{IEEE} Security and Privacy"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_M_SP = "{IEEE} Signal Processing Magazine"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_M_S = "{IEEE} Software"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_M_SPECT = "{IEEE} Spectrum"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_M_TS = "{IEEE} Technology and Society Magazine"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_M_VT = "{IEEE} Vehicular Technology Magazine"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_M_WC = "{IEEE} Wireless Communications Magazine"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_M_TODAY = "Today's Engineer"}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+IEEE Online Publications \r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+@STRING{IEEE_O_CSTO = "{IEEE} Communications Surveys and Tutorials"}\r
+@STRING{IEEE_O_DSO = "{IEEE} Distributed Systems Online"}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+--\r
+EOF\r
--- /dev/null
+%%\r
+%% IEEEtran.bst\r
+%% BibTeX Bibliography Style file for IEEE Journals and Conferences (unsorted)\r
+%% Version 1.12 (2007/01/11)\r
+%% \r
+%% Copyright (c) 2003-2007 Michael Shell\r
+%% \r
+%% Original starting code base and algorithms obtained from the output of\r
+%% Patrick W. Daly's makebst package as well as from prior versions of\r
+%% IEEE BibTeX styles:\r
+%% \r
+%% 1. Howard Trickey and Oren Patashnik's ieeetr.bst (1985/1988)\r
+%% 2. Silvano Balemi and Richard H. Roy's IEEEbib.bst (1993)\r
+%% \r
+%% Support sites:\r
+%% http://www.michaelshell.org/tex/ieeetran/\r
+%% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/IEEEtran/\r
+%% and/or\r
+%% http://www.ieee.org/\r
+%% \r
+%% For use with BibTeX version 0.99a or later\r
+%%\r
+%% This is a numerical citation style.\r
+%% \r
+%%*************************************************************************\r
+%% Legal Notice:\r
+%% This code is offered as-is without any warranty either expressed or\r
+%% implied; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or\r
+%% FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE! \r
+%% User assumes all risk.\r
+%% In no event shall IEEE or any contributor to this code be liable for\r
+%% any damages or losses, including, but not limited to, incidental,\r
+%% consequential, or any other damages, resulting from the use or misuse\r
+%% of any information contained here.\r
+%%\r
+%% All comments are the opinions of their respective authors and are not\r
+%% necessarily endorsed by the IEEE.\r
+%%\r
+%% This work is distributed under the LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL)\r
+%% ( http://www.latex-project.org/ ) version 1.3, and may be freely used,\r
+%% distributed and modified. A copy of the LPPL, version 1.3, is included\r
+%% in the base LaTeX documentation of all distributions of LaTeX released\r
+%% 2003/12/01 or later.\r
+%% Retain all contribution notices and credits.\r
+%% ** Modified files should be clearly indicated as such, including **\r
+%% ** renaming them and changing author support contact information. **\r
+%%\r
+%% File list of work: IEEEabrv.bib, IEEEfull.bib, IEEEexample.bib,\r
+%% IEEEtran.bst, IEEEtranS.bst, IEEEtranSA.bst,\r
+%% IEEEtranN.bst, IEEEtranSN.bst, IEEEtran_bst_HOWTO.pdf\r
+%%*************************************************************************\r
+%\r
+%\r
+% Changelog:\r
+%\r
+% 1.00 (2002/08/13) Initial release\r
+%\r
+% 1.10 (2002/09/27)\r
+% 1. Corrected minor bug for improperly formed warning message when a\r
+% book was not given a title. Thanks to Ming Kin Lai for reporting this.\r
+% 2. Added support for CTLname_format_string and CTLname_latex_cmd fields\r
+% in the BST control entry type.\r
+%\r
+% 1.11 (2003/04/02)\r
+% 1. Fixed bug with URLs containing underscores when using url.sty. Thanks\r
+% to Ming Kin Lai for reporting this.\r
+%\r
+% 1.12 (2007/01/11)\r
+% 1. Fixed bug with unwanted comma before "et al." when an entry contained\r
+% more than two author names. Thanks to Pallav Gupta for reporting this.\r
+% 2. Fixed bug with anomalous closing quote in tech reports that have a\r
+% type, but without a number or address. Thanks to Mehrdad Mirreza for\r
+% reporting this.\r
+% 3. Use braces in \providecommand in begin.bib to better support\r
+% latex2html. TeX style length assignments OK with recent versions\r
+% of latex2html - 1.71 (2002/2/1) or later is strongly recommended.\r
+% Use of the language field still causes trouble with latex2html.\r
+% Thanks to Federico Beffa for reporting this.\r
+% 4. Added IEEEtran.bst ID and version comment string to .bbl output.\r
+% 5. Provide a \BIBdecl hook that allows the user to execute commands\r
+% just prior to the first entry.\r
+% 6. Use default urlstyle (is using url.sty) of "same" rather than rm to\r
+% better work with a wider variety of bibliography styles.\r
+% 7. Changed month abbreviations from Sept., July and June to Sep., Jul.,\r
+% and Jun., respectively, as IEEE now does. Thanks to Moritz Borgmann\r
+% for reporting this.\r
+% 8. Control entry types should not be considered when calculating longest\r
+% label width.\r
+% 9. Added alias www for electronic/online.\r
+% 10. Added CTLname_url_prefix control entry type.\r
+\r
+\r
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%\r
+%% DEFAULTS FOR THE CONTROLS OF THE BST STYLE %%\r
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%\r
+\r
+% These are the defaults for the user adjustable controls. The values used\r
+% here can be overridden by the user via IEEEtranBSTCTL entry type.\r
+\r
+% NOTE: The recommended LaTeX command to invoke a control entry type is:\r
+% \r
+%\makeatletter\r
+%\def\bstctlcite{\@ifnextchar[{\@bstctlcite}{\@bstctlcite[@auxout]}}\r
+%\def\@bstctlcite[#1]#2{\@bsphack\r
+% \@for\@citeb:=#2\do{%\r
+% \edef\@citeb{\expandafter\@firstofone\@citeb}%\r
+% \if@filesw\immediate\write\csname #1\endcsname{\string\citation{\@citeb}}\fi}%\r
+% \@esphack}\r
+%\makeatother\r
+%\r
+% It is called at the start of the document, before the first \cite, like:\r
+% \bstctlcite{IEEEexample:BSTcontrol}\r
+%\r
+% IEEEtran.cls V1.6 and later does provide this command.\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% #0 turns off the display of the number for articles.\r
+% #1 enables\r
+FUNCTION {default.is.use.number.for.article} { #1 }\r
+\r
+\r
+% #0 turns off the display of the paper and type fields in @inproceedings.\r
+% #1 enables\r
+FUNCTION {default.is.use.paper} { #1 }\r
+\r
+\r
+% #0 turns off the forced use of "et al."\r
+% #1 enables\r
+FUNCTION {default.is.forced.et.al} { #0 }\r
+\r
+% The maximum number of names that can be present beyond which an "et al."\r
+% usage is forced. Be sure that num.names.shown.with.forced.et.al (below)\r
+% is not greater than this value!\r
+% Note: There are many instances of references in IEEE journals which have\r
+% a very large number of authors as well as instances in which "et al." is\r
+% used profusely.\r
+FUNCTION {default.max.num.names.before.forced.et.al} { #10 }\r
+\r
+% The number of names that will be shown with a forced "et al.".\r
+% Must be less than or equal to max.num.names.before.forced.et.al\r
+FUNCTION {default.num.names.shown.with.forced.et.al} { #1 }\r
+\r
+\r
+% #0 turns off the alternate interword spacing for entries with URLs.\r
+% #1 enables\r
+FUNCTION {default.is.use.alt.interword.spacing} { #1 }\r
+\r
+% If alternate interword spacing for entries with URLs is enabled, this is\r
+% the interword spacing stretch factor that will be used. For example, the\r
+% default "4" here means that the interword spacing in entries with URLs can\r
+% stretch to four times normal. Does not have to be an integer. Note that\r
+% the value specified here can be overridden by the user in their LaTeX\r
+% code via a command such as: \r
+% "\providecommand\BIBentryALTinterwordstretchfactor{1.5}" in addition to\r
+% that via the IEEEtranBSTCTL entry type.\r
+FUNCTION {default.ALTinterwordstretchfactor} { "4" }\r
+\r
+\r
+% #0 turns off the "dashification" of repeated (i.e., identical to those\r
+% of the previous entry) names. IEEE normally does this.\r
+% #1 enables\r
+FUNCTION {default.is.dash.repeated.names} { #1 }\r
+\r
+\r
+% The default name format control string.\r
+FUNCTION {default.name.format.string}{ "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" }\r
+\r
+\r
+% The default LaTeX font command for the names.\r
+FUNCTION {default.name.latex.cmd}{ "" }\r
+\r
+\r
+% The default URL prefix.\r
+FUNCTION {default.name.url.prefix}{ "[Online]. Available:" }\r
+\r
+\r
+% Other controls that cannot be accessed via IEEEtranBSTCTL entry type.\r
+\r
+% #0 turns off the terminal startup banner/completed message so as to\r
+% operate more quietly.\r
+% #1 enables\r
+FUNCTION {is.print.banners.to.terminal} { #1 }\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%\r
+%% FILE VERSION AND BANNER %%\r
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%\r
+\r
+FUNCTION{bst.file.version} { "1.12" }\r
+FUNCTION{bst.file.date} { "2007/01/11" }\r
+FUNCTION{bst.file.website} { "http://www.michaelshell.org/tex/ieeetran/bibtex/" }\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {banner.message}\r
+{ is.print.banners.to.terminal\r
+ { "-- IEEEtran.bst version" " " * bst.file.version *\r
+ " (" * bst.file.date * ") " * "by Michael Shell." *\r
+ top$\r
+ "-- " bst.file.website *\r
+ top$\r
+ "-- See the " quote$ * "IEEEtran_bst_HOWTO.pdf" * quote$ * " manual for usage information." *\r
+ top$\r
+ }\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {completed.message}\r
+{ is.print.banners.to.terminal\r
+ { ""\r
+ top$\r
+ "Done."\r
+ top$\r
+ }\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%\r
+%% STRING CONSTANTS %%\r
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {bbl.and}{ "and" }\r
+FUNCTION {bbl.etal}{ "et~al." }\r
+FUNCTION {bbl.editors}{ "eds." }\r
+FUNCTION {bbl.editor}{ "ed." }\r
+FUNCTION {bbl.edition}{ "ed." }\r
+FUNCTION {bbl.volume}{ "vol." }\r
+FUNCTION {bbl.of}{ "of" }\r
+FUNCTION {bbl.number}{ "no." }\r
+FUNCTION {bbl.in}{ "in" }\r
+FUNCTION {bbl.pages}{ "pp." }\r
+FUNCTION {bbl.page}{ "p." }\r
+FUNCTION {bbl.chapter}{ "ch." }\r
+FUNCTION {bbl.paper}{ "paper" }\r
+FUNCTION {bbl.part}{ "pt." }\r
+FUNCTION {bbl.patent}{ "Patent" }\r
+FUNCTION {bbl.patentUS}{ "U.S." }\r
+FUNCTION {bbl.revision}{ "Rev." }\r
+FUNCTION {bbl.series}{ "ser." }\r
+FUNCTION {bbl.standard}{ "Std." }\r
+FUNCTION {bbl.techrep}{ "Tech. Rep." }\r
+FUNCTION {bbl.mthesis}{ "Master's thesis" }\r
+FUNCTION {bbl.phdthesis}{ "Ph.D. dissertation" }\r
+FUNCTION {bbl.st}{ "st" }\r
+FUNCTION {bbl.nd}{ "nd" }\r
+FUNCTION {bbl.rd}{ "rd" }\r
+FUNCTION {bbl.th}{ "th" }\r
+\r
+\r
+% This is the LaTeX spacer that is used when a larger than normal space\r
+% is called for (such as just before the address:publisher).\r
+FUNCTION {large.space} { "\hskip 1em plus 0.5em minus 0.4em\relax " }\r
+\r
+% The LaTeX code for dashes that are used to represent repeated names.\r
+% Note: Some older IEEE journals used something like\r
+% "\rule{0.275in}{0.5pt}\," which is fairly thick and runs right along\r
+% the baseline. However, IEEE now uses a thinner, above baseline,\r
+% six dash long sequence.\r
+FUNCTION {repeated.name.dashes} { "------" }\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%\r
+%% PREDEFINED STRING MACROS %%\r
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%\r
+\r
+MACRO {jan} {"Jan."}\r
+MACRO {feb} {"Feb."}\r
+MACRO {mar} {"Mar."}\r
+MACRO {apr} {"Apr."}\r
+MACRO {may} {"May"}\r
+MACRO {jun} {"Jun."}\r
+MACRO {jul} {"Jul."}\r
+MACRO {aug} {"Aug."}\r
+MACRO {sep} {"Sep."}\r
+MACRO {oct} {"Oct."}\r
+MACRO {nov} {"Nov."}\r
+MACRO {dec} {"Dec."}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%\r
+%% ENTRY FIELDS %%\r
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%\r
+\r
+ENTRY\r
+ { address\r
+ assignee\r
+ author\r
+ booktitle\r
+ chapter\r
+ day\r
+ dayfiled\r
+ edition\r
+ editor\r
+ howpublished\r
+ institution\r
+ intype\r
+ journal\r
+ key\r
+ language\r
+ month\r
+ monthfiled\r
+ nationality\r
+ note\r
+ number\r
+ organization\r
+ pages\r
+ paper\r
+ publisher\r
+ school\r
+ series\r
+ revision\r
+ title\r
+ type\r
+ url\r
+ volume\r
+ year\r
+ yearfiled\r
+ CTLuse_article_number\r
+ CTLuse_paper\r
+ CTLuse_forced_etal\r
+ CTLmax_names_forced_etal\r
+ CTLnames_show_etal\r
+ CTLuse_alt_spacing\r
+ CTLalt_stretch_factor\r
+ CTLdash_repeated_names\r
+ CTLname_format_string\r
+ CTLname_latex_cmd\r
+ CTLname_url_prefix\r
+ }\r
+ {}\r
+ { label }\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%\r
+%% INTEGER VARIABLES %%\r
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%\r
+\r
+INTEGERS { prev.status.punct this.status.punct punct.std\r
+ punct.no punct.comma punct.period \r
+ prev.status.space this.status.space space.std\r
+ space.no space.normal space.large\r
+ prev.status.quote this.status.quote quote.std\r
+ quote.no quote.close\r
+ prev.status.nline this.status.nline nline.std\r
+ nline.no nline.newblock \r
+ status.cap cap.std\r
+ cap.no cap.yes}\r
+\r
+INTEGERS { longest.label.width multiresult nameptr namesleft number.label numnames }\r
+\r
+INTEGERS { is.use.number.for.article\r
+ is.use.paper\r
+ is.forced.et.al\r
+ max.num.names.before.forced.et.al\r
+ num.names.shown.with.forced.et.al\r
+ is.use.alt.interword.spacing\r
+ is.dash.repeated.names}\r
+\r
+\r
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%\r
+%% STRING VARIABLES %%\r
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%\r
+\r
+STRINGS { bibinfo\r
+ longest.label\r
+ oldname\r
+ s\r
+ t\r
+ ALTinterwordstretchfactor\r
+ name.format.string\r
+ name.latex.cmd\r
+ name.url.prefix}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%\r
+%% LOW LEVEL FUNCTIONS %%\r
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {initialize.controls}\r
+{ default.is.use.number.for.article 'is.use.number.for.article :=\r
+ default.is.use.paper 'is.use.paper :=\r
+ default.is.forced.et.al 'is.forced.et.al :=\r
+ default.max.num.names.before.forced.et.al 'max.num.names.before.forced.et.al :=\r
+ default.num.names.shown.with.forced.et.al 'num.names.shown.with.forced.et.al :=\r
+ default.is.use.alt.interword.spacing 'is.use.alt.interword.spacing :=\r
+ default.is.dash.repeated.names 'is.dash.repeated.names :=\r
+ default.ALTinterwordstretchfactor 'ALTinterwordstretchfactor :=\r
+ default.name.format.string 'name.format.string :=\r
+ default.name.latex.cmd 'name.latex.cmd :=\r
+ default.name.url.prefix 'name.url.prefix :=\r
+}\r
+\r
+\r
+% This IEEEtran.bst features a very powerful and flexible mechanism for\r
+% controlling the capitalization, punctuation, spacing, quotation, and\r
+% newlines of the formatted entry fields. (Note: IEEEtran.bst does not need\r
+% or use the newline/newblock feature, but it has been implemented for\r
+% possible future use.) The output states of IEEEtran.bst consist of\r
+% multiple independent attributes and, as such, can be thought of as being\r
+% vectors, rather than the simple scalar values ("before.all", \r
+% "mid.sentence", etc.) used in most other .bst files.\r
+% \r
+% The more flexible and complex design used here was motivated in part by\r
+% IEEE's rather unusual bibliography style. For example, IEEE ends the\r
+% previous field item with a period and large space prior to the publisher\r
+% address; the @electronic entry types use periods as inter-item punctuation\r
+% rather than the commas used by the other entry types; and URLs are never\r
+% followed by periods even though they are the last item in the entry.\r
+% Although it is possible to accommodate these features with the conventional\r
+% output state system, the seemingly endless exceptions make for convoluted,\r
+% unreliable and difficult to maintain code.\r
+%\r
+% IEEEtran.bst's output state system can be easily understood via a simple\r
+% illustration of two most recently formatted entry fields (on the stack):\r
+%\r
+% CURRENT_ITEM\r
+% "PREVIOUS_ITEM\r
+%\r
+% which, in this example, is to eventually appear in the bibliography as:\r
+% \r
+% "PREVIOUS_ITEM," CURRENT_ITEM\r
+%\r
+% It is the job of the output routine to take the previous item off of the\r
+% stack (while leaving the current item at the top of the stack), apply its\r
+% trailing punctuation (including closing quote marks) and spacing, and then\r
+% to write the result to BibTeX's output buffer:\r
+% \r
+% "PREVIOUS_ITEM," \r
+% \r
+% Punctuation (and spacing) between items is often determined by both of the\r
+% items rather than just the first one. The presence of quotation marks\r
+% further complicates the situation because, in standard English, trailing\r
+% punctuation marks are supposed to be contained within the quotes.\r
+% \r
+% IEEEtran.bst maintains two output state (aka "status") vectors which\r
+% correspond to the previous and current (aka "this") items. Each vector\r
+% consists of several independent attributes which track punctuation,\r
+% spacing, quotation, and newlines. Capitalization status is handled by a\r
+% separate scalar because the format routines, not the output routine,\r
+% handle capitalization and, therefore, there is no need to maintain the\r
+% capitalization attribute for both the "previous" and "this" items.\r
+% \r
+% When a format routine adds a new item, it copies the current output status\r
+% vector to the previous output status vector and (usually) resets the\r
+% current (this) output status vector to a "standard status" vector. Using a\r
+% "standard status" vector in this way allows us to redefine what we mean by\r
+% "standard status" at the start of each entry handler and reuse the same\r
+% format routines under the various inter-item separation schemes. For\r
+% example, the standard status vector for the @book entry type may use\r
+% commas for item separators, while the @electronic type may use periods,\r
+% yet both entry handlers exploit many of the exact same format routines.\r
+% \r
+% Because format routines have write access to the output status vector of\r
+% the previous item, they can override the punctuation choices of the\r
+% previous format routine! Therefore, it becomes trivial to implement rules\r
+% such as "Always use a period and a large space before the publisher." By\r
+% pushing the generation of the closing quote mark to the output routine, we\r
+% avoid all the problems caused by having to close a quote before having all\r
+% the information required to determine what the punctuation should be.\r
+%\r
+% The IEEEtran.bst output state system can easily be expanded if needed.\r
+% For instance, it is easy to add a "space.tie" attribute value if the\r
+% bibliography rules mandate that two items have to be joined with an\r
+% unbreakable space. \r
+\r
+FUNCTION {initialize.status.constants}\r
+{ #0 'punct.no :=\r
+ #1 'punct.comma :=\r
+ #2 'punct.period :=\r
+ #0 'space.no := \r
+ #1 'space.normal :=\r
+ #2 'space.large :=\r
+ #0 'quote.no :=\r
+ #1 'quote.close :=\r
+ #0 'cap.no :=\r
+ #1 'cap.yes :=\r
+ #0 'nline.no :=\r
+ #1 'nline.newblock :=\r
+}\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {std.status.using.comma}\r
+{ punct.comma 'punct.std :=\r
+ space.normal 'space.std :=\r
+ quote.no 'quote.std :=\r
+ nline.no 'nline.std :=\r
+ cap.no 'cap.std :=\r
+}\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {std.status.using.period}\r
+{ punct.period 'punct.std :=\r
+ space.normal 'space.std :=\r
+ quote.no 'quote.std :=\r
+ nline.no 'nline.std :=\r
+ cap.yes 'cap.std :=\r
+}\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {initialize.prev.this.status}\r
+{ punct.no 'prev.status.punct :=\r
+ space.no 'prev.status.space :=\r
+ quote.no 'prev.status.quote :=\r
+ nline.no 'prev.status.nline :=\r
+ punct.no 'this.status.punct :=\r
+ space.no 'this.status.space :=\r
+ quote.no 'this.status.quote :=\r
+ nline.no 'this.status.nline :=\r
+ cap.yes 'status.cap :=\r
+}\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {this.status.std}\r
+{ punct.std 'this.status.punct :=\r
+ space.std 'this.status.space :=\r
+ quote.std 'this.status.quote :=\r
+ nline.std 'this.status.nline :=\r
+}\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {cap.status.std}{ cap.std 'status.cap := }\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {this.to.prev.status}\r
+{ this.status.punct 'prev.status.punct :=\r
+ this.status.space 'prev.status.space :=\r
+ this.status.quote 'prev.status.quote :=\r
+ this.status.nline 'prev.status.nline :=\r
+}\r
+\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {not}\r
+{ { #0 }\r
+ { #1 }\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {and}\r
+{ { skip$ }\r
+ { pop$ #0 }\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {or}\r
+{ { pop$ #1 }\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+\r
+% convert the strings "yes" or "no" to #1 or #0 respectively\r
+FUNCTION {yes.no.to.int}\r
+{ "l" change.case$ duplicate$\r
+ "yes" =\r
+ { pop$ #1 }\r
+ { duplicate$ "no" =\r
+ { pop$ #0 }\r
+ { "unknown boolean " quote$ * swap$ * quote$ *\r
+ " in " * cite$ * warning$\r
+ #0\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+\r
+% pushes true if the single char string on the stack is in the\r
+% range of "0" to "9"\r
+FUNCTION {is.num}\r
+{ chr.to.int$\r
+ duplicate$ "0" chr.to.int$ < not\r
+ swap$ "9" chr.to.int$ > not and\r
+}\r
+\r
+% multiplies the integer on the stack by a factor of 10\r
+FUNCTION {bump.int.mag}\r
+{ #0 'multiresult :=\r
+ { duplicate$ #0 > }\r
+ { #1 -\r
+ multiresult #10 +\r
+ 'multiresult :=\r
+ }\r
+ while$\r
+pop$\r
+multiresult\r
+}\r
+\r
+% converts a single character string on the stack to an integer\r
+FUNCTION {char.to.integer}\r
+{ duplicate$ \r
+ is.num\r
+ { chr.to.int$ "0" chr.to.int$ - }\r
+ {"noninteger character " quote$ * swap$ * quote$ *\r
+ " in integer field of " * cite$ * warning$\r
+ #0\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+% converts a string on the stack to an integer\r
+FUNCTION {string.to.integer}\r
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ 'namesleft :=\r
+ #1 'nameptr :=\r
+ #0 'numnames :=\r
+ { nameptr namesleft > not }\r
+ { duplicate$ nameptr #1 substring$\r
+ char.to.integer numnames bump.int.mag +\r
+ 'numnames :=\r
+ nameptr #1 +\r
+ 'nameptr :=\r
+ }\r
+ while$\r
+pop$\r
+numnames\r
+}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% The output routines write out the *next* to the top (previous) item on the\r
+% stack, adding punctuation and such as needed. Since IEEEtran.bst maintains\r
+% the output status for the top two items on the stack, these output\r
+% routines have to consider the previous output status (which corresponds to\r
+% the item that is being output). Full independent control of punctuation,\r
+% closing quote marks, spacing, and newblock is provided.\r
+% \r
+% "output.nonnull" does not check for the presence of a previous empty\r
+% item.\r
+% \r
+% "output" does check for the presence of a previous empty item and will\r
+% remove an empty item rather than outputing it.\r
+% \r
+% "output.warn" is like "output", but will issue a warning if it detects\r
+% an empty item.\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull}\r
+{ swap$\r
+ prev.status.punct punct.comma =\r
+ { "," * }\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ if$\r
+ prev.status.punct punct.period =\r
+ { add.period$ }\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ if$ \r
+ prev.status.quote quote.close =\r
+ { "''" * }\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ if$\r
+ prev.status.space space.normal =\r
+ { " " * }\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ if$\r
+ prev.status.space space.large =\r
+ { large.space * }\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ if$\r
+ write$\r
+ prev.status.nline nline.newblock =\r
+ { newline$ "\newblock " write$ }\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {output}\r
+{ duplicate$ empty$\r
+ 'pop$\r
+ 'output.nonnull\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {output.warn}\r
+{ 't :=\r
+ duplicate$ empty$\r
+ { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }\r
+ 'output.nonnull\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+% "fin.entry" is the output routine that handles the last item of the entry\r
+% (which will be on the top of the stack when "fin.entry" is called).\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {fin.entry}\r
+{ this.status.punct punct.no =\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ { add.period$ }\r
+ if$\r
+ this.status.quote quote.close =\r
+ { "''" * }\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ if$\r
+write$\r
+newline$\r
+}\r
+\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {is.last.char.not.punct}\r
+{ duplicate$\r
+ "}" * add.period$\r
+ #-1 #1 substring$ "." =\r
+}\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {is.multiple.pages}\r
+{ 't :=\r
+ #0 'multiresult :=\r
+ { multiresult not\r
+ t empty$ not\r
+ and\r
+ }\r
+ { t #1 #1 substring$\r
+ duplicate$ "-" =\r
+ swap$ duplicate$ "," =\r
+ swap$ "+" =\r
+ or or\r
+ { #1 'multiresult := }\r
+ { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }\r
+ if$\r
+ }\r
+ while$\r
+ multiresult\r
+}\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {capitalize}{ "u" change.case$ "t" change.case$ }\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {emphasize}\r
+{ duplicate$ empty$\r
+ { pop$ "" }\r
+ { "\emph{" swap$ * "}" * }\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {do.name.latex.cmd}\r
+{ name.latex.cmd\r
+ empty$\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ { name.latex.cmd "{" * swap$ * "}" * }\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+% IEEEtran.bst uses its own \BIBforeignlanguage command which directly\r
+% invokes the TeX hyphenation patterns without the need of the Babel\r
+% package. Babel does a lot more than switch hyphenation patterns and\r
+% its loading can cause unintended effects in many class files (such as\r
+% IEEEtran.cls).\r
+FUNCTION {select.language}\r
+{ duplicate$ empty$ 'pop$\r
+ { language empty$ 'skip$\r
+ { "\BIBforeignlanguage{" language * "}{" * swap$ * "}" * }\r
+ if$\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {tie.or.space.prefix}\r
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <\r
+ { "~" }\r
+ { " " }\r
+ if$\r
+ swap$\r
+}\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {get.bbl.editor}\r
+{ editor num.names$ #1 > 'bbl.editors 'bbl.editor if$ }\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {space.word}{ " " swap$ * " " * }\r
+\r
+\r
+% Field Conditioners, Converters, Checkers and External Interfaces\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {empty.field.to.null.string}\r
+{ duplicate$ empty$\r
+ { pop$ "" }\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {either.or.check}\r
+{ empty$\r
+ { pop$ }\r
+ { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {empty.entry.warn}\r
+{ author empty$ title empty$ howpublished empty$\r
+ month empty$ year empty$ note empty$ url empty$\r
+ and and and and and and\r
+ { "all relevant fields are empty in " cite$ * warning$ }\r
+ 'skip$\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+\r
+% The bibinfo system provides a way for the electronic parsing/acquisition\r
+% of a bibliography's contents as is done by ReVTeX. For example, a field\r
+% could be entered into the bibliography as:\r
+% \bibinfo{volume}{2}\r
+% Only the "2" would show up in the document, but the LaTeX \bibinfo command\r
+% could do additional things with the information. IEEEtran.bst does provide\r
+% a \bibinfo command via "\providecommand{\bibinfo}[2]{#2}". However, it is\r
+% currently not used as the bogus bibinfo functions defined here output the\r
+% entry values directly without the \bibinfo wrapper. The bibinfo functions\r
+% themselves (and the calls to them) are retained for possible future use.\r
+% \r
+% bibinfo.check avoids acting on missing fields while bibinfo.warn will\r
+% issue a warning message if a missing field is detected. Prior to calling\r
+% the bibinfo functions, the user should push the field value and then its\r
+% name string, in that order.\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {bibinfo.check}\r
+{ swap$ duplicate$ missing$\r
+ { pop$ pop$ "" }\r
+ { duplicate$ empty$\r
+ { swap$ pop$ }\r
+ { swap$ pop$ }\r
+ if$\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {bibinfo.warn}\r
+{ swap$ duplicate$ missing$\r
+ { swap$ "missing " swap$ * " in " * cite$ * warning$ pop$ "" }\r
+ { duplicate$ empty$\r
+ { swap$ "empty " swap$ * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }\r
+ { swap$ pop$ }\r
+ if$\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+\r
+% IEEE separates large numbers with more than 4 digits into groups of\r
+% three. IEEE uses a small space to separate these number groups. \r
+% Typical applications include patent and page numbers.\r
+\r
+% number of consecutive digits required to trigger the group separation.\r
+FUNCTION {large.number.trigger}{ #5 }\r
+\r
+% For numbers longer than the trigger, this is the blocksize of the groups.\r
+% The blocksize must be less than the trigger threshold, and 2 * blocksize\r
+% must be greater than the trigger threshold (can't do more than one\r
+% separation on the initial trigger).\r
+FUNCTION {large.number.blocksize}{ #3 }\r
+\r
+% What is actually inserted between the number groups.\r
+FUNCTION {large.number.separator}{ "\," }\r
+\r
+% So as to save on integer variables by reusing existing ones, numnames\r
+% holds the current number of consecutive digits read and nameptr holds\r
+% the number that will trigger an inserted space.\r
+FUNCTION {large.number.separate}\r
+{ 't :=\r
+ ""\r
+ #0 'numnames :=\r
+ large.number.trigger 'nameptr :=\r
+ { t empty$ not }\r
+ { t #-1 #1 substring$ is.num\r
+ { numnames #1 + 'numnames := }\r
+ { #0 'numnames := \r
+ large.number.trigger 'nameptr :=\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+ t #-1 #1 substring$ swap$ *\r
+ t #-2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=\r
+ numnames nameptr =\r
+ { duplicate$ #1 nameptr large.number.blocksize - substring$ swap$\r
+ nameptr large.number.blocksize - #1 + global.max$ substring$\r
+ large.number.separator swap$ * *\r
+ nameptr large.number.blocksize - 'numnames :=\r
+ large.number.blocksize #1 + 'nameptr :=\r
+ }\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ if$\r
+ }\r
+ while$\r
+}\r
+\r
+% Converts all single dashes "-" to double dashes "--".\r
+FUNCTION {n.dashify}\r
+{ large.number.separate\r
+ 't :=\r
+ ""\r
+ { t empty$ not }\r
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =\r
+ { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not\r
+ { "--" *\r
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=\r
+ }\r
+ { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }\r
+ { "-" *\r
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=\r
+ }\r
+ while$\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+ }\r
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ *\r
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+ }\r
+ while$\r
+}\r
+\r
+\r
+% This function detects entries with names that are identical to that of\r
+% the previous entry and replaces the repeated names with dashes (if the\r
+% "is.dash.repeated.names" user control is nonzero).\r
+FUNCTION {name.or.dash}\r
+{ 's :=\r
+ oldname empty$\r
+ { s 'oldname := s }\r
+ { s oldname =\r
+ { is.dash.repeated.names\r
+ { repeated.name.dashes }\r
+ { s 'oldname := s }\r
+ if$\r
+ }\r
+ { s 'oldname := s }\r
+ if$\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+% Converts the number string on the top of the stack to\r
+% "numerical ordinal form" (e.g., "7" to "7th"). There is\r
+% no artificial limit to the upper bound of the numbers as the\r
+% least significant digit always determines the ordinal form.\r
+FUNCTION {num.to.ordinal}\r
+{ duplicate$ #-1 #1 substring$ "1" =\r
+ { bbl.st * }\r
+ { duplicate$ #-1 #1 substring$ "2" =\r
+ { bbl.nd * }\r
+ { duplicate$ #-1 #1 substring$ "3" =\r
+ { bbl.rd * }\r
+ { bbl.th * }\r
+ if$\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+% If the string on the top of the stack begins with a number,\r
+% (e.g., 11th) then replace the string with the leading number\r
+% it contains. Otherwise retain the string as-is. s holds the\r
+% extracted number, t holds the part of the string that remains\r
+% to be scanned.\r
+FUNCTION {extract.num}\r
+{ duplicate$ 't :=\r
+ "" 's :=\r
+ { t empty$ not }\r
+ { t #1 #1 substring$\r
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=\r
+ duplicate$ is.num\r
+ { s swap$ * 's := }\r
+ { pop$ "" 't := }\r
+ if$\r
+ }\r
+ while$\r
+ s empty$\r
+ 'skip$\r
+ { pop$ s }\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+% Converts the word number string on the top of the stack to\r
+% Arabic string form. Will be successful up to "tenth".\r
+FUNCTION {word.to.num}\r
+{ duplicate$ "l" change.case$ 's :=\r
+ s "first" =\r
+ { pop$ "1" }\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ if$\r
+ s "second" =\r
+ { pop$ "2" }\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ if$\r
+ s "third" =\r
+ { pop$ "3" }\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ if$\r
+ s "fourth" =\r
+ { pop$ "4" }\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ if$\r
+ s "fifth" =\r
+ { pop$ "5" }\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ if$\r
+ s "sixth" =\r
+ { pop$ "6" }\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ if$\r
+ s "seventh" =\r
+ { pop$ "7" }\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ if$\r
+ s "eighth" =\r
+ { pop$ "8" }\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ if$\r
+ s "ninth" =\r
+ { pop$ "9" }\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ if$\r
+ s "tenth" =\r
+ { pop$ "10" }\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+\r
+% Converts the string on the top of the stack to numerical\r
+% ordinal (e.g., "11th") form.\r
+FUNCTION {convert.edition}\r
+{ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$\r
+ { duplicate$ #1 #1 substring$ is.num\r
+ { extract.num\r
+ num.to.ordinal\r
+ }\r
+ { word.to.num\r
+ duplicate$ #1 #1 substring$ is.num\r
+ { num.to.ordinal }\r
+ { "edition ordinal word " quote$ * edition * quote$ *\r
+ " may be too high (or improper) for conversion" * " in " * cite$ * warning$\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%\r
+%% LATEX BIBLIOGRAPHY CODE %%\r
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {start.entry}\r
+{ newline$\r
+ "\bibitem{" write$\r
+ cite$ write$\r
+ "}" write$\r
+ newline$\r
+ ""\r
+ initialize.prev.this.status\r
+}\r
+\r
+% Here we write out all the LaTeX code that we will need. The most involved\r
+% code sequences are those that control the alternate interword spacing and\r
+% foreign language hyphenation patterns. The heavy use of \providecommand\r
+% gives users a way to override the defaults. Special thanks to Javier Bezos,\r
+% Johannes Braams, Robin Fairbairns, Heiko Oberdiek, Donald Arseneau and all\r
+% the other gurus on comp.text.tex for their help and advice on the topic of\r
+% \selectlanguage, Babel and BibTeX.\r
+FUNCTION {begin.bib}\r
+{ "% Generated by IEEEtran.bst, version: " bst.file.version * " (" * bst.file.date * ")" *\r
+ write$ newline$\r
+ preamble$ empty$ 'skip$\r
+ { preamble$ write$ newline$ }\r
+ if$\r
+ "\begin{thebibliography}{" longest.label * "}" *\r
+ write$ newline$\r
+ "\providecommand{\url}[1]{#1}"\r
+ write$ newline$\r
+ "\csname url@samestyle\endcsname"\r
+ write$ newline$\r
+ "\providecommand{\newblock}{\relax}"\r
+ write$ newline$\r
+ "\providecommand{\bibinfo}[2]{#2}"\r
+ write$ newline$\r
+ "\providecommand{\BIBentrySTDinterwordspacing}{\spaceskip=0pt\relax}"\r
+ write$ newline$\r
+ "\providecommand{\BIBentryALTinterwordstretchfactor}{"\r
+ ALTinterwordstretchfactor * "}" *\r
+ write$ newline$\r
+ "\providecommand{\BIBentryALTinterwordspacing}{\spaceskip=\fontdimen2\font plus "\r
+ write$ newline$\r
+ "\BIBentryALTinterwordstretchfactor\fontdimen3\font minus \fontdimen4\font\relax}"\r
+ write$ newline$\r
+ "\providecommand{\BIBforeignlanguage}[2]{{%"\r
+ write$ newline$\r
+ "\expandafter\ifx\csname l@#1\endcsname\relax"\r
+ write$ newline$\r
+ "\typeout{** WARNING: IEEEtran.bst: No hyphenation pattern has been}%"\r
+ write$ newline$\r
+ "\typeout{** loaded for the language `#1'. Using the pattern for}%"\r
+ write$ newline$\r
+ "\typeout{** the default language instead.}%"\r
+ write$ newline$\r
+ "\else"\r
+ write$ newline$\r
+ "\language=\csname l@#1\endcsname"\r
+ write$ newline$\r
+ "\fi"\r
+ write$ newline$\r
+ "#2}}"\r
+ write$ newline$\r
+ "\providecommand{\BIBdecl}{\relax}"\r
+ write$ newline$\r
+ "\BIBdecl"\r
+ write$ newline$\r
+}\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {end.bib}\r
+{ newline$ "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$ }\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {if.url.alt.interword.spacing}\r
+{ is.use.alt.interword.spacing \r
+ {url empty$ 'skip$ {"\BIBentryALTinterwordspacing" write$ newline$} if$}\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {if.url.std.interword.spacing}\r
+{ is.use.alt.interword.spacing \r
+ {url empty$ 'skip$ {"\BIBentrySTDinterwordspacing" write$ newline$} if$}\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%\r
+%% LONGEST LABEL PASS %%\r
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {initialize.longest.label}\r
+{ "" 'longest.label :=\r
+ #1 'number.label :=\r
+ #0 'longest.label.width :=\r
+}\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {longest.label.pass}\r
+{ type$ "ieeetranbstctl" =\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ { number.label int.to.str$ 'label :=\r
+ number.label #1 + 'number.label :=\r
+ label width$ longest.label.width >\r
+ { label 'longest.label :=\r
+ label width$ 'longest.label.width :=\r
+ }\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ if$\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%\r
+%% FORMAT HANDLERS %%\r
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%\r
+\r
+%% Lower Level Formats (used by higher level formats)\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {format.address.org.or.pub.date}\r
+{ 't :=\r
+ ""\r
+ year empty$\r
+ { "empty year in " cite$ * warning$ }\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ if$\r
+ address empty$ t empty$ and\r
+ year empty$ and month empty$ and\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ { this.to.prev.status\r
+ this.status.std\r
+ cap.status.std\r
+ address "address" bibinfo.check *\r
+ t empty$\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ { punct.period 'prev.status.punct :=\r
+ space.large 'prev.status.space :=\r
+ address empty$\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ { ": " * }\r
+ if$\r
+ t *\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+ year empty$ month empty$ and\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ { t empty$ address empty$ and\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ { ", " * }\r
+ if$\r
+ month empty$\r
+ { year empty$\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ { year "year" bibinfo.check * }\r
+ if$\r
+ }\r
+ { month "month" bibinfo.check *\r
+ year empty$\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ { " " * year "year" bibinfo.check * }\r
+ if$\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {format.names}\r
+{ 'bibinfo :=\r
+ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ {\r
+ this.to.prev.status\r
+ this.status.std\r
+ 's :=\r
+ "" 't :=\r
+ #1 'nameptr :=\r
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=\r
+ numnames 'namesleft :=\r
+ { namesleft #0 > }\r
+ { s nameptr\r
+ name.format.string\r
+ format.name$\r
+ bibinfo bibinfo.check\r
+ 't :=\r
+ nameptr #1 >\r
+ { nameptr num.names.shown.with.forced.et.al #1 + =\r
+ numnames max.num.names.before.forced.et.al >\r
+ is.forced.et.al and and\r
+ { "others" 't :=\r
+ #1 'namesleft :=\r
+ }\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ if$\r
+ namesleft #1 >\r
+ { ", " * t do.name.latex.cmd * }\r
+ { s nameptr "{ll}" format.name$ duplicate$ "others" =\r
+ { 't := }\r
+ { pop$ }\r
+ if$\r
+ t "others" =\r
+ { " " * bbl.etal emphasize * }\r
+ { numnames #2 >\r
+ { "," * }\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ if$\r
+ bbl.and\r
+ space.word * t do.name.latex.cmd *\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+ }\r
+ { t do.name.latex.cmd }\r
+ if$\r
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=\r
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=\r
+ }\r
+ while$\r
+ cap.status.std\r
+ } if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+%% Higher Level Formats\r
+\r
+%% addresses/locations\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {format.address}\r
+{ address duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$\r
+ { this.to.prev.status\r
+ this.status.std\r
+ cap.status.std\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+%% author/editor names\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {format.authors}{ author "author" format.names }\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {format.editors}\r
+{ editor "editor" format.names duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$\r
+ { ", " *\r
+ get.bbl.editor\r
+ capitalize\r
+ *\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+%% date\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {format.date}\r
+{\r
+ month "month" bibinfo.check duplicate$ empty$\r
+ year "year" bibinfo.check duplicate$ empty$\r
+ { swap$ 'skip$\r
+ { this.to.prev.status\r
+ this.status.std\r
+ cap.status.std\r
+ "there's a month but no year in " cite$ * warning$ }\r
+ if$\r
+ *\r
+ }\r
+ { this.to.prev.status\r
+ this.status.std\r
+ cap.status.std\r
+ swap$ 'skip$\r
+ {\r
+ swap$\r
+ " " * swap$\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+ *\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {format.date.electronic}\r
+{ month "month" bibinfo.check duplicate$ empty$\r
+ year "year" bibinfo.check duplicate$ empty$\r
+ { swap$ \r
+ { pop$ }\r
+ { "there's a month but no year in " cite$ * warning$\r
+ pop$ ")" * "(" swap$ *\r
+ this.to.prev.status\r
+ punct.no 'this.status.punct :=\r
+ space.normal 'this.status.space :=\r
+ quote.no 'this.status.quote :=\r
+ cap.yes 'status.cap :=\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+ }\r
+ { swap$ \r
+ { swap$ pop$ ")" * "(" swap$ * }\r
+ { "(" swap$ * ", " * swap$ * ")" * }\r
+ if$\r
+ this.to.prev.status\r
+ punct.no 'this.status.punct :=\r
+ space.normal 'this.status.space :=\r
+ quote.no 'this.status.quote :=\r
+ cap.yes 'status.cap :=\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+%% edition/title\r
+\r
+% Note: IEEE considers the edition to be closely associated with\r
+% the title of a book. So, in IEEEtran.bst the edition is normally handled \r
+% within the formatting of the title. The format.edition function is \r
+% retained here for possible future use.\r
+FUNCTION {format.edition}\r
+{ edition duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$\r
+ { this.to.prev.status\r
+ this.status.std\r
+ convert.edition\r
+ status.cap\r
+ { "t" }\r
+ { "l" }\r
+ if$ change.case$\r
+ "edition" bibinfo.check\r
+ "~" * bbl.edition *\r
+ cap.status.std\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+% This is used to format the booktitle of a conference proceedings.\r
+% Here we use the "intype" field to provide the user a way to \r
+% override the word "in" (e.g., with things like "presented at")\r
+% Use of intype stops the emphasis of the booktitle to indicate that\r
+% we no longer mean the written conference proceedings, but the\r
+% conference itself.\r
+FUNCTION {format.in.booktitle}\r
+{ booktitle "booktitle" bibinfo.check duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$\r
+ { this.to.prev.status\r
+ this.status.std\r
+ select.language\r
+ intype missing$\r
+ { emphasize\r
+ bbl.in " " *\r
+ }\r
+ { intype " " * }\r
+ if$\r
+ swap$ *\r
+ cap.status.std\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+% This is used to format the booktitle of collection.\r
+% Here the "intype" field is not supported, but "edition" is.\r
+FUNCTION {format.in.booktitle.edition}\r
+{ booktitle "booktitle" bibinfo.check duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$\r
+ { this.to.prev.status\r
+ this.status.std\r
+ select.language\r
+ emphasize\r
+ edition empty$ 'skip$\r
+ { ", " *\r
+ edition\r
+ convert.edition\r
+ "l" change.case$\r
+ * "~" * bbl.edition *\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+ bbl.in " " * swap$ *\r
+ cap.status.std\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {format.article.title}\r
+{ title duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$\r
+ { this.to.prev.status\r
+ this.status.std\r
+ "t" change.case$\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+ "title" bibinfo.check\r
+ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$\r
+ { quote.close 'this.status.quote :=\r
+ is.last.char.not.punct\r
+ { punct.std 'this.status.punct := }\r
+ { punct.no 'this.status.punct := }\r
+ if$\r
+ select.language\r
+ "``" swap$ *\r
+ cap.status.std\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {format.article.title.electronic}\r
+{ title duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$\r
+ { this.to.prev.status\r
+ this.status.std\r
+ cap.status.std\r
+ "t" change.case$ \r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+ "title" bibinfo.check\r
+ duplicate$ empty$ \r
+ { skip$ } \r
+ { select.language }\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {format.book.title.edition}\r
+{ title "title" bibinfo.check\r
+ duplicate$ empty$\r
+ { "empty title in " cite$ * warning$ }\r
+ { this.to.prev.status\r
+ this.status.std\r
+ select.language\r
+ emphasize\r
+ edition empty$ 'skip$\r
+ { ", " *\r
+ edition\r
+ convert.edition\r
+ status.cap\r
+ { "t" }\r
+ { "l" }\r
+ if$\r
+ change.case$\r
+ * "~" * bbl.edition *\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+ cap.status.std\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {format.book.title}\r
+{ title "title" bibinfo.check\r
+ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$\r
+ { this.to.prev.status\r
+ this.status.std\r
+ cap.status.std\r
+ select.language\r
+ emphasize\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+%% journal\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {format.journal}\r
+{ journal duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$\r
+ { this.to.prev.status\r
+ this.status.std\r
+ cap.status.std\r
+ select.language\r
+ emphasize\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+%% how published\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {format.howpublished}\r
+{ howpublished duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$\r
+ { this.to.prev.status\r
+ this.status.std\r
+ cap.status.std\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+%% institutions/organization/publishers/school\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {format.institution}\r
+{ institution duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$\r
+ { this.to.prev.status\r
+ this.status.std\r
+ cap.status.std\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {format.organization}\r
+{ organization duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$\r
+ { this.to.prev.status\r
+ this.status.std\r
+ cap.status.std\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {format.address.publisher.date}\r
+{ publisher "publisher" bibinfo.warn format.address.org.or.pub.date }\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {format.address.publisher.date.nowarn}\r
+{ publisher "publisher" bibinfo.check format.address.org.or.pub.date }\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {format.address.organization.date}\r
+{ organization "organization" bibinfo.check format.address.org.or.pub.date }\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {format.school}\r
+{ school duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$\r
+ { this.to.prev.status\r
+ this.status.std\r
+ cap.status.std\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+%% volume/number/series/chapter/pages\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {format.volume}\r
+{ volume empty.field.to.null.string\r
+ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$\r
+ { this.to.prev.status\r
+ this.status.std\r
+ bbl.volume \r
+ status.cap\r
+ { capitalize }\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ if$\r
+ swap$ tie.or.space.prefix\r
+ "volume" bibinfo.check\r
+ * *\r
+ cap.status.std\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {format.number}\r
+{ number empty.field.to.null.string\r
+ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$\r
+ { this.to.prev.status\r
+ this.status.std\r
+ status.cap\r
+ { bbl.number capitalize }\r
+ { bbl.number }\r
+ if$\r
+ swap$ tie.or.space.prefix\r
+ "number" bibinfo.check\r
+ * *\r
+ cap.status.std\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {format.number.if.use.for.article}\r
+{ is.use.number.for.article \r
+ { format.number }\r
+ { "" }\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+% IEEE does not seem to tie the series so closely with the volume\r
+% and number as is done in other bibliography styles. Instead the\r
+% series is treated somewhat like an extension of the title.\r
+FUNCTION {format.series}\r
+{ series empty$ \r
+ { "" }\r
+ { this.to.prev.status\r
+ this.status.std\r
+ bbl.series " " *\r
+ series "series" bibinfo.check *\r
+ cap.status.std\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {format.chapter}\r
+{ chapter empty$\r
+ { "" }\r
+ { this.to.prev.status\r
+ this.status.std\r
+ type empty$\r
+ { bbl.chapter }\r
+ { type "l" change.case$\r
+ "type" bibinfo.check\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+ chapter tie.or.space.prefix\r
+ "chapter" bibinfo.check\r
+ * *\r
+ cap.status.std\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+\r
+% The intended use of format.paper is for paper numbers of inproceedings.\r
+% The paper type can be overridden via the type field.\r
+% We allow the type to be displayed even if the paper number is absent\r
+% for things like "postdeadline paper"\r
+FUNCTION {format.paper}\r
+{ is.use.paper\r
+ { paper empty$\r
+ { type empty$\r
+ { "" }\r
+ { this.to.prev.status\r
+ this.status.std\r
+ type "type" bibinfo.check\r
+ cap.status.std\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+ }\r
+ { this.to.prev.status\r
+ this.status.std\r
+ type empty$\r
+ { bbl.paper }\r
+ { type "type" bibinfo.check }\r
+ if$\r
+ " " * paper\r
+ "paper" bibinfo.check\r
+ *\r
+ cap.status.std\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+ }\r
+ { "" } \r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {format.pages}\r
+{ pages duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$\r
+ { this.to.prev.status\r
+ this.status.std\r
+ duplicate$ is.multiple.pages\r
+ {\r
+ bbl.pages swap$\r
+ n.dashify\r
+ }\r
+ {\r
+ bbl.page swap$\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+ tie.or.space.prefix\r
+ "pages" bibinfo.check\r
+ * *\r
+ cap.status.std\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+%% technical report number\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {format.tech.report.number}\r
+{ number "number" bibinfo.check\r
+ this.to.prev.status\r
+ this.status.std\r
+ cap.status.std\r
+ type duplicate$ empty$\r
+ { pop$ \r
+ bbl.techrep\r
+ }\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ if$\r
+ "type" bibinfo.check \r
+ swap$ duplicate$ empty$\r
+ { pop$ }\r
+ { tie.or.space.prefix * * }\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+%% note\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {format.note}\r
+{ note empty$\r
+ { "" }\r
+ { this.to.prev.status\r
+ this.status.std\r
+ punct.period 'this.status.punct :=\r
+ note #1 #1 substring$\r
+ duplicate$ "{" =\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ { status.cap\r
+ { "u" }\r
+ { "l" }\r
+ if$\r
+ change.case$\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+ note #2 global.max$ substring$ * "note" bibinfo.check\r
+ cap.yes 'status.cap :=\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+%% patent\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {format.patent.date}\r
+{ this.to.prev.status\r
+ this.status.std\r
+ year empty$\r
+ { monthfiled duplicate$ empty$\r
+ { "monthfiled" bibinfo.check pop$ "" }\r
+ { "monthfiled" bibinfo.check }\r
+ if$\r
+ dayfiled duplicate$ empty$\r
+ { "dayfiled" bibinfo.check pop$ "" * }\r
+ { "dayfiled" bibinfo.check \r
+ monthfiled empty$ \r
+ { "dayfiled without a monthfiled in " cite$ * warning$\r
+ * \r
+ }\r
+ { " " swap$ * * }\r
+ if$\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+ yearfiled empty$\r
+ { "no year or yearfiled in " cite$ * warning$ }\r
+ { yearfiled "yearfiled" bibinfo.check \r
+ swap$\r
+ duplicate$ empty$\r
+ { pop$ }\r
+ { ", " * swap$ * }\r
+ if$\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+ }\r
+ { month duplicate$ empty$\r
+ { "month" bibinfo.check pop$ "" }\r
+ { "month" bibinfo.check }\r
+ if$\r
+ day duplicate$ empty$\r
+ { "day" bibinfo.check pop$ "" * }\r
+ { "day" bibinfo.check \r
+ month empty$ \r
+ { "day without a month in " cite$ * warning$\r
+ * \r
+ }\r
+ { " " swap$ * * }\r
+ if$\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+ year "year" bibinfo.check \r
+ swap$\r
+ duplicate$ empty$\r
+ { pop$ }\r
+ { ", " * swap$ * }\r
+ if$\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+ cap.status.std\r
+}\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {format.patent.nationality.type.number}\r
+{ this.to.prev.status\r
+ this.status.std\r
+ nationality duplicate$ empty$\r
+ { "nationality" bibinfo.warn pop$ "" }\r
+ { "nationality" bibinfo.check\r
+ duplicate$ "l" change.case$ "united states" =\r
+ { pop$ bbl.patentUS }\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ if$\r
+ " " *\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+ type empty$\r
+ { bbl.patent "type" bibinfo.check }\r
+ { type "type" bibinfo.check }\r
+ if$ \r
+ *\r
+ number duplicate$ empty$\r
+ { "number" bibinfo.warn pop$ }\r
+ { "number" bibinfo.check\r
+ large.number.separate\r
+ swap$ " " * swap$ *\r
+ }\r
+ if$ \r
+ cap.status.std\r
+}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+%% standard\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {format.organization.institution.standard.type.number}\r
+{ this.to.prev.status\r
+ this.status.std\r
+ organization duplicate$ empty$\r
+ { pop$ \r
+ institution duplicate$ empty$\r
+ { "institution" bibinfo.warn }\r
+ { "institution" bibinfo.warn " " * }\r
+ if$\r
+ }\r
+ { "organization" bibinfo.warn " " * }\r
+ if$\r
+ type empty$\r
+ { bbl.standard "type" bibinfo.check }\r
+ { type "type" bibinfo.check }\r
+ if$ \r
+ *\r
+ number duplicate$ empty$\r
+ { "number" bibinfo.check pop$ }\r
+ { "number" bibinfo.check\r
+ large.number.separate\r
+ swap$ " " * swap$ *\r
+ }\r
+ if$ \r
+ cap.status.std\r
+}\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {format.revision}\r
+{ revision empty$\r
+ { "" }\r
+ { this.to.prev.status\r
+ this.status.std\r
+ bbl.revision\r
+ revision tie.or.space.prefix\r
+ "revision" bibinfo.check\r
+ * *\r
+ cap.status.std\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+\r
+%% thesis\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {format.master.thesis.type}\r
+{ this.to.prev.status\r
+ this.status.std\r
+ type empty$\r
+ {\r
+ bbl.mthesis\r
+ }\r
+ { \r
+ type "type" bibinfo.check\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+cap.status.std\r
+}\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {format.phd.thesis.type}\r
+{ this.to.prev.status\r
+ this.status.std\r
+ type empty$\r
+ {\r
+ bbl.phdthesis\r
+ }\r
+ { \r
+ type "type" bibinfo.check\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+cap.status.std\r
+}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+%% URL\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {format.url}\r
+{ url empty$\r
+ { "" }\r
+ { this.to.prev.status\r
+ this.status.std\r
+ cap.yes 'status.cap :=\r
+ name.url.prefix " " *\r
+ "\url{" * url * "}" *\r
+ punct.no 'this.status.punct :=\r
+ punct.period 'prev.status.punct :=\r
+ space.normal 'this.status.space :=\r
+ space.normal 'prev.status.space :=\r
+ quote.no 'this.status.quote :=\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%\r
+%% ENTRY HANDLERS %%\r
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%\r
+\r
+\r
+% Note: In many journals, IEEE (or the authors) tend not to show the number\r
+% for articles, so the display of the number is controlled here by the\r
+% switch "is.use.number.for.article"\r
+FUNCTION {article}\r
+{ std.status.using.comma\r
+ start.entry\r
+ if.url.alt.interword.spacing\r
+ format.authors "author" output.warn\r
+ name.or.dash\r
+ format.article.title "title" output.warn\r
+ format.journal "journal" bibinfo.check "journal" output.warn\r
+ format.volume output\r
+ format.number.if.use.for.article output\r
+ format.pages output\r
+ format.date "year" output.warn\r
+ format.note output\r
+ format.url output\r
+ fin.entry\r
+ if.url.std.interword.spacing\r
+}\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {book}\r
+{ std.status.using.comma\r
+ start.entry\r
+ if.url.alt.interword.spacing\r
+ author empty$\r
+ { format.editors "author and editor" output.warn }\r
+ { format.authors output.nonnull }\r
+ if$\r
+ name.or.dash\r
+ format.book.title.edition output\r
+ format.series output\r
+ author empty$\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ { format.editors output }\r
+ if$\r
+ format.address.publisher.date output\r
+ format.volume output\r
+ format.number output\r
+ format.note output\r
+ format.url output\r
+ fin.entry\r
+ if.url.std.interword.spacing\r
+}\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {booklet}\r
+{ std.status.using.comma\r
+ start.entry\r
+ if.url.alt.interword.spacing\r
+ format.authors output\r
+ name.or.dash\r
+ format.article.title "title" output.warn\r
+ format.howpublished "howpublished" bibinfo.check output\r
+ format.organization "organization" bibinfo.check output\r
+ format.address "address" bibinfo.check output\r
+ format.date output\r
+ format.note output\r
+ format.url output\r
+ fin.entry\r
+ if.url.std.interword.spacing\r
+}\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {electronic}\r
+{ std.status.using.period\r
+ start.entry\r
+ if.url.alt.interword.spacing\r
+ format.authors output\r
+ name.or.dash\r
+ format.date.electronic output\r
+ format.article.title.electronic output\r
+ format.howpublished "howpublished" bibinfo.check output\r
+ format.organization "organization" bibinfo.check output\r
+ format.address "address" bibinfo.check output\r
+ format.note output\r
+ format.url output\r
+ fin.entry\r
+ empty.entry.warn\r
+ if.url.std.interword.spacing\r
+}\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {inbook}\r
+{ std.status.using.comma\r
+ start.entry\r
+ if.url.alt.interword.spacing\r
+ author empty$\r
+ { format.editors "author and editor" output.warn }\r
+ { format.authors output.nonnull }\r
+ if$\r
+ name.or.dash\r
+ format.book.title.edition output\r
+ format.series output\r
+ format.address.publisher.date output\r
+ format.volume output\r
+ format.number output\r
+ format.chapter output\r
+ format.pages output\r
+ format.note output\r
+ format.url output\r
+ fin.entry\r
+ if.url.std.interword.spacing\r
+}\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {incollection}\r
+{ std.status.using.comma\r
+ start.entry\r
+ if.url.alt.interword.spacing\r
+ format.authors "author" output.warn\r
+ name.or.dash\r
+ format.article.title "title" output.warn\r
+ format.in.booktitle.edition "booktitle" output.warn\r
+ format.series output\r
+ format.editors output\r
+ format.address.publisher.date.nowarn output\r
+ format.volume output\r
+ format.number output\r
+ format.chapter output\r
+ format.pages output\r
+ format.note output\r
+ format.url output\r
+ fin.entry\r
+ if.url.std.interword.spacing\r
+}\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {inproceedings}\r
+{ std.status.using.comma\r
+ start.entry\r
+ if.url.alt.interword.spacing\r
+ format.authors "author" output.warn\r
+ name.or.dash\r
+ format.article.title "title" output.warn\r
+ format.in.booktitle "booktitle" output.warn\r
+ format.series output\r
+ format.editors output\r
+ format.volume output\r
+ format.number output\r
+ publisher empty$\r
+ { format.address.organization.date output }\r
+ { format.organization "organization" bibinfo.check output\r
+ format.address.publisher.date output\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+ format.paper output\r
+ format.pages output\r
+ format.note output\r
+ format.url output\r
+ fin.entry\r
+ if.url.std.interword.spacing\r
+}\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {manual}\r
+{ std.status.using.comma\r
+ start.entry\r
+ if.url.alt.interword.spacing\r
+ format.authors output\r
+ name.or.dash\r
+ format.book.title.edition "title" output.warn\r
+ format.howpublished "howpublished" bibinfo.check output \r
+ format.organization "organization" bibinfo.check output\r
+ format.address "address" bibinfo.check output\r
+ format.date output\r
+ format.note output\r
+ format.url output\r
+ fin.entry\r
+ if.url.std.interword.spacing\r
+}\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis}\r
+{ std.status.using.comma\r
+ start.entry\r
+ if.url.alt.interword.spacing\r
+ format.authors "author" output.warn\r
+ name.or.dash\r
+ format.article.title "title" output.warn\r
+ format.master.thesis.type output.nonnull\r
+ format.school "school" bibinfo.warn output\r
+ format.address "address" bibinfo.check output\r
+ format.date "year" output.warn\r
+ format.note output\r
+ format.url output\r
+ fin.entry\r
+ if.url.std.interword.spacing\r
+}\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {misc}\r
+{ std.status.using.comma\r
+ start.entry\r
+ if.url.alt.interword.spacing\r
+ format.authors output\r
+ name.or.dash\r
+ format.article.title output\r
+ format.howpublished "howpublished" bibinfo.check output \r
+ format.organization "organization" bibinfo.check output\r
+ format.address "address" bibinfo.check output\r
+ format.pages output\r
+ format.date output\r
+ format.note output\r
+ format.url output\r
+ fin.entry\r
+ empty.entry.warn\r
+ if.url.std.interword.spacing\r
+}\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {patent}\r
+{ std.status.using.comma\r
+ start.entry\r
+ if.url.alt.interword.spacing\r
+ format.authors output\r
+ name.or.dash\r
+ format.article.title output\r
+ format.patent.nationality.type.number output\r
+ format.patent.date output\r
+ format.note output\r
+ format.url output\r
+ fin.entry\r
+ empty.entry.warn\r
+ if.url.std.interword.spacing\r
+}\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {periodical}\r
+{ std.status.using.comma\r
+ start.entry\r
+ if.url.alt.interword.spacing\r
+ format.editors output\r
+ name.or.dash\r
+ format.book.title "title" output.warn\r
+ format.series output\r
+ format.volume output\r
+ format.number output\r
+ format.organization "organization" bibinfo.check output\r
+ format.date "year" output.warn\r
+ format.note output\r
+ format.url output\r
+ fin.entry\r
+ if.url.std.interword.spacing\r
+}\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {phdthesis}\r
+{ std.status.using.comma\r
+ start.entry\r
+ if.url.alt.interword.spacing\r
+ format.authors "author" output.warn\r
+ name.or.dash\r
+ format.article.title "title" output.warn\r
+ format.phd.thesis.type output.nonnull\r
+ format.school "school" bibinfo.warn output\r
+ format.address "address" bibinfo.check output\r
+ format.date "year" output.warn\r
+ format.note output\r
+ format.url output\r
+ fin.entry\r
+ if.url.std.interword.spacing\r
+}\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {proceedings}\r
+{ std.status.using.comma\r
+ start.entry\r
+ if.url.alt.interword.spacing\r
+ format.editors output\r
+ name.or.dash\r
+ format.book.title "title" output.warn\r
+ format.series output\r
+ format.volume output\r
+ format.number output\r
+ publisher empty$\r
+ { format.address.organization.date output }\r
+ { format.organization "organization" bibinfo.check output\r
+ format.address.publisher.date output\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+ format.note output\r
+ format.url output\r
+ fin.entry\r
+ if.url.std.interword.spacing\r
+}\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {standard}\r
+{ std.status.using.comma\r
+ start.entry\r
+ if.url.alt.interword.spacing\r
+ format.authors output\r
+ name.or.dash\r
+ format.book.title "title" output.warn\r
+ format.howpublished "howpublished" bibinfo.check output \r
+ format.organization.institution.standard.type.number output\r
+ format.revision output\r
+ format.date output\r
+ format.note output\r
+ format.url output\r
+ fin.entry\r
+ if.url.std.interword.spacing\r
+}\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {techreport}\r
+{ std.status.using.comma\r
+ start.entry\r
+ if.url.alt.interword.spacing\r
+ format.authors "author" output.warn\r
+ name.or.dash\r
+ format.article.title "title" output.warn\r
+ format.howpublished "howpublished" bibinfo.check output \r
+ format.institution "institution" bibinfo.warn output\r
+ format.address "address" bibinfo.check output\r
+ format.tech.report.number output.nonnull\r
+ format.date "year" output.warn\r
+ format.note output\r
+ format.url output\r
+ fin.entry\r
+ if.url.std.interword.spacing\r
+}\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {unpublished}\r
+{ std.status.using.comma\r
+ start.entry\r
+ if.url.alt.interword.spacing\r
+ format.authors "author" output.warn\r
+ name.or.dash\r
+ format.article.title "title" output.warn\r
+ format.date output\r
+ format.note "note" output.warn\r
+ format.url output\r
+ fin.entry\r
+ if.url.std.interword.spacing\r
+}\r
+\r
+\r
+% The special entry type which provides the user interface to the\r
+% BST controls\r
+FUNCTION {IEEEtranBSTCTL}\r
+{ is.print.banners.to.terminal\r
+ { "** IEEEtran BST control entry " quote$ * cite$ * quote$ * " detected." *\r
+ top$\r
+ }\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ if$\r
+ CTLuse_article_number\r
+ empty$\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ { CTLuse_article_number\r
+ yes.no.to.int\r
+ 'is.use.number.for.article :=\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+ CTLuse_paper\r
+ empty$\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ { CTLuse_paper\r
+ yes.no.to.int\r
+ 'is.use.paper :=\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+ CTLuse_forced_etal\r
+ empty$\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ { CTLuse_forced_etal\r
+ yes.no.to.int\r
+ 'is.forced.et.al :=\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+ CTLmax_names_forced_etal\r
+ empty$\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ { CTLmax_names_forced_etal\r
+ string.to.integer\r
+ 'max.num.names.before.forced.et.al :=\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+ CTLnames_show_etal\r
+ empty$\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ { CTLnames_show_etal\r
+ string.to.integer\r
+ 'num.names.shown.with.forced.et.al :=\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+ CTLuse_alt_spacing\r
+ empty$\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ { CTLuse_alt_spacing\r
+ yes.no.to.int\r
+ 'is.use.alt.interword.spacing :=\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+ CTLalt_stretch_factor\r
+ empty$\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ { CTLalt_stretch_factor\r
+ 'ALTinterwordstretchfactor :=\r
+ "\renewcommand{\BIBentryALTinterwordstretchfactor}{"\r
+ ALTinterwordstretchfactor * "}" *\r
+ write$ newline$\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+ CTLdash_repeated_names\r
+ empty$\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ { CTLdash_repeated_names\r
+ yes.no.to.int\r
+ 'is.dash.repeated.names :=\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+ CTLname_format_string\r
+ empty$\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ { CTLname_format_string\r
+ 'name.format.string :=\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+ CTLname_latex_cmd\r
+ empty$\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ { CTLname_latex_cmd\r
+ 'name.latex.cmd :=\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+ CTLname_url_prefix\r
+ missing$\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ { CTLname_url_prefix\r
+ 'name.url.prefix :=\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+\r
+\r
+ num.names.shown.with.forced.et.al max.num.names.before.forced.et.al >\r
+ { "CTLnames_show_etal cannot be greater than CTLmax_names_forced_etal in " cite$ * warning$ \r
+ max.num.names.before.forced.et.al 'num.names.shown.with.forced.et.al :=\r
+ }\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+\r
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%\r
+%% ENTRY ALIASES %%\r
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%\r
+FUNCTION {conference}{inproceedings}\r
+FUNCTION {online}{electronic}\r
+FUNCTION {internet}{electronic}\r
+FUNCTION {webpage}{electronic}\r
+FUNCTION {www}{electronic}\r
+FUNCTION {default.type}{misc}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%\r
+%% MAIN PROGRAM %%\r
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%\r
+\r
+READ\r
+\r
+EXECUTE {initialize.controls}\r
+EXECUTE {initialize.status.constants}\r
+EXECUTE {banner.message}\r
+\r
+EXECUTE {initialize.longest.label}\r
+ITERATE {longest.label.pass}\r
+\r
+EXECUTE {begin.bib}\r
+ITERATE {call.type$}\r
+EXECUTE {end.bib}\r
+\r
+EXECUTE{completed.message}\r
+\r
+\r
+%% That's all folks, mds.\r
--- /dev/null
+%%
+%% IEEEtran.cls 2007/03/05 version V1.7a
+%%
+%%
+%% This is the official IEEE LaTeX class for authors of the Institute of
+%% Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) Transactions journals and
+%% conferences.
+%%
+%% Support sites:
+%% http://www.michaelshell.org/tex/ieeetran/
+%% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/IEEEtran/
+%% and
+%% http://www.ieee.org/
+%%
+%% Based on the original 1993 IEEEtran.cls, but with many bug fixes
+%% and enhancements (from both JVH and MDS) over the 1996/7 version.
+%%
+%%
+%% Contributors:
+%% Gerry Murray (1993), Silvano Balemi (1993),
+%% Jon Dixon (1996), Peter N"uchter (1996),
+%% Juergen von Hagen (2000), and Michael Shell (2001-2007)
+%%
+%%
+%% Copyright (c) 1993-2000 by Gerry Murray, Silvano Balemi,
+%% Jon Dixon, Peter N"uchter,
+%% Juergen von Hagen
+%% and
+%% Copyright (c) 2001-2007 by Michael Shell
+%%
+%% Current maintainer (V1.3 to V1.7): Michael Shell
+%% See:
+%% http://www.michaelshell.org/
+%% for current contact information.
+%%
+%% Special thanks to Peter Wilson (CUA) and Donald Arseneau
+%% for allowing the inclusion of the \@ifmtarg command
+%% from their ifmtarg LaTeX package.
+%%
+%%*************************************************************************
+%% Legal Notice:
+%% This code is offered as-is without any warranty either expressed or
+%% implied; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+%% FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE!
+%% User assumes all risk.
+%% In no event shall IEEE or any contributor to this code be liable for
+%% any damages or losses, including, but not limited to, incidental,
+%% consequential, or any other damages, resulting from the use or misuse
+%% of any information contained here.
+%%
+%% All comments are the opinions of their respective authors and are not
+%% necessarily endorsed by the IEEE.
+%%
+%% This work is distributed under the LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL)
+%% ( http://www.latex-project.org/ ) version 1.3, and may be freely used,
+%% distributed and modified. A copy of the LPPL, version 1.3, is included
+%% in the base LaTeX documentation of all distributions of LaTeX released
+%% 2003/12/01 or later.
+%% Retain all contribution notices and credits.
+%% ** Modified files should be clearly indicated as such, including **
+%% ** renaming them and changing author support contact information. **
+%%
+%% File list of work: IEEEtran.cls, IEEEtran_HOWTO.pdf, bare_adv.tex,
+%% bare_conf.tex, bare_jrnl.tex, bare_jrnl_compsoc.tex
+%%
+%% Major changes to the user interface should be indicated by an
+%% increase in the version numbers. If a version is a beta, it will
+%% be indicated with a BETA suffix, i.e., 1.4 BETA.
+%% Small changes can be indicated by appending letters to the version
+%% such as "IEEEtran_v14a.cls".
+%% In all cases, \Providesclass, any \typeout messages to the user,
+%% \IEEEtransversionmajor and \IEEEtransversionminor must reflect the
+%% correct version information.
+%% The changes should also be documented via source comments.
+%%*************************************************************************
+%%
+%
+% Available class options
+% e.g., \documentclass[10pt,conference]{IEEEtran}
+%
+% *** choose only one from each category ***
+%
+% 9pt, 10pt, 11pt, 12pt
+% Sets normal font size. The default is 10pt.
+%
+% conference, journal, technote, peerreview, peerreviewca
+% determines format mode - conference papers, journal papers,
+% correspondence papers (technotes), or peer review papers. The user
+% should also select 9pt when using technote. peerreview is like
+% journal mode, but provides for a single-column "cover" title page for
+% anonymous peer review. The paper title (without the author names) is
+% repeated at the top of the page after the cover page. For peer review
+% papers, the \IEEEpeerreviewmaketitle command must be executed (will
+% automatically be ignored for non-peerreview modes) at the place the
+% cover page is to end, usually just after the abstract (keywords are
+% not normally used with peer review papers). peerreviewca is like
+% peerreview, but allows the author names to be entered and formatted
+% as with conference mode so that author affiliation and contact
+% information can be easily seen on the cover page.
+% The default is journal.
+%
+% draft, draftcls, draftclsnofoot, final
+% determines if paper is formatted as a widely spaced draft (for
+% handwritten editor comments) or as a properly typeset final version.
+% draftcls restricts draft mode to the class file while all other LaTeX
+% packages (i.e., \usepackage{graphicx}) will behave as final - allows
+% for a draft paper with visible figures, etc. draftclsnofoot is like
+% draftcls, but does not display the date and the word "DRAFT" at the foot
+% of the pages. If using one of the draft modes, the user will probably
+% also want to select onecolumn.
+% The default is final.
+%
+% letterpaper, a4paper
+% determines paper size: 8.5in X 11in or 210mm X 297mm. CHANGING THE PAPER
+% SIZE WILL NOT ALTER THE TYPESETTING OF THE DOCUMENT - ONLY THE MARGINS
+% WILL BE AFFECTED. In particular, documents using the a4paper option will
+% have reduced side margins (A4 is narrower than US letter) and a longer
+% bottom margin (A4 is longer than US letter). For both cases, the top
+% margins will be the same and the text will be horizontally centered.
+% For final submission to IEEE, authors should use US letter (8.5 X 11in)
+% paper. Note that authors should ensure that all post-processing
+% (ps, pdf, etc.) uses the same paper specificiation as the .tex document.
+% Problems here are by far the number one reason for incorrect margins.
+% IEEEtran will automatically set the default paper size under pdflatex
+% (without requiring a change to pdftex.cfg), so this issue is more
+% important to dvips users. Fix config.ps, config.pdf, or ~/.dvipsrc for
+% dvips, or use the dvips -t papersize option instead as needed. See the
+% testflow documentation
+% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/IEEEtran/testflow
+% for more details on dvips paper size configuration.
+% The default is letterpaper.
+%
+% oneside, twoside
+% determines if layout follows single sided or two sided (duplex)
+% printing. The only notable change is with the headings at the top of
+% the pages.
+% The default is oneside.
+%
+% onecolumn, twocolumn
+% determines if text is organized into one or two columns per page. One
+% column mode is usually used only with draft papers.
+% The default is twocolumn.
+%
+% compsoc
+% Use the format of the IEEE Computer Society.
+%
+% romanappendices
+% Use the "Appendix I" convention when numbering appendices. IEEEtran.cls
+% now defaults to Alpha "Appendix A" convention - the opposite of what
+% v1.6b and earlier did.
+%
+% captionsoff
+% disables the display of the figure/table captions. Some IEEE journals
+% request that captions be removed and figures/tables be put on pages
+% of their own at the end of an initial paper submission. The endfloat
+% package can be used with this class option to achieve this format.
+%
+% nofonttune
+% turns off tuning of the font interword spacing. Maybe useful to those
+% not using the standard Times fonts or for those who have already "tuned"
+% their fonts.
+% The default is to enable IEEEtran to tune font parameters.
+%
+%
+%----------
+% Available CLASSINPUTs provided (all are macros unless otherwise noted):
+% \CLASSINPUTbaselinestretch
+% \CLASSINPUTinnersidemargin
+% \CLASSINPUToutersidemargin
+% \CLASSINPUTtoptextmargin
+% \CLASSINPUTbottomtextmargin
+%
+% Available CLASSINFOs provided:
+% \ifCLASSINFOpdf (TeX if conditional)
+% \CLASSINFOpaperwidth (macro)
+% \CLASSINFOpaperheight (macro)
+% \CLASSINFOnormalsizebaselineskip (length)
+% \CLASSINFOnormalsizeunitybaselineskip (length)
+%
+% Available CLASSOPTIONs provided:
+% all class option flags (TeX if conditionals) unless otherwise noted,
+% e.g., \ifCLASSOPTIONcaptionsoff
+% point size options provided as a single macro:
+% \CLASSOPTIONpt
+% which will be defined as 9, 10, 11, or 12 depending on the document's
+% normalsize point size.
+% also, class option peerreviewca implies the use of class option peerreview
+% and classoption draft implies the use of class option draftcls
+
+
+
+
+
+\ProvidesClass{IEEEtran}[2007/03/05 V1.7a by Michael Shell]
+\typeout{-- See the "IEEEtran_HOWTO" manual for usage information.}
+\typeout{-- http://www.michaelshell.org/tex/ieeetran/}
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+
+% IEEEtran.cls version numbers, provided as of V1.3
+% These values serve as a way a .tex file can
+% determine if the new features are provided.
+% The version number of this IEEEtrans.cls can be obtained from
+% these values. i.e., V1.4
+% KEEP THESE AS INTEGERS! i.e., NO {4a} or anything like that-
+% (no need to enumerate "a" minor changes here)
+\def\IEEEtransversionmajor{1}
+\def\IEEEtransversionminor{7}
+
+% These do nothing, but provide them like in article.cls
+\newif\if@restonecol
+\newif\if@titlepage
+
+
+% class option conditionals
+\newif\ifCLASSOPTIONonecolumn \CLASSOPTIONonecolumnfalse
+\newif\ifCLASSOPTIONtwocolumn \CLASSOPTIONtwocolumntrue
+
+\newif\ifCLASSOPTIONoneside \CLASSOPTIONonesidetrue
+\newif\ifCLASSOPTIONtwoside \CLASSOPTIONtwosidefalse
+
+\newif\ifCLASSOPTIONfinal \CLASSOPTIONfinaltrue
+\newif\ifCLASSOPTIONdraft \CLASSOPTIONdraftfalse
+\newif\ifCLASSOPTIONdraftcls \CLASSOPTIONdraftclsfalse
+\newif\ifCLASSOPTIONdraftclsnofoot \CLASSOPTIONdraftclsnofootfalse
+
+\newif\ifCLASSOPTIONpeerreview \CLASSOPTIONpeerreviewfalse
+\newif\ifCLASSOPTIONpeerreviewca \CLASSOPTIONpeerreviewcafalse
+
+\newif\ifCLASSOPTIONjournal \CLASSOPTIONjournaltrue
+\newif\ifCLASSOPTIONconference \CLASSOPTIONconferencefalse
+\newif\ifCLASSOPTIONtechnote \CLASSOPTIONtechnotefalse
+
+\newif\ifCLASSOPTIONnofonttune \CLASSOPTIONnofonttunefalse
+
+\newif\ifCLASSOPTIONcaptionsoff \CLASSOPTIONcaptionsofffalse
+
+\newif\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc \CLASSOPTIONcompsocfalse
+
+\newif\ifCLASSOPTIONromanappendices \CLASSOPTIONromanappendicesfalse
+
+
+% class info conditionals
+
+% indicates if pdf (via pdflatex) output
+\newif\ifCLASSINFOpdf \CLASSINFOpdffalse
+
+
+% V1.6b internal flag to show if using a4paper
+\newif\if@IEEEusingAfourpaper \@IEEEusingAfourpaperfalse
+
+
+
+% IEEEtran class scratch pad registers
+% dimen
+\newdimen\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA
+\newdimen\@IEEEtrantmpdimenB
+% count
+\newcount\@IEEEtrantmpcountA
+\newcount\@IEEEtrantmpcountB
+% token list
+\newtoks\@IEEEtrantmptoksA
+
+% we use \CLASSOPTIONpt so that we can ID the point size (even for 9pt docs)
+% as well as LaTeX's \@ptsize to retain some compatability with some
+% external packages
+\def\@ptsize{0}
+% LaTeX does not support 9pt, so we set \@ptsize to 0 - same as that of 10pt
+\DeclareOption{9pt}{\def\CLASSOPTIONpt{9}\def\@ptsize{0}}
+\DeclareOption{10pt}{\def\CLASSOPTIONpt{10}\def\@ptsize{0}}
+\DeclareOption{11pt}{\def\CLASSOPTIONpt{11}\def\@ptsize{1}}
+\DeclareOption{12pt}{\def\CLASSOPTIONpt{12}\def\@ptsize{2}}
+
+
+
+\DeclareOption{letterpaper}{\setlength{\paperheight}{11in}%
+ \setlength{\paperwidth}{8.5in}%
+ \@IEEEusingAfourpaperfalse
+ \def\CLASSOPTIONpaper{letter}%
+ \def\CLASSINFOpaperwidth{8.5in}%
+ \def\CLASSINFOpaperheight{11in}}
+
+
+\DeclareOption{a4paper}{\setlength{\paperheight}{297mm}%
+ \setlength{\paperwidth}{210mm}%
+ \@IEEEusingAfourpapertrue
+ \def\CLASSOPTIONpaper{a4}%
+ \def\CLASSINFOpaperwidth{210mm}%
+ \def\CLASSINFOpaperheight{297mm}}
+
+\DeclareOption{oneside}{\@twosidefalse\@mparswitchfalse
+ \CLASSOPTIONonesidetrue\CLASSOPTIONtwosidefalse}
+\DeclareOption{twoside}{\@twosidetrue\@mparswitchtrue
+ \CLASSOPTIONtwosidetrue\CLASSOPTIONonesidefalse}
+
+\DeclareOption{onecolumn}{\CLASSOPTIONonecolumntrue\CLASSOPTIONtwocolumnfalse}
+\DeclareOption{twocolumn}{\CLASSOPTIONtwocolumntrue\CLASSOPTIONonecolumnfalse}
+
+% If the user selects draft, then this class AND any packages
+% will go into draft mode.
+\DeclareOption{draft}{\CLASSOPTIONdrafttrue\CLASSOPTIONdraftclstrue
+ \CLASSOPTIONdraftclsnofootfalse}
+% draftcls is for a draft mode which will not affect any packages
+% used by the document.
+\DeclareOption{draftcls}{\CLASSOPTIONdraftfalse\CLASSOPTIONdraftclstrue
+ \CLASSOPTIONdraftclsnofootfalse}
+% draftclsnofoot is like draftcls, but without the footer.
+\DeclareOption{draftclsnofoot}{\CLASSOPTIONdraftfalse\CLASSOPTIONdraftclstrue
+ \CLASSOPTIONdraftclsnofoottrue}
+\DeclareOption{final}{\CLASSOPTIONdraftfalse\CLASSOPTIONdraftclsfalse
+ \CLASSOPTIONdraftclsnofootfalse}
+
+\DeclareOption{journal}{\CLASSOPTIONpeerreviewfalse\CLASSOPTIONpeerreviewcafalse
+ \CLASSOPTIONjournaltrue\CLASSOPTIONconferencefalse\CLASSOPTIONtechnotefalse}
+
+\DeclareOption{conference}{\CLASSOPTIONpeerreviewfalse\CLASSOPTIONpeerreviewcafalse
+ \CLASSOPTIONjournalfalse\CLASSOPTIONconferencetrue\CLASSOPTIONtechnotefalse}
+
+\DeclareOption{technote}{\CLASSOPTIONpeerreviewfalse\CLASSOPTIONpeerreviewcafalse
+ \CLASSOPTIONjournalfalse\CLASSOPTIONconferencefalse\CLASSOPTIONtechnotetrue}
+
+\DeclareOption{peerreview}{\CLASSOPTIONpeerreviewtrue\CLASSOPTIONpeerreviewcafalse
+ \CLASSOPTIONjournalfalse\CLASSOPTIONconferencefalse\CLASSOPTIONtechnotefalse}
+
+\DeclareOption{peerreviewca}{\CLASSOPTIONpeerreviewtrue\CLASSOPTIONpeerreviewcatrue
+ \CLASSOPTIONjournalfalse\CLASSOPTIONconferencefalse\CLASSOPTIONtechnotefalse}
+
+\DeclareOption{nofonttune}{\CLASSOPTIONnofonttunetrue}
+
+\DeclareOption{captionsoff}{\CLASSOPTIONcaptionsofftrue}
+
+\DeclareOption{compsoc}{\CLASSOPTIONcompsoctrue}
+
+\DeclareOption{romanappendices}{\CLASSOPTIONromanappendicestrue}
+
+
+% default to US letter paper, 10pt, twocolumn, one sided, final, journal
+\ExecuteOptions{letterpaper,10pt,twocolumn,oneside,final,journal}
+% overrride these defaults per user requests
+\ProcessOptions
+
+
+
+% Computer Society conditional execution command
+\long\def\@IEEEcompsoconly#1{\relax\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc\relax#1\relax\fi\relax}
+% inverse
+\long\def\@IEEEnotcompsoconly#1{\relax\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc\else\relax#1\relax\fi\relax}
+% compsoc conference
+\long\def\@IEEEcompsocconfonly#1{\relax\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc\ifCLASSOPTIONconference\relax#1\relax\fi\fi\relax}
+% compsoc not conference
+\long\def\@IEEEcompsocnotconfonly#1{\relax\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc\ifCLASSOPTIONconference\else\relax#1\relax\fi\fi\relax}
+
+
+% IEEE uses Times Roman font, so we'll default to Times.
+% These three commands make up the entire times.sty package.
+\renewcommand{\sfdefault}{phv}
+\renewcommand{\rmdefault}{ptm}
+\renewcommand{\ttdefault}{pcr}
+
+\@IEEEcompsoconly{\typeout{-- Using IEEE Computer Society mode.}}
+
+% V1.7 compsoc nonconference papers, use Palatino/Palladio as the main text font,
+% not Times Roman.
+\@IEEEcompsocnotconfonly{\renewcommand{\rmdefault}{ppl}}
+
+% enable Times/Palatino main text font
+\normalfont\selectfont
+
+
+
+
+
+% V1.7 conference notice message hook
+\def\@IEEEconsolenoticeconference{\typeout{}%
+\typeout{** Conference Paper **}%
+\typeout{Before submitting the final camera ready copy, remember to:}%
+\typeout{}%
+\typeout{ 1. Manually equalize the lengths of two columns on the last page}%
+\typeout{ of your paper;}%
+\typeout{}%
+\typeout{ 2. Ensure that any PostScript and/or PDF output post-processing}%
+\typeout{ uses only Type 1 fonts and that every step in the generation}%
+\typeout{ process uses the appropriate paper size.}%
+\typeout{}}
+
+
+% we can send console reminder messages to the user here
+\AtEndDocument{\ifCLASSOPTIONconference\@IEEEconsolenoticeconference\fi}
+
+
+% warn about the use of single column other than for draft mode
+\ifCLASSOPTIONtwocolumn\else%
+ \ifCLASSOPTIONdraftcls\else%
+ \typeout{** ATTENTION: Single column mode is not typically used with IEEE publications.}%
+ \fi%
+\fi
+
+
+% V1.7 improved paper size setting code.
+% Set pdfpage and dvips paper sizes. Conditional tests are similar to that
+% of ifpdf.sty. Retain within {} to ensure tested macros are never altered,
+% even if only effect is to set them to \relax.
+% if \pdfoutput is undefined or equal to relax, output a dvips special
+{\@ifundefined{pdfoutput}{\AtBeginDvi{\special{papersize=\CLASSINFOpaperwidth,\CLASSINFOpaperheight}}}{%
+% pdfoutput is defined and not equal to \relax
+% check for pdfpageheight existence just in case someone sets pdfoutput
+% under non-pdflatex. If exists, set them regardless of value of \pdfoutput.
+\@ifundefined{pdfpageheight}{\relax}{\global\pdfpagewidth\paperwidth
+\global\pdfpageheight\paperheight}%
+% if using \pdfoutput=0 under pdflatex, send dvips papersize special
+\ifcase\pdfoutput
+\AtBeginDvi{\special{papersize=\CLASSINFOpaperwidth,\CLASSINFOpaperheight}}%
+\else
+% we are using pdf output, set CLASSINFOpdf flag
+\global\CLASSINFOpdftrue
+\fi}}
+
+% let the user know the selected papersize
+\typeout{-- Using \CLASSINFOpaperwidth\space x \CLASSINFOpaperheight\space
+(\CLASSOPTIONpaper)\space paper.}
+
+\ifCLASSINFOpdf
+\typeout{-- Using PDF output.}
+\else
+\typeout{-- Using DVI output.}
+\fi
+
+
+% The idea hinted here is for LaTeX to generate markleft{} and markright{}
+% automatically for you after you enter \author{}, \journal{},
+% \journaldate{}, journalvol{}, \journalnum{}, etc.
+% However, there may be some backward compatibility issues here as
+% well as some special applications for IEEEtran.cls and special issues
+% that may require the flexible \markleft{}, \markright{} and/or \markboth{}.
+% We'll leave this as an open future suggestion.
+%\newcommand{\journal}[1]{\def\@journal{#1}}
+%\def\@journal{}
+
+
+
+% pointsize values
+% used with ifx to determine the document's normal size
+\def\@IEEEptsizenine{9}
+\def\@IEEEptsizeten{10}
+\def\@IEEEptsizeeleven{11}
+\def\@IEEEptsizetwelve{12}
+
+
+
+% FONT DEFINITIONS (No sizexx.clo file needed)
+% V1.6 revised font sizes, displayskip values and
+% revised normalsize baselineskip to reduce underfull vbox problems
+% on the 58pc = 696pt = 9.5in text height we want
+% normalsize #lines/column baselineskip (aka leading)
+% 9pt 63 11.0476pt (truncated down)
+% 10pt 58 12pt (exact)
+% 11pt 52 13.3846pt (truncated down)
+% 12pt 50 13.92pt (exact)
+%
+
+% we need to store the nominal baselineskip for the given font size
+% in case baselinestretch ever changes.
+% this is a dimen, so it will not hold stretch or shrink
+\newdimen\@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip
+\@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip\baselineskip
+
+\ifx\CLASSOPTIONpt\@IEEEptsizenine
+\typeout{-- This is a 9 point document.}
+\def\normalsize{\@setfontsize{\normalsize}{9}{11.0476pt}}%
+\setlength{\@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip}{11.0476pt}%
+\normalsize
+\abovedisplayskip 1.5ex plus3pt minus1pt%
+\belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip%
+\abovedisplayshortskip 0pt plus3pt%
+\belowdisplayshortskip 1.5ex plus3pt minus1pt
+\def\small{\@setfontsize{\small}{8.5}{10pt}}
+\def\footnotesize{\@setfontsize{\footnotesize}{8}{9pt}}
+\def\scriptsize{\@setfontsize{\scriptsize}{7}{8pt}}
+\def\tiny{\@setfontsize{\tiny}{5}{6pt}}
+% sublargesize is the same as large - 10pt
+\def\sublargesize{\@setfontsize{\sublargesize}{10}{12pt}}
+\def\large{\@setfontsize{\large}{10}{12pt}}
+\def\Large{\@setfontsize{\Large}{12}{14pt}}
+\def\LARGE{\@setfontsize{\LARGE}{14}{17pt}}
+\def\huge{\@setfontsize{\huge}{17}{20pt}}
+\def\Huge{\@setfontsize{\Huge}{20}{24pt}}
+\fi
+
+
+% Check if we have selected 10 points
+\ifx\CLASSOPTIONpt\@IEEEptsizeten
+\typeout{-- This is a 10 point document.}
+\def\normalsize{\@setfontsize{\normalsize}{10}{12.00pt}}%
+\setlength{\@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip}{12pt}%
+\normalsize
+\abovedisplayskip 1.5ex plus4pt minus2pt%
+\belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip%
+\abovedisplayshortskip 0pt plus4pt%
+\belowdisplayshortskip 1.5ex plus4pt minus2pt
+\def\small{\@setfontsize{\small}{9}{10pt}}
+\def\footnotesize{\@setfontsize{\footnotesize}{8}{9pt}}
+\def\scriptsize{\@setfontsize{\scriptsize}{7}{8pt}}
+\def\tiny{\@setfontsize{\tiny}{5}{6pt}}
+% sublargesize is a tad smaller than large - 11pt
+\def\sublargesize{\@setfontsize{\sublargesize}{11}{13.4pt}}
+\def\large{\@setfontsize{\large}{12}{14pt}}
+\def\Large{\@setfontsize{\Large}{14}{17pt}}
+\def\LARGE{\@setfontsize{\LARGE}{17}{20pt}}
+\def\huge{\@setfontsize{\huge}{20}{24pt}}
+\def\Huge{\@setfontsize{\Huge}{24}{28pt}}
+\fi
+
+
+% Check if we have selected 11 points
+\ifx\CLASSOPTIONpt\@IEEEptsizeeleven
+\typeout{-- This is an 11 point document.}
+\def\normalsize{\@setfontsize{\normalsize}{11}{13.3846pt}}%
+\setlength{\@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip}{13.3846pt}%
+\normalsize
+\abovedisplayskip 1.5ex plus5pt minus3pt%
+\belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip%
+\abovedisplayshortskip 0pt plus5pt%
+\belowdisplayshortskip 1.5ex plus5pt minus3pt
+\def\small{\@setfontsize{\small}{10}{12pt}}
+\def\footnotesize{\@setfontsize{\footnotesize}{9}{10.5pt}}
+\def\scriptsize{\@setfontsize{\scriptsize}{8}{9pt}}
+\def\tiny{\@setfontsize{\tiny}{6}{7pt}}
+% sublargesize is the same as large - 12pt
+\def\sublargesize{\@setfontsize{\sublargesize}{12}{14pt}}
+\def\large{\@setfontsize{\large}{12}{14pt}}
+\def\Large{\@setfontsize{\Large}{14}{17pt}}
+\def\LARGE{\@setfontsize{\LARGE}{17}{20pt}}
+\def\huge{\@setfontsize{\huge}{20}{24pt}}
+\def\Huge{\@setfontsize{\Huge}{24}{28pt}}
+\fi
+
+
+% Check if we have selected 12 points
+\ifx\CLASSOPTIONpt\@IEEEptsizetwelve
+\typeout{-- This is a 12 point document.}
+\def\normalsize{\@setfontsize{\normalsize}{12}{13.92pt}}%
+\setlength{\@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip}{13.92pt}%
+\normalsize
+\abovedisplayskip 1.5ex plus6pt minus4pt%
+\belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip%
+\abovedisplayshortskip 0pt plus6pt%
+\belowdisplayshortskip 1.5ex plus6pt minus4pt
+\def\small{\@setfontsize{\small}{10}{12pt}}
+\def\footnotesize{\@setfontsize{\footnotesize}{9}{10.5pt}}
+\def\scriptsize{\@setfontsize{\scriptsize}{8}{9pt}}
+\def\tiny{\@setfontsize{\tiny}{6}{7pt}}
+% sublargesize is the same as large - 14pt
+\def\sublargesize{\@setfontsize{\sublargesize}{14}{17pt}}
+\def\large{\@setfontsize{\large}{14}{17pt}}
+\def\Large{\@setfontsize{\Large}{17}{20pt}}
+\def\LARGE{\@setfontsize{\LARGE}{20}{24pt}}
+\def\huge{\@setfontsize{\huge}{22}{26pt}}
+\def\Huge{\@setfontsize{\Huge}{24}{28pt}}
+\fi
+
+
+% V1.6 The Computer Modern Fonts will issue a substitution warning for
+% 24pt titles (24.88pt is used instead) increase the substitution
+% tolerance to turn off this warning
+\def\fontsubfuzz{.9pt}
+% However, the default (and correct) Times font will scale exactly as needed.
+
+
+% warn the user in case they forget to use the 9pt option with
+% technote
+\ifCLASSOPTIONtechnote%
+ \ifx\CLASSOPTIONpt\@IEEEptsizenine\else%
+ \typeout{** ATTENTION: Technotes are normally 9pt documents.}%
+ \fi%
+\fi
+
+
+% V1.7
+% Improved \textunderscore to provide a much better fake _ when used with
+% OT1 encoding. Under OT1, detect use of pcr or cmtt \ttfamily and use
+% available true _ glyph for those two typewriter fonts.
+\def\@IEEEstringptm{ptm} % Times Roman family
+\def\@IEEEstringppl{ppl} % Palatino Roman family
+\def\@IEEEstringphv{phv} % Helvetica Sans Serif family
+\def\@IEEEstringpcr{pcr} % Courier typewriter family
+\def\@IEEEstringcmtt{cmtt} % Computer Modern typewriter family
+\DeclareTextCommandDefault{\textunderscore}{\leavevmode
+\ifx\f@family\@IEEEstringpcr\string_\else
+\ifx\f@family\@IEEEstringcmtt\string_\else
+\ifx\f@family\@IEEEstringptm\kern 0em\vbox{\hrule\@width 0.5em\@height 0.5pt\kern -0.3ex}\else
+\ifx\f@family\@IEEEstringppl\kern 0em\vbox{\hrule\@width 0.5em\@height 0.5pt\kern -0.3ex}\else
+\ifx\f@family\@IEEEstringphv\kern -0.03em\vbox{\hrule\@width 0.62em\@height 0.52pt\kern -0.33ex}\kern -0.03em\else
+\kern 0.09em\vbox{\hrule\@width 0.6em\@height 0.44pt\kern -0.63pt\kern -0.42ex}\kern 0.09em\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\relax}
+
+
+
+
+% set the default \baselinestretch
+\def\baselinestretch{1}
+\ifCLASSOPTIONdraftcls
+ \def\baselinestretch{1.5}% default baselinestretch for draft modes
+\fi
+
+
+% process CLASSINPUT baselinestretch
+\ifx\CLASSINPUTbaselinestretch\@IEEEundefined
+\else
+ \edef\baselinestretch{\CLASSINPUTbaselinestretch} % user CLASSINPUT override
+ \typeout{** ATTENTION: Overriding \string\baselinestretch\space to
+ \baselinestretch\space via \string\CLASSINPUT.}
+\fi
+
+\normalsize % make \baselinestretch take affect
+
+
+
+
+% store the normalsize baselineskip
+\newdimen\CLASSINFOnormalsizebaselineskip
+\CLASSINFOnormalsizebaselineskip=\baselineskip\relax
+% and the normalsize unity (baselinestretch=1) baselineskip
+% we could save a register by giving the user access to
+% \@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip. However, let's protect
+% its read only internal status
+\newdimen\CLASSINFOnormalsizeunitybaselineskip
+\CLASSINFOnormalsizeunitybaselineskip=\@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip\relax
+% store the nominal value of jot
+\newdimen\IEEEnormaljot
+\IEEEnormaljot=0.25\baselineskip\relax
+
+% set \jot
+\jot=\IEEEnormaljot\relax
+
+
+
+
+% V1.6, we are now going to fine tune the interword spacing
+% The default interword glue for Times under TeX appears to use a
+% nominal interword spacing of 25% (relative to the font size, i.e., 1em)
+% a maximum of 40% and a minimum of 19%.
+% For example, 10pt text uses an interword glue of:
+%
+% 2.5pt plus 1.49998pt minus 0.59998pt
+%
+% However, IEEE allows for a more generous range which reduces the need
+% for hyphenation, especially for two column text. Furthermore, IEEE
+% tends to use a little bit more nominal space between the words.
+% IEEE's interword spacing percentages appear to be:
+% 35% nominal
+% 23% minimum
+% 50% maximum
+% (They may even be using a tad more for the largest fonts such as 24pt.)
+%
+% for bold text, IEEE increases the spacing a little more:
+% 37.5% nominal
+% 23% minimum
+% 55% maximum
+
+% here are the interword spacing ratios we'll use
+% for medium (normal weight)
+\def\@IEEEinterspaceratioM{0.35}
+\def\@IEEEinterspaceMINratioM{0.23}
+\def\@IEEEinterspaceMAXratioM{0.50}
+
+% for bold
+\def\@IEEEinterspaceratioB{0.375}
+\def\@IEEEinterspaceMINratioB{0.23}
+\def\@IEEEinterspaceMAXratioB{0.55}
+
+
+% command to revise the interword spacing for the current font under TeX:
+% \fontdimen2 = nominal interword space
+% \fontdimen3 = interword stretch
+% \fontdimen4 = interword shrink
+% since all changes to the \fontdimen are global, we can enclose these commands
+% in braces to confine any font attribute or length changes
+\def\@@@IEEEsetfontdimens#1#2#3{{%
+\setlength{\@IEEEtrantmpdimenB}{\f@size pt}% grab the font size in pt, could use 1em instead.
+\setlength{\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA}{#1\@IEEEtrantmpdimenB}%
+\fontdimen2\font=\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA\relax
+\addtolength{\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA}{-#2\@IEEEtrantmpdimenB}%
+\fontdimen3\font=-\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA\relax
+\setlength{\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA}{#1\@IEEEtrantmpdimenB}%
+\addtolength{\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA}{-#3\@IEEEtrantmpdimenB}%
+\fontdimen4\font=\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA\relax}}
+
+% revise the interword spacing for each font weight
+\def\@@IEEEsetfontdimens{{%
+\mdseries
+\@@@IEEEsetfontdimens{\@IEEEinterspaceratioM}{\@IEEEinterspaceMAXratioM}{\@IEEEinterspaceMINratioM}%
+\bfseries
+\@@@IEEEsetfontdimens{\@IEEEinterspaceratioB}{\@IEEEinterspaceMAXratioB}{\@IEEEinterspaceMINratioB}%
+}}
+
+% revise the interword spacing for each font shape
+% \slshape is not often used for IEEE work and is not altered here. The \scshape caps are
+% already a tad too large in the free LaTeX fonts (as compared to what IEEE uses) so we
+% won't alter these either.
+\def\@IEEEsetfontdimens{{%
+\normalfont
+\@@IEEEsetfontdimens
+\normalfont\itshape
+\@@IEEEsetfontdimens
+}}
+
+% command to revise the interword spacing for each font size (and shape
+% and weight). Only the \rmfamily is done here as \ttfamily uses a
+% fixed spacing and \sffamily is not used as the main text of IEEE papers.
+\def\@IEEEtunefonts{{\selectfont\rmfamily
+\tiny\@IEEEsetfontdimens
+\scriptsize\@IEEEsetfontdimens
+\footnotesize\@IEEEsetfontdimens
+\small\@IEEEsetfontdimens
+\normalsize\@IEEEsetfontdimens
+\sublargesize\@IEEEsetfontdimens
+\large\@IEEEsetfontdimens
+\LARGE\@IEEEsetfontdimens
+\huge\@IEEEsetfontdimens
+\Huge\@IEEEsetfontdimens}}
+
+% if the nofonttune class option is not given, revise the interword spacing
+% now - in case IEEEtran makes any default length measurements, and make
+% sure all the default fonts are loaded
+\ifCLASSOPTIONnofonttune\else
+\@IEEEtunefonts
+\fi
+
+% and again at the start of the document in case the user loaded different fonts
+\AtBeginDocument{\ifCLASSOPTIONnofonttune\else\@IEEEtunefonts\fi}
+
+
+
+% V1.6
+% LaTeX is a little to quick to use hyphenations
+% So, we increase the penalty for their use and raise
+% the badness level that triggers an underfull hbox
+% warning. The author may still have to tweak things,
+% but the appearance will be much better "right out
+% of the box" than that under V1.5 and prior.
+% TeX default is 50
+\hyphenpenalty=750
+% If we didn't adjust the interword spacing, 2200 might be better.
+% The TeX default is 1000
+\hbadness=1350
+% IEEE does not use extra spacing after punctuation
+\frenchspacing
+
+% V1.7 increase this a tad to discourage equation breaks
+\binoppenalty=1000 % default 700
+\relpenalty=800 % default 500
+
+
+% margin note stuff
+\marginparsep 10pt
+\marginparwidth 20pt
+\marginparpush 25pt
+
+
+% if things get too close, go ahead and let them touch
+\lineskip 0pt
+\normallineskip 0pt
+\lineskiplimit 0pt
+\normallineskiplimit 0pt
+
+% The distance from the lower edge of the text body to the
+% footline
+\footskip 0.4in
+
+% normally zero, should be relative to font height.
+% put in a little rubber to help stop some bad breaks (underfull vboxes)
+\parskip 0ex plus 0.2ex minus 0.1ex
+
+\parindent 1.0em
+
+\topmargin -49.0pt
+\headheight 12pt
+\headsep 0.25in
+
+% use the normal font baselineskip
+% so that \topskip is unaffected by changes in \baselinestretch
+\topskip=\@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip
+\textheight 58pc % 9.63in, 696pt
+% Tweak textheight to a perfect integer number of lines/page.
+% The normal baselineskip for each document point size is used
+% to determine these values.
+\ifx\CLASSOPTIONpt\@IEEEptsizenine\textheight=63\@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip\fi % 63 lines/page
+\ifx\CLASSOPTIONpt\@IEEEptsizeten\textheight=58\@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip\fi % 58 lines/page
+\ifx\CLASSOPTIONpt\@IEEEptsizeeleven\textheight=52\@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip\fi % 52 lines/page
+\ifx\CLASSOPTIONpt\@IEEEptsizetwelve\textheight=50\@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip\fi % 50 lines/page
+
+
+\columnsep 1pc
+\textwidth 43pc % 2 x 21pc + 1pc = 43pc
+
+
+% the default side margins are equal
+\if@IEEEusingAfourpaper
+\oddsidemargin 14.32mm
+\evensidemargin 14.32mm
+\else
+\oddsidemargin 0.680in
+\evensidemargin 0.680in
+\fi
+% compensate for LaTeX's 1in offset
+\addtolength{\oddsidemargin}{-1in}
+\addtolength{\evensidemargin}{-1in}
+
+
+
+% adjust margins for conference mode
+\ifCLASSOPTIONconference
+ \topmargin -0.25in
+ % we retain the reserved, but unused space for headers
+ \addtolength{\topmargin}{-\headheight}
+ \addtolength{\topmargin}{-\headsep}
+ \textheight 9.25in % The standard for conferences (668.4975pt)
+ % Tweak textheight to a perfect integer number of lines/page.
+ \ifx\CLASSOPTIONpt\@IEEEptsizenine\textheight=61\@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip\fi % 61 lines/page
+ \ifx\CLASSOPTIONpt\@IEEEptsizeten\textheight=56\@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip\fi % 56 lines/page
+ \ifx\CLASSOPTIONpt\@IEEEptsizeeleven\textheight=50\@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip\fi % 50 lines/page
+ \ifx\CLASSOPTIONpt\@IEEEptsizetwelve\textheight=48\@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip\fi % 48 lines/page
+\fi
+
+
+% compsoc conference
+\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc
+\ifCLASSOPTIONconference
+ % compsoc conference use a larger value for columnsep
+ \columnsep 0.375in
+ % compsoc conferences want 1in top margin, 1.125in bottom margin
+ \topmargin 0in
+ \addtolength{\topmargin}{-6pt}% we tweak this a tad to better comply with top of line stuff
+ % we retain the reserved, but unused space for headers
+ \addtolength{\topmargin}{-\headheight}
+ \addtolength{\topmargin}{-\headsep}
+ \textheight 8.875in % (641.39625pt)
+ % Tweak textheight to a perfect integer number of lines/page.
+ \ifx\CLASSOPTIONpt\@IEEEptsizenine\textheight=58\@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip\fi % 58 lines/page
+ \ifx\CLASSOPTIONpt\@IEEEptsizeten\textheight=53\@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip\fi % 53 lines/page
+ \ifx\CLASSOPTIONpt\@IEEEptsizeeleven\textheight=48\@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip\fi % 48 lines/page
+ \ifx\CLASSOPTIONpt\@IEEEptsizetwelve\textheight=46\@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip\fi % 46 lines/page
+ \textwidth 6.5in
+ % the default side margins are equal
+ \if@IEEEusingAfourpaper
+ \oddsidemargin 22.45mm
+ \evensidemargin 22.45mm
+ \else
+ \oddsidemargin 1in
+ \evensidemargin 1in
+ \fi
+ % compensate for LaTeX's 1in offset
+ \addtolength{\oddsidemargin}{-1in}
+ \addtolength{\evensidemargin}{-1in}
+\fi\fi
+
+
+
+% draft mode settings override that of all other modes
+% provides a nice 1in margin all around the paper and extra
+% space between the lines for editor's comments
+\ifCLASSOPTIONdraftcls
+ % want 1in from top of paper to text
+ \setlength{\topmargin}{-\headsep}%
+ \addtolength{\topmargin}{-\headheight}%
+ % we want 1in side margins regardless of paper type
+ \oddsidemargin 0in
+ \evensidemargin 0in
+ % set the text width
+ \setlength{\textwidth}{\paperwidth}%
+ \addtolength{\textwidth}{-2.0in}%
+ \setlength{\textheight}{\paperheight}%
+ \addtolength{\textheight}{-2.0in}%
+ % digitize textheight to be an integer number of lines.
+ % this may cause the bottom margin to be off a tad
+ \addtolength{\textheight}{-1\topskip}%
+ \divide\textheight by \baselineskip%
+ \multiply\textheight by \baselineskip%
+ \addtolength{\textheight}{\topskip}%
+\fi
+
+
+
+% process CLASSINPUT inner/outer margin
+% if inner margin defined, but outer margin not, set outer to inner.
+\ifx\CLASSINPUTinnersidemargin\@IEEEundefined
+\else
+ \ifx\CLASSINPUToutersidemargin\@IEEEundefined
+ \edef\CLASSINPUToutersidemargin{\CLASSINPUTinnersidemargin}
+ \fi
+\fi
+
+\ifx\CLASSINPUToutersidemargin\@IEEEundefined
+\else
+ % if outer margin defined, but inner margin not, set inner to outer.
+ \ifx\CLASSINPUTinnersidemargin\@IEEEundefined
+ \edef\CLASSINPUTinnersidemargin{\CLASSINPUToutersidemargin}
+ \fi
+ \setlength{\oddsidemargin}{\CLASSINPUTinnersidemargin}
+ \ifCLASSOPTIONtwoside
+ \setlength{\evensidemargin}{\CLASSINPUToutersidemargin}
+ \else
+ \setlength{\evensidemargin}{\CLASSINPUTinnersidemargin}
+ \fi
+ \addtolength{\oddsidemargin}{-1in}
+ \addtolength{\evensidemargin}{-1in}
+ \setlength{\textwidth}{\paperwidth}
+ \addtolength{\textwidth}{-\CLASSINPUTinnersidemargin}
+ \addtolength{\textwidth}{-\CLASSINPUToutersidemargin}
+ \typeout{** ATTENTION: Overriding inner side margin to \CLASSINPUTinnersidemargin\space and
+ outer side margin to \CLASSINPUToutersidemargin\space via \string\CLASSINPUT.}
+\fi
+
+
+
+% process CLASSINPUT top/bottom text margin
+% if toptext margin defined, but bottomtext margin not, set bottomtext to toptext margin
+\ifx\CLASSINPUTtoptextmargin\@IEEEundefined
+\else
+ \ifx\CLASSINPUTbottomtextmargin\@IEEEundefined
+ \edef\CLASSINPUTbottomtextmargin{\CLASSINPUTtoptextmargin}
+ \fi
+\fi
+
+\ifx\CLASSINPUTbottomtextmargin\@IEEEundefined
+\else
+ % if bottomtext margin defined, but toptext margin not, set toptext to bottomtext margin
+ \ifx\CLASSINPUTtoptextmargin\@IEEEundefined
+ \edef\CLASSINPUTtoptextmargin{\CLASSINPUTbottomtextmargin}
+ \fi
+ \setlength{\topmargin}{\CLASSINPUTtoptextmargin}
+ \addtolength{\topmargin}{-1in}
+ \addtolength{\topmargin}{-\headheight}
+ \addtolength{\topmargin}{-\headsep}
+ \setlength{\textheight}{\paperheight}
+ \addtolength{\textheight}{-\CLASSINPUTtoptextmargin}
+ \addtolength{\textheight}{-\CLASSINPUTbottomtextmargin}
+ % in the default format we use the normal baselineskip as topskip
+ % we only need 0.7 of this to clear typical top text and we need
+ % an extra 0.3 spacing at the bottom for descenders. This will
+ % correct for both.
+ \addtolength{\topmargin}{-0.3\@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip}
+ \typeout{** ATTENTION: Overriding top text margin to \CLASSINPUTtoptextmargin\space and
+ bottom text margin to \CLASSINPUTbottomtextmargin\space via \string\CLASSINPUT.}
+\fi
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+% LIST SPACING CONTROLS
+
+% Controls the amount of EXTRA spacing
+% above and below \trivlist
+% Both \list and IED lists override this.
+% However, \trivlist will use this as will most
+% things built from \trivlist like the \center
+% environment.
+\topsep 0.5\baselineskip
+
+% Controls the additional spacing around lists preceded
+% or followed by blank lines. IEEE does not increase
+% spacing before or after paragraphs so it is set to zero.
+% \z@ is the same as zero, but faster.
+\partopsep \z@
+
+% Controls the spacing between paragraphs in lists.
+% IEEE does not increase spacing before or after paragraphs
+% so this is also zero.
+% With IEEEtran.cls, global changes to
+% this value DO affect lists (but not IED lists).
+\parsep \z@
+
+% Controls the extra spacing between list items.
+% IEEE does not put extra spacing between items.
+% With IEEEtran.cls, global changes to this value DO affect
+% lists (but not IED lists).
+\itemsep \z@
+
+% \itemindent is the amount to indent the FIRST line of a list
+% item. It is auto set to zero within the \list environment. To alter
+% it, you have to do so when you call the \list.
+% However, IEEE uses this for the theorem environment
+% There is an alternative value for this near \leftmargini below
+\itemindent -1em
+
+% \leftmargin, the spacing from the left margin of the main text to
+% the left of the main body of a list item is set by \list.
+% Hence this statement does nothing for lists.
+% But, quote and verse do use it for indention.
+\leftmargin 2em
+
+% we retain this stuff from the older IEEEtran.cls so that \list
+% will work the same way as before. However, itemize, enumerate and
+% description (IED) could care less about what these are as they
+% all are overridden.
+\leftmargini 2em
+%\itemindent 2em % Alternative values: sometimes used.
+%\leftmargini 0em
+\leftmarginii 1em
+\leftmarginiii 1.5em
+\leftmarginiv 1.5em
+\leftmarginv 1.0em
+\leftmarginvi 1.0em
+\labelsep 0.5em
+\labelwidth \z@
+
+
+% The old IEEEtran.cls behavior of \list is retained.
+% However, the new V1.3 IED list environments override all the
+% @list stuff (\@listX is called within \list for the
+% appropriate level just before the user's list_decl is called).
+% \topsep is now 2pt as IEEE puts a little extra space around
+% lists - used by those non-IED macros that depend on \list.
+% Note that \parsep and \itemsep are not redefined as in
+% the sizexx.clo \@listX (which article.cls uses) so global changes
+% of these values DO affect \list
+%
+\def\@listi{\leftmargin\leftmargini \topsep 2pt plus 1pt minus 1pt}
+\let\@listI\@listi
+\def\@listii{\leftmargin\leftmarginii\labelwidth\leftmarginii%
+ \advance\labelwidth-\labelsep \topsep 2pt}
+\def\@listiii{\leftmargin\leftmarginiii\labelwidth\leftmarginiii%
+ \advance\labelwidth-\labelsep \topsep 2pt}
+\def\@listiv{\leftmargin\leftmarginiv\labelwidth\leftmarginiv%
+ \advance\labelwidth-\labelsep \topsep 2pt}
+\def\@listv{\leftmargin\leftmarginv\labelwidth\leftmarginv%
+ \advance\labelwidth-\labelsep \topsep 2pt}
+\def\@listvi{\leftmargin\leftmarginvi\labelwidth\leftmarginvi%
+ \advance\labelwidth-\labelsep \topsep 2pt}
+
+
+% IEEE uses 5) not 5.
+\def\labelenumi{\theenumi)} \def\theenumi{\arabic{enumi}}
+
+% IEEE uses a) not (a)
+\def\labelenumii{\theenumii)} \def\theenumii{\alph{enumii}}
+
+% IEEE uses iii) not iii.
+\def\labelenumiii{\theenumiii)} \def\theenumiii{\roman{enumiii}}
+
+% IEEE uses A) not A.
+\def\labelenumiv{\theenumiv)} \def\theenumiv{\Alph{enumiv}}
+
+% exactly the same as in article.cls
+\def\p@enumii{\theenumi}
+\def\p@enumiii{\theenumi(\theenumii)}
+\def\p@enumiv{\p@enumiii\theenumiii}
+
+% itemized list label styles
+\def\labelitemi{$\scriptstyle\bullet$}
+\def\labelitemii{\textbf{--}}
+\def\labelitemiii{$\ast$}
+\def\labelitemiv{$\cdot$}
+
+
+
+% **** V1.3 ENHANCEMENTS ****
+% Itemize, Enumerate and Description (IED) List Controls
+% ***************************
+%
+%
+% IEEE seems to use at least two different values by
+% which ITEMIZED list labels are indented to the right
+% For The Journal of Lightwave Technology (JLT) and The Journal
+% on Selected Areas in Communications (JSAC), they tend to use
+% an indention equal to \parindent. For Transactions on Communications
+% they tend to indent ITEMIZED lists a little more--- 1.3\parindent.
+% We'll provide both values here for you so that you can choose
+% which one you like in your document using a command such as:
+% setlength{\IEEEilabelindent}{\IEEEilabelindentB}
+\newdimen\IEEEilabelindentA
+\IEEEilabelindentA \parindent
+
+\newdimen\IEEEilabelindentB
+\IEEEilabelindentB 1.3\parindent
+% However, we'll default to using \parindent
+% which makes more sense to me
+\newdimen\IEEEilabelindent
+\IEEEilabelindent \IEEEilabelindentA
+
+
+% This controls the default amount the enumerated list labels
+% are indented to the right.
+% Normally, this is the same as the paragraph indention
+\newdimen\IEEEelabelindent
+\IEEEelabelindent \parindent
+
+% This controls the default amount the description list labels
+% are indented to the right.
+% Normally, this is the same as the paragraph indention
+\newdimen\IEEEdlabelindent
+\IEEEdlabelindent \parindent
+
+% This is the value actually used within the IED lists.
+% The IED environments automatically set its value to
+% one of the three values above, so global changes do
+% not have any effect
+\newdimen\IEEElabelindent
+\IEEElabelindent \parindent
+
+% The actual amount labels will be indented is
+% \IEEElabelindent multiplied by the factor below
+% corresponding to the level of nesting depth
+% This provides a means by which the user can
+% alter the effective \IEEElabelindent for deeper
+% levels
+% There may not be such a thing as correct "standard IEEE"
+% values. What IEEE actually does may depend on the specific
+% circumstances.
+% The first list level almost always has full indention.
+% The second levels I've seen have only 75% of the normal indentation
+% Three level or greater nestings are very rare. I am guessing
+% that they don't use any indentation.
+\def\IEEElabelindentfactori{1.0} % almost always one
+\def\IEEElabelindentfactorii{0.75} % 0.0 or 1.0 may be used in some cases
+\def\IEEElabelindentfactoriii{0.0} % 0.75? 0.5? 0.0?
+\def\IEEElabelindentfactoriv{0.0}
+\def\IEEElabelindentfactorv{0.0}
+\def\IEEElabelindentfactorvi{0.0}
+
+% value actually used within IED lists, it is auto
+% set to one of the 6 values above
+% global changes here have no effect
+\def\IEEElabelindentfactor{1.0}
+
+% This controls the default spacing between the end of the IED
+% list labels and the list text, when normal text is used for
+% the labels.
+\newdimen\IEEEiednormlabelsep
+\IEEEiednormlabelsep 0.6em
+
+% This controls the default spacing between the end of the IED
+% list labels and the list text, when math symbols are used for
+% the labels (nomenclature lists). IEEE usually increases the
+% spacing in these cases
+\newdimen\IEEEiedmathlabelsep
+\IEEEiedmathlabelsep 1.2em
+
+% This controls the extra vertical separation put above and
+% below each IED list. IEEE usually puts a little extra spacing
+% around each list. However, this spacing is barely noticeable.
+\newskip\IEEEiedtopsep
+\IEEEiedtopsep 2pt plus 1pt minus 1pt
+
+
+% This command is executed within each IED list environment
+% at the beginning of the list. You can use this to set the
+% parameters for some/all your IED list(s) without disturbing
+% global parameters that affect things other than lists.
+% i.e., renewcommand{\IEEEiedlistdecl}{\setlength{\labelsep}{5em}}
+% will alter the \labelsep for the next list(s) until
+% \IEEEiedlistdecl is redefined.
+\def\IEEEiedlistdecl{\relax}
+
+% This command provides an easy way to set \leftmargin based
+% on the \labelwidth, \labelsep and the argument \IEEElabelindent
+% Usage: \IEEEcalcleftmargin{width-to-indent-the-label}
+% output is in the \leftmargin variable, i.e., effectively:
+% \leftmargin = argument + \labelwidth + \labelsep
+% Note controlled spacing here, shield end of lines with %
+\def\IEEEcalcleftmargin#1{\setlength{\leftmargin}{#1}%
+\addtolength{\leftmargin}{\labelwidth}%
+\addtolength{\leftmargin}{\labelsep}}
+
+% This command provides an easy way to set \labelwidth to the
+% width of the given text. It is the same as
+% \settowidth{\labelwidth}{label-text}
+% and useful as a shorter alternative.
+% Typically used to set \labelwidth to be the width
+% of the longest label in the list
+\def\IEEEsetlabelwidth#1{\settowidth{\labelwidth}{#1}}
+
+% When this command is executed, IED lists will use the
+% IEEEiedmathlabelsep label separation rather than the normal
+% spacing. To have an effect, this command must be executed via
+% the \IEEEiedlistdecl or within the option of the IED list
+% environments.
+\def\IEEEusemathlabelsep{\setlength{\labelsep}{\IEEEiedmathlabelsep}}
+
+% A flag which controls whether the IED lists automatically
+% calculate \leftmargin from \IEEElabelindent, \labelwidth and \labelsep
+% Useful if you want to specify your own \leftmargin
+% This flag must be set (\IEEEnocalcleftmargintrue or \IEEEnocalcleftmarginfalse)
+% via the \IEEEiedlistdecl or within the option of the IED list
+% environments to have an effect.
+\newif\ifIEEEnocalcleftmargin
+\IEEEnocalcleftmarginfalse
+
+% A flag which controls whether \IEEElabelindent is multiplied by
+% the \IEEElabelindentfactor for each list level.
+% This flag must be set via the \IEEEiedlistdecl or within the option
+% of the IED list environments to have an effect.
+\newif\ifIEEEnolabelindentfactor
+\IEEEnolabelindentfactorfalse
+
+
+% internal variable to indicate type of IED label
+% justification
+% 0 - left; 1 - center; 2 - right
+\def\@IEEEiedjustify{0}
+
+
+% commands to allow the user to control IED
+% label justifications. Use these commands within
+% the IED environment option or in the \IEEEiedlistdecl
+% Note that changing the normal list justifications
+% is nonstandard and IEEE may not like it if you do so!
+% I include these commands as they may be helpful to
+% those who are using these enhanced list controls for
+% other non-IEEE related LaTeX work.
+% itemize and enumerate automatically default to right
+% justification, description defaults to left.
+\def\IEEEiedlabeljustifyl{\def\@IEEEiedjustify{0}}%left
+\def\IEEEiedlabeljustifyc{\def\@IEEEiedjustify{1}}%center
+\def\IEEEiedlabeljustifyr{\def\@IEEEiedjustify{2}}%right
+
+
+
+
+% commands to save to and restore from the list parameter copies
+% this allows us to set all the list parameters within
+% the list_decl and prevent \list (and its \@list)
+% from overriding any of our parameters
+% V1.6 use \edefs instead of dimen's to conserve dimen registers
+% Note controlled spacing here, shield end of lines with %
+\def\@IEEEsavelistparams{\edef\@IEEEiedtopsep{\the\topsep}%
+\edef\@IEEEiedlabelwidth{\the\labelwidth}%
+\edef\@IEEEiedlabelsep{\the\labelsep}%
+\edef\@IEEEiedleftmargin{\the\leftmargin}%
+\edef\@IEEEiedpartopsep{\the\partopsep}%
+\edef\@IEEEiedparsep{\the\parsep}%
+\edef\@IEEEieditemsep{\the\itemsep}%
+\edef\@IEEEiedrightmargin{\the\rightmargin}%
+\edef\@IEEEiedlistparindent{\the\listparindent}%
+\edef\@IEEEieditemindent{\the\itemindent}}
+
+% Note controlled spacing here
+\def\@IEEErestorelistparams{\topsep\@IEEEiedtopsep\relax%
+\labelwidth\@IEEEiedlabelwidth\relax%
+\labelsep\@IEEEiedlabelsep\relax%
+\leftmargin\@IEEEiedleftmargin\relax%
+\partopsep\@IEEEiedpartopsep\relax%
+\parsep\@IEEEiedparsep\relax%
+\itemsep\@IEEEieditemsep\relax%
+\rightmargin\@IEEEiedrightmargin\relax%
+\listparindent\@IEEEiedlistparindent\relax%
+\itemindent\@IEEEieditemindent\relax}
+
+
+% v1.6b provide original LaTeX IED list environments
+% note that latex.ltx defines \itemize and \enumerate, but not \description
+% which must be created by the base classes
+% save original LaTeX itemize and enumerate
+\let\LaTeXitemize\itemize
+\let\endLaTeXitemize\enditemize
+\let\LaTeXenumerate\enumerate
+\let\endLaTeXenumerate\endenumerate
+
+% provide original LaTeX description environment from article.cls
+\newenvironment{LaTeXdescription}
+ {\list{}{\labelwidth\z@ \itemindent-\leftmargin
+ \let\makelabel\descriptionlabel}}
+ {\endlist}
+\newcommand*\descriptionlabel[1]{\hspace\labelsep
+ \normalfont\bfseries #1}
+
+
+% override LaTeX's default IED lists
+\def\itemize{\@IEEEitemize}
+\def\enditemize{\@endIEEEitemize}
+\def\enumerate{\@IEEEenumerate}
+\def\endenumerate{\@endIEEEenumerate}
+\def\description{\@IEEEdescription}
+\def\enddescription{\@endIEEEdescription}
+
+% provide the user with aliases - may help those using packages that
+% override itemize, enumerate, or description
+\def\IEEEitemize{\@IEEEitemize}
+\def\endIEEEitemize{\@endIEEEitemize}
+\def\IEEEenumerate{\@IEEEenumerate}
+\def\endIEEEenumerate{\@endIEEEenumerate}
+\def\IEEEdescription{\@IEEEdescription}
+\def\endIEEEdescription{\@endIEEEdescription}
+
+
+% V1.6 we want to keep the IEEEtran IED list definitions as our own internal
+% commands so they are protected against redefinition
+\def\@IEEEitemize{\@ifnextchar[{\@@IEEEitemize}{\@@IEEEitemize[\relax]}}
+\def\@IEEEenumerate{\@ifnextchar[{\@@IEEEenumerate}{\@@IEEEenumerate[\relax]}}
+\def\@IEEEdescription{\@ifnextchar[{\@@IEEEdescription}{\@@IEEEdescription[\relax]}}
+\def\@endIEEEitemize{\endlist}
+\def\@endIEEEenumerate{\endlist}
+\def\@endIEEEdescription{\endlist}
+
+
+% DO NOT ALLOW BLANK LINES TO BE IN THESE IED ENVIRONMENTS
+% AS THIS WILL FORCE NEW PARAGRAPHS AFTER THE IED LISTS
+% IEEEtran itemized list MDS 1/2001
+% Note controlled spacing here, shield end of lines with %
+\def\@@IEEEitemize[#1]{%
+ \ifnum\@itemdepth>3\relax\@toodeep\else%
+ \ifnum\@listdepth>5\relax\@toodeep\else%
+ \advance\@itemdepth\@ne%
+ \edef\@itemitem{labelitem\romannumeral\the\@itemdepth}%
+ % get the labelindentfactor for this level
+ \advance\@listdepth\@ne% we need to know what the level WILL be
+ \edef\IEEElabelindentfactor{\csname IEEElabelindentfactor\romannumeral\the\@listdepth\endcsname}%
+ \advance\@listdepth-\@ne% undo our increment
+ \def\@IEEEiedjustify{2}% right justified labels are default
+ % set other defaults
+ \IEEEnocalcleftmarginfalse%
+ \IEEEnolabelindentfactorfalse%
+ \topsep\IEEEiedtopsep%
+ \IEEElabelindent\IEEEilabelindent%
+ \labelsep\IEEEiednormlabelsep%
+ \partopsep 0ex%
+ \parsep 0ex%
+ \itemsep 0ex%
+ \rightmargin 0em%
+ \listparindent 0em%
+ \itemindent 0em%
+ % calculate the label width
+ % the user can override this later if
+ % they specified a \labelwidth
+ \settowidth{\labelwidth}{\csname labelitem\romannumeral\the\@itemdepth\endcsname}%
+ \@IEEEsavelistparams% save our list parameters
+ \list{\csname\@itemitem\endcsname}{%
+ \@IEEErestorelistparams% override any list{} changes
+ % to our globals
+ \let\makelabel\@IEEEiedmakelabel% v1.6b setup \makelabel
+ \IEEEiedlistdecl% let user alter parameters
+ #1\relax%
+ % If the user has requested not to use the
+ % labelindent factor, don't revise \labelindent
+ \ifIEEEnolabelindentfactor\relax%
+ \else\IEEElabelindent=\IEEElabelindentfactor\labelindent%
+ \fi%
+ % Unless the user has requested otherwise,
+ % calculate our left margin based
+ % on \IEEElabelindent, \labelwidth and
+ % \labelsep
+ \ifIEEEnocalcleftmargin\relax%
+ \else\IEEEcalcleftmargin{\IEEElabelindent}%
+ \fi}\fi\fi}%
+
+
+% DO NOT ALLOW BLANK LINES TO BE IN THESE IED ENVIRONMENTS
+% AS THIS WILL FORCE NEW PARAGRAPHS AFTER THE IED LISTS
+% IEEEtran enumerate list MDS 1/2001
+% Note controlled spacing here, shield end of lines with %
+\def\@@IEEEenumerate[#1]{%
+ \ifnum\@enumdepth>3\relax\@toodeep\else%
+ \ifnum\@listdepth>5\relax\@toodeep\else%
+ \advance\@enumdepth\@ne%
+ \edef\@enumctr{enum\romannumeral\the\@enumdepth}%
+ % get the labelindentfactor for this level
+ \advance\@listdepth\@ne% we need to know what the level WILL be
+ \edef\IEEElabelindentfactor{\csname IEEElabelindentfactor\romannumeral\the\@listdepth\endcsname}%
+ \advance\@listdepth-\@ne% undo our increment
+ \def\@IEEEiedjustify{2}% right justified labels are default
+ % set other defaults
+ \IEEEnocalcleftmarginfalse%
+ \IEEEnolabelindentfactorfalse%
+ \topsep\IEEEiedtopsep%
+ \IEEElabelindent\IEEEelabelindent%
+ \labelsep\IEEEiednormlabelsep%
+ \partopsep 0ex%
+ \parsep 0ex%
+ \itemsep 0ex%
+ \rightmargin 0em%
+ \listparindent 0em%
+ \itemindent 0em%
+ % calculate the label width
+ % We'll set it to the width suitable for all labels using
+ % normalfont 1) to 9)
+ % The user can override this later
+ \settowidth{\labelwidth}{9)}%
+ \@IEEEsavelistparams% save our list parameters
+ \list{\csname label\@enumctr\endcsname}{\usecounter{\@enumctr}%
+ \@IEEErestorelistparams% override any list{} changes
+ % to our globals
+ \let\makelabel\@IEEEiedmakelabel% v1.6b setup \makelabel
+ \IEEEiedlistdecl% let user alter parameters
+ #1\relax%
+ % If the user has requested not to use the
+ % IEEElabelindent factor, don't revise \IEEElabelindent
+ \ifIEEEnolabelindentfactor\relax%
+ \else\IEEElabelindent=\IEEElabelindentfactor\IEEElabelindent%
+ \fi%
+ % Unless the user has requested otherwise,
+ % calculate our left margin based
+ % on \IEEElabelindent, \labelwidth and
+ % \labelsep
+ \ifIEEEnocalcleftmargin\relax%
+ \else\IEEEcalcleftmargin{\IEEElabelindent}%
+ \fi}\fi\fi}%
+
+
+% DO NOT ALLOW BLANK LINES TO BE IN THESE IED ENVIRONMENTS
+% AS THIS WILL FORCE NEW PARAGRAPHS AFTER THE IED LISTS
+% IEEEtran description list MDS 1/2001
+% Note controlled spacing here, shield end of lines with %
+\def\@@IEEEdescription[#1]{%
+ \ifnum\@listdepth>5\relax\@toodeep\else%
+ % get the labelindentfactor for this level
+ \advance\@listdepth\@ne% we need to know what the level WILL be
+ \edef\IEEElabelindentfactor{\csname IEEElabelindentfactor\romannumeral\the\@listdepth\endcsname}%
+ \advance\@listdepth-\@ne% undo our increment
+ \def\@IEEEiedjustify{0}% left justified labels are default
+ % set other defaults
+ \IEEEnocalcleftmarginfalse%
+ \IEEEnolabelindentfactorfalse%
+ \topsep\IEEEiedtopsep%
+ \IEEElabelindent\IEEEdlabelindent%
+ % assume normal labelsep
+ \labelsep\IEEEiednormlabelsep%
+ \partopsep 0ex%
+ \parsep 0ex%
+ \itemsep 0ex%
+ \rightmargin 0em%
+ \listparindent 0em%
+ \itemindent 0em%
+ % Bogus label width in case the user forgets
+ % to set it.
+ % TIP: If you want to see what a variable's width is you
+ % can use the TeX command \showthe\width-variable to
+ % display it on the screen during compilation
+ % (This might be helpful to know when you need to find out
+ % which label is the widest)
+ \settowidth{\labelwidth}{Hello}%
+ \@IEEEsavelistparams% save our list parameters
+ \list{}{\@IEEErestorelistparams% override any list{} changes
+ % to our globals
+ \let\makelabel\@IEEEiedmakelabel% v1.6b setup \makelabel
+ \IEEEiedlistdecl% let user alter parameters
+ #1\relax%
+ % If the user has requested not to use the
+ % labelindent factor, don't revise \IEEElabelindent
+ \ifIEEEnolabelindentfactor\relax%
+ \else\IEEElabelindent=\IEEElabelindentfactor\IEEElabelindent%
+ \fi%
+ % Unless the user has requested otherwise,
+ % calculate our left margin based
+ % on \IEEElabelindent, \labelwidth and
+ % \labelsep
+ \ifIEEEnocalcleftmargin\relax%
+ \else\IEEEcalcleftmargin{\IEEElabelindent}\relax%
+ \fi}\fi}
+
+% v1.6b we use one makelabel that does justification as needed.
+\def\@IEEEiedmakelabel#1{\relax\if\@IEEEiedjustify 0\relax
+\makebox[\labelwidth][l]{\normalfont #1}\else
+\if\@IEEEiedjustify 1\relax
+\makebox[\labelwidth][c]{\normalfont #1}\else
+\makebox[\labelwidth][r]{\normalfont #1}\fi\fi}
+
+
+% VERSE and QUOTE
+% V1.7 define environments with newenvironment
+\newenvironment{verse}{\let\\=\@centercr
+ \list{}{\itemsep\z@ \itemindent -1.5em \listparindent \itemindent
+ \rightmargin\leftmargin\advance\leftmargin 1.5em}\item\relax}
+ {\endlist}
+\newenvironment{quotation}{\list{}{\listparindent 1.5em \itemindent\listparindent
+ \rightmargin\leftmargin \parsep 0pt plus 1pt}\item\relax}
+ {\endlist}
+\newenvironment{quote}{\list{}{\rightmargin\leftmargin}\item\relax}
+ {\endlist}
+
+
+% \titlepage
+% provided only for backward compatibility. \maketitle is the correct
+% way to create the title page.
+\newif\if@restonecol
+\def\titlepage{\@restonecolfalse\if@twocolumn\@restonecoltrue\onecolumn
+ \else \newpage \fi \thispagestyle{empty}\c@page\z@}
+\def\endtitlepage{\if@restonecol\twocolumn \else \newpage \fi}
+
+% standard values from article.cls
+\arraycolsep 5pt
+\arrayrulewidth .4pt
+\doublerulesep 2pt
+
+\tabcolsep 6pt
+\tabbingsep 0.5em
+
+
+%% FOOTNOTES
+%
+%\skip\footins 10pt plus 4pt minus 2pt
+% V1.6 respond to changes in font size
+% space added above the footnotes (if present)
+\skip\footins 0.9\baselineskip plus 0.4\baselineskip minus 0.2\baselineskip
+
+% V1.6, we need to make \footnotesep responsive to changes
+% in \baselineskip or strange spacings will result when in
+% draft mode. Here is a little LaTeX secret - \footnotesep
+% determines the height of an invisible strut that is placed
+% *above* the baseline of footnotes after the first. Since
+% LaTeX considers the space for characters to be 0.7/baselineskip
+% above the baseline and 0.3/baselineskip below it, we need to
+% use 0.7/baselineskip as a \footnotesep to maintain equal spacing
+% between all the lines of the footnotes. IEEE often uses a tad
+% more, so use 0.8\baselineskip. This slightly larger value also helps
+% the text to clear the footnote marks. Note that \thanks in IEEEtran
+% uses its own value of \footnotesep which is set in \maketitle.
+{\footnotesize
+\global\footnotesep 0.8\baselineskip}
+
+
+\skip\@mpfootins = \skip\footins
+\fboxsep = 3pt
+\fboxrule = .4pt
+% V1.6 use 1em, then use LaTeX2e's \@makefnmark
+% Note that IEEE normally *left* aligns the footnote marks, so we don't need
+% box resizing tricks here.
+\long\def\@makefntext#1{\parindent 1em\indent\hbox{\@makefnmark}#1}% V1.6 use 1em
+% V1.7 compsoc does not use superscipts for footnote marks
+\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc
+\def\@IEEEcompsocmakefnmark{\hbox{\normalfont\@thefnmark.\ }}
+\long\def\@makefntext#1{\parindent 1em\indent\hbox{\@IEEEcompsocmakefnmark}#1}
+\fi
+
+% IEEE does not use footnote rules
+\def\footnoterule{}
+
+% V1.7 for compsoc, IEEE uses a footnote rule only for \thanks. We devise a "one-shot"
+% system to implement this.
+\newif\if@IEEEenableoneshotfootnoterule
+\@IEEEenableoneshotfootnoterulefalse
+\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc
+\def\footnoterule{\relax\if@IEEEenableoneshotfootnoterule
+\kern-5pt
+\hbox to \columnwidth{\hfill\vrule width 0.5\columnwidth height 0.4pt\hfill}
+\kern4.6pt
+\global\@IEEEenableoneshotfootnoterulefalse
+\else
+\relax
+\fi}
+\fi
+
+% V1.6 do not allow LaTeX to break a footnote across multiple pages
+\interfootnotelinepenalty=10000
+
+% V1.6 discourage breaks within equations
+% Note that amsmath normally sets this to 10000,
+% but LaTeX2e normally uses 100.
+\interdisplaylinepenalty=2500
+
+% default allows section depth up to /paragraph
+\setcounter{secnumdepth}{4}
+
+% technotes do not allow /paragraph
+\ifCLASSOPTIONtechnote
+ \setcounter{secnumdepth}{3}
+\fi
+% neither do compsoc conferences
+\@IEEEcompsocconfonly{\setcounter{secnumdepth}{3}}
+
+
+\newcounter{section}
+\newcounter{subsection}[section]
+\newcounter{subsubsection}[subsection]
+\newcounter{paragraph}[subsubsection]
+
+% used only by IEEEtran's IEEEeqnarray as other packages may
+% have their own, different, implementations
+\newcounter{IEEEsubequation}[equation]
+
+% as shown when called by user from \ref, \label and in table of contents
+\def\theequation{\arabic{equation}} % 1
+\def\theIEEEsubequation{\theequation\alph{IEEEsubequation}} % 1a (used only by IEEEtran's IEEEeqnarray)
+\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc
+% compsoc is all arabic
+\def\thesection{\arabic{section}}
+\def\thesubsection{\thesection.\arabic{subsection}}
+\def\thesubsubsection{\thesubsection.\arabic{subsubsection}}
+\def\theparagraph{\thesubsubsection.\arabic{paragraph}}
+\else
+\def\thesection{\Roman{section}} % I
+% V1.7, \mbox prevents breaks around -
+\def\thesubsection{\mbox{\thesection-\Alph{subsection}}} % I-A
+% V1.7 use I-A1 format used by IEEE rather than I-A.1
+\def\thesubsubsection{\thesubsection\arabic{subsubsection}} % I-A1
+\def\theparagraph{\thesubsubsection\alph{paragraph}} % I-A1a
+\fi
+
+% From Heiko Oberdiek. Because of the \mbox in \thesubsection, we need to
+% tell hyperref to disable the \mbox command when making PDF bookmarks.
+% This done already with hyperref.sty version 6.74o and later, but
+% it will not hurt to do it here again for users of older versions.
+\@ifundefined{pdfstringdefPreHook}{\let\pdfstringdefPreHook\@empty}{}%
+\g@addto@macro\pdfstringdefPreHook{\let\mbox\relax}
+
+
+% Main text forms (how shown in main text headings)
+% V1.6, using \thesection in \thesectiondis allows changes
+% in the former to automatically appear in the latter
+\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc
+ \ifCLASSOPTIONconference% compsoc conference
+ \def\thesectiondis{\thesection.}
+ \def\thesubsectiondis{\thesectiondis\arabic{subsection}.}
+ \def\thesubsubsectiondis{\thesubsectiondis\arabic{subsubsection}.}
+ \def\theparagraphdis{\thesubsubsectiondis\arabic{paragraph}.}
+ \else% compsoc not conferencs
+ \def\thesectiondis{\thesection}
+ \def\thesubsectiondis{\thesectiondis.\arabic{subsection}}
+ \def\thesubsubsectiondis{\thesubsectiondis.\arabic{subsubsection}}
+ \def\theparagraphdis{\thesubsubsectiondis.\arabic{paragraph}}
+ \fi
+\else% not compsoc
+ \def\thesectiondis{\thesection.} % I.
+ \def\thesubsectiondis{\Alph{subsection}.} % B.
+ \def\thesubsubsectiondis{\arabic{subsubsection})} % 3)
+ \def\theparagraphdis{\alph{paragraph})} % d)
+\fi
+
+% just like LaTeX2e's \@eqnnum
+\def\theequationdis{{\normalfont \normalcolor (\theequation)}}% (1)
+% IEEEsubequation used only by IEEEtran's IEEEeqnarray
+\def\theIEEEsubequationdis{{\normalfont \normalcolor (\theIEEEsubequation)}}% (1a)
+% redirect LaTeX2e's equation number display and all that depend on
+% it, through IEEEtran's \theequationdis
+\def\@eqnnum{\theequationdis}
+
+
+
+% V1.7 provide string macros as article.cls does
+\def\contentsname{Contents}
+\def\listfigurename{List of Figures}
+\def\listtablename{List of Tables}
+\def\refname{References}
+\def\indexname{Index}
+\def\figurename{Fig.}
+\def\tablename{TABLE}
+\@IEEEcompsocconfonly{\def\figurename{Figure}\def\tablename{Table}}
+\def\partname{Part}
+\def\appendixname{Appendix}
+\def\abstractname{Abstract}
+% IEEE specific names
+\def\IEEEkeywordsname{Index Terms}
+\def\IEEEproofname{Proof}
+
+
+% LIST OF FIGURES AND TABLES AND TABLE OF CONTENTS
+%
+\def\@pnumwidth{1.55em}
+\def\@tocrmarg{2.55em}
+\def\@dotsep{4.5}
+\setcounter{tocdepth}{3}
+
+% adjusted some spacings here so that section numbers will not easily
+% collide with the section titles.
+% VIII; VIII-A; and VIII-A.1 are usually the worst offenders.
+% MDS 1/2001
+\def\tableofcontents{\section*{\contentsname}\@starttoc{toc}}
+\def\l@section#1#2{\addpenalty{\@secpenalty}\addvspace{1.0em plus 1pt}%
+ \@tempdima 2.75em \begingroup \parindent \z@ \rightskip \@pnumwidth%
+ \parfillskip-\@pnumwidth {\bfseries\leavevmode #1}\hfil\hbox to\@pnumwidth{\hss #2}\par%
+ \endgroup}
+% argument format #1:level, #2:labelindent,#3:labelsep
+\def\l@subsection{\@dottedtocline{2}{2.75em}{3.75em}}
+\def\l@subsubsection{\@dottedtocline{3}{6.5em}{4.5em}}
+% must provide \l@ defs for ALL sublevels EVEN if tocdepth
+% is such as they will not appear in the table of contents
+% these defs are how TOC knows what level these things are!
+\def\l@paragraph{\@dottedtocline{4}{6.5em}{5.5em}}
+\def\l@subparagraph{\@dottedtocline{5}{6.5em}{6.5em}}
+\def\listoffigures{\section*{\listfigurename}\@starttoc{lof}}
+\def\l@figure{\@dottedtocline{1}{0em}{2.75em}}
+\def\listoftables{\section*{\listtablename}\@starttoc{lot}}
+\let\l@table\l@figure
+
+
+%% Definitions for floats
+%%
+%% Normal Floats
+\floatsep 1\baselineskip plus 0.2\baselineskip minus 0.2\baselineskip
+\textfloatsep 1.7\baselineskip plus 0.2\baselineskip minus 0.4\baselineskip
+\@fptop 0pt plus 1fil
+\@fpsep 0.75\baselineskip plus 2fil
+\@fpbot 0pt plus 1fil
+\def\topfraction{0.9}
+\def\bottomfraction{0.4}
+\def\floatpagefraction{0.8}
+% V1.7, let top floats approach 90% of page
+\def\textfraction{0.1}
+
+%% Double Column Floats
+\dblfloatsep 1\baselineskip plus 0.2\baselineskip minus 0.2\baselineskip
+
+\dbltextfloatsep 1.7\baselineskip plus 0.2\baselineskip minus 0.4\baselineskip
+% Note that it would be nice if the rubber here actually worked in LaTeX2e.
+% There is a long standing limitation in LaTeX, first discovered (to the best
+% of my knowledge) by Alan Jeffrey in 1992. LaTeX ignores the stretchable
+% portion of \dbltextfloatsep, and as a result, double column figures can and
+% do result in an non-integer number of lines in the main text columns with
+% underfull vbox errors as a consequence. A post to comp.text.tex
+% by Donald Arseneau confirms that this had not yet been fixed in 1998.
+% IEEEtran V1.6 will fix this problem for you in the titles, but it doesn't
+% protect you from other double floats. Happy vspace'ing.
+
+\@dblfptop 0pt plus 1fil
+\@dblfpsep 0.75\baselineskip plus 2fil
+\@dblfpbot 0pt plus 1fil
+\def\dbltopfraction{0.8}
+\def\dblfloatpagefraction{0.8}
+\setcounter{dbltopnumber}{4}
+
+\intextsep 1\baselineskip plus 0.2\baselineskip minus 0.2\baselineskip
+\setcounter{topnumber}{2}
+\setcounter{bottomnumber}{2}
+\setcounter{totalnumber}{4}
+
+
+
+% article class provides these, we should too.
+\newlength\abovecaptionskip
+\newlength\belowcaptionskip
+% but only \abovecaptionskip is used above figure captions and *below* table
+% captions
+\setlength\abovecaptionskip{0.5\baselineskip}
+\setlength\belowcaptionskip{0pt}
+% V1.6 create hooks in case the caption spacing ever needs to be
+% overridden by a user
+\def\@IEEEfigurecaptionsepspace{\vskip\abovecaptionskip\relax}%
+\def\@IEEEtablecaptionsepspace{\vskip\abovecaptionskip\relax}%
+
+
+% 1.6b revise caption system so that \@makecaption uses two arguments
+% as with LaTeX2e. Otherwise, there will be problems when using hyperref.
+\def\@IEEEtablestring{table}
+
+\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc
+% V1.7 compsoc \@makecaption
+\ifCLASSOPTIONconference% compsoc conference
+\long\def\@makecaption#1#2{%
+% test if is a for a figure or table
+\ifx\@captype\@IEEEtablestring%
+% if a table, do table caption
+\normalsize\begin{center}{\normalfont\sffamily\normalsize {#1.}~ #2}\end{center}%
+\@IEEEtablecaptionsepspace
+% if not a table, format it as a figure
+\else
+\@IEEEfigurecaptionsepspace
+\setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{\normalfont\sffamily\normalsize {#1.}~ #2}%
+\ifdim \wd\@tempboxa >\hsize%
+% if caption is longer than a line, let it wrap around
+\setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{\normalfont\sffamily\normalsize {#1.}~ }%
+\parbox[t]{\hsize}{\normalfont\sffamily\normalsize \noindent\unhbox\@tempboxa#2}%
+% if caption is shorter than a line, center
+\else%
+\hbox to\hsize{\normalfont\sffamily\normalsize\hfil\box\@tempboxa\hfil}%
+\fi\fi}
+\else% nonconference compsoc
+\long\def\@makecaption#1#2{%
+% test if is a for a figure or table
+\ifx\@captype\@IEEEtablestring%
+% if a table, do table caption
+\normalsize\begin{center}{\normalfont\sffamily\normalsize #1}\\{\normalfont\sffamily\normalsize #2}\end{center}%
+\@IEEEtablecaptionsepspace
+% if not a table, format it as a figure
+\else
+\@IEEEfigurecaptionsepspace
+\setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{\normalfont\sffamily\normalsize {#1.}~ #2}%
+\ifdim \wd\@tempboxa >\hsize%
+% if caption is longer than a line, let it wrap around
+\setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{\normalfont\sffamily\normalsize {#1.}~ }%
+\parbox[t]{\hsize}{\normalfont\sffamily\normalsize \noindent\unhbox\@tempboxa#2}%
+% if caption is shorter than a line, left justify
+\else%
+\hbox to\hsize{\normalfont\sffamily\normalsize\box\@tempboxa\hfil}%
+\fi\fi}
+\fi
+
+\else% traditional noncompsoc \@makecaption
+\long\def\@makecaption#1#2{%
+% test if is a for a figure or table
+\ifx\@captype\@IEEEtablestring%
+% if a table, do table caption
+\footnotesize\begin{center}{\normalfont\footnotesize #1}\\{\normalfont\footnotesize\scshape #2}\end{center}%
+\@IEEEtablecaptionsepspace
+% if not a table, format it as a figure
+\else
+\@IEEEfigurecaptionsepspace
+% 3/2001 use footnotesize, not small; use two nonbreaking spaces, not one
+\setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{\normalfont\footnotesize {#1.}~~ #2}%
+\ifdim \wd\@tempboxa >\hsize%
+% if caption is longer than a line, let it wrap around
+\setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{\normalfont\footnotesize {#1.}~~ }%
+\parbox[t]{\hsize}{\normalfont\footnotesize\noindent\unhbox\@tempboxa#2}%
+% if caption is shorter than a line, center if conference, left justify otherwise
+\else%
+\ifCLASSOPTIONconference \hbox to\hsize{\normalfont\footnotesize\hfil\box\@tempboxa\hfil}%
+\else \hbox to\hsize{\normalfont\footnotesize\box\@tempboxa\hfil}%
+\fi\fi\fi}
+\fi
+
+
+
+% V1.7 disable captions class option, do so in a way that retains operation of \label
+% within \caption
+\ifCLASSOPTIONcaptionsoff
+\long\def\@makecaption#1#2{\vspace*{2em}\footnotesize\begin{center}{\footnotesize #1}\end{center}%
+\let\@IEEEtemporiglabeldefsave\label
+\let\@IEEEtemplabelargsave\relax
+\def\label##1{\gdef\@IEEEtemplabelargsave{##1}}%
+\setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{#2}%
+\let\label\@IEEEtemporiglabeldefsave
+\ifx\@IEEEtemplabelargsave\relax\else\label{\@IEEEtemplabelargsave}\fi}
+\fi
+
+
+% V1.7 define end environments with \def not \let so as to work OK with
+% preview-latex
+\newcounter{figure}
+\def\thefigure{\@arabic\c@figure}
+\def\fps@figure{tbp}
+\def\ftype@figure{1}
+\def\ext@figure{lof}
+\def\fnum@figure{\figurename~\thefigure}
+\def\figure{\@float{figure}}
+\def\endfigure{\end@float}
+\@namedef{figure*}{\@dblfloat{figure}}
+\@namedef{endfigure*}{\end@dblfloat}
+\newcounter{table}
+\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc
+\def\thetable{\arabic{table}}
+\else
+\def\thetable{\@Roman\c@table}
+\fi
+\def\fps@table{tbp}
+\def\ftype@table{2}
+\def\ext@table{lot}
+\def\fnum@table{\tablename~\thetable}
+% V1.6 IEEE uses 8pt text for tables
+% to default to footnotesize, we hack into LaTeX2e's \@floatboxreset and pray
+\def\table{\def\@floatboxreset{\reset@font\footnotesize\@setminipage}\@float{table}}
+\def\endtable{\end@float}
+% v1.6b double column tables need to default to footnotesize as well.
+\@namedef{table*}{\def\@floatboxreset{\reset@font\footnotesize\@setminipage}\@dblfloat{table}}
+\@namedef{endtable*}{\end@dblfloat}
+
+
+
+
+%%
+%% START OF IEEEeqnarry DEFINITIONS
+%%
+%% Inspired by the concepts, examples, and previous works of LaTeX
+%% coders and developers such as Donald Arseneau, Fred Bartlett,
+%% David Carlisle, Tony Liu, Frank Mittelbach, Piet van Oostrum,
+%% Roland Winkler and Mark Wooding.
+%% I don't make the claim that my work here is even near their calibre. ;)
+
+
+% hook to allow easy changeover to IEEEtran.cls/tools.sty error reporting
+\def\@IEEEclspkgerror{\ClassError{IEEEtran}}
+
+\newif\if@IEEEeqnarraystarform% flag to indicate if the environment was called as the star form
+\@IEEEeqnarraystarformfalse
+
+\newif\if@advanceIEEEeqncolcnt% tracks if the environment should advance the col counter
+% allows a way to make an \IEEEeqnarraybox that can be used within an \IEEEeqnarray
+% used by IEEEeqnarraymulticol so that it can work properly in both
+\@advanceIEEEeqncolcnttrue
+
+\newcount\@IEEEeqnnumcols % tracks how many IEEEeqnarray cols are defined
+\newcount\@IEEEeqncolcnt % tracks how many IEEEeqnarray cols the user actually used
+
+
+% The default math style used by the columns
+\def\IEEEeqnarraymathstyle{\displaystyle}
+% The default text style used by the columns
+% default to using the current font
+\def\IEEEeqnarraytextstyle{\relax}
+
+% like the iedlistdecl but for \IEEEeqnarray
+\def\IEEEeqnarraydecl{\relax}
+\def\IEEEeqnarrayboxdecl{\relax}
+
+% \yesnumber is the opposite of \nonumber
+% a novel concept with the same def as the equationarray package
+% However, we give IEEE versions too since some LaTeX packages such as
+% the MDWtools mathenv.sty redefine \nonumber to something else.
+\providecommand{\yesnumber}{\global\@eqnswtrue}
+\def\IEEEyesnumber{\global\@eqnswtrue}
+\def\IEEEnonumber{\global\@eqnswfalse}
+
+
+\def\IEEEyessubnumber{\global\@IEEEissubequationtrue\global\@eqnswtrue%
+\if@IEEEeqnarrayISinner% only do something inside an IEEEeqnarray
+\if@IEEElastlinewassubequation\addtocounter{equation}{-1}\else\setcounter{IEEEsubequation}{1}\fi%
+\def\@currentlabel{\p@IEEEsubequation\theIEEEsubequation}\fi}
+
+% flag to indicate that an equation is a sub equation
+\newif\if@IEEEissubequation%
+\@IEEEissubequationfalse
+
+% allows users to "push away" equations that get too close to the equation numbers
+\def\IEEEeqnarraynumspace{\hphantom{\if@IEEEissubequation\theIEEEsubequationdis\else\theequationdis\fi}}
+
+% provides a way to span multiple columns within IEEEeqnarray environments
+% will consider \if@advanceIEEEeqncolcnt before globally advancing the
+% column counter - so as to work within \IEEEeqnarraybox
+% usage: \IEEEeqnarraymulticol{number cols. to span}{col type}{cell text}
+\long\def\IEEEeqnarraymulticol#1#2#3{\multispan{#1}%
+% check if column is defined
+\relax\expandafter\ifx\csname @IEEEeqnarraycolDEF#2\endcsname\@IEEEeqnarraycolisdefined%
+\csname @IEEEeqnarraycolPRE#2\endcsname#3\relax\relax\relax\relax\relax%
+\relax\relax\relax\relax\relax\csname @IEEEeqnarraycolPOST#2\endcsname%
+\else% if not, error and use default type
+\@IEEEclspkgerror{Invalid column type "#2" in \string\IEEEeqnarraymulticol.\MessageBreak
+Using a default centering column instead}%
+{You must define IEEEeqnarray column types before use.}%
+\csname @IEEEeqnarraycolPRE@IEEEdefault\endcsname#3\relax\relax\relax\relax\relax%
+\relax\relax\relax\relax\relax\csname @IEEEeqnarraycolPOST@IEEEdefault\endcsname%
+\fi%
+% advance column counter only if the IEEEeqnarray environment wants it
+\if@advanceIEEEeqncolcnt\global\advance\@IEEEeqncolcnt by #1\relax\fi}
+
+% like \omit, but maintains track of the column counter for \IEEEeqnarray
+\def\IEEEeqnarrayomit{\omit\if@advanceIEEEeqncolcnt\global\advance\@IEEEeqncolcnt by 1\relax\fi}
+
+
+% provides a way to define a letter referenced column type
+% usage: \IEEEeqnarraydefcol{col. type letter/name}{pre insertion text}{post insertion text}
+\def\IEEEeqnarraydefcol#1#2#3{\expandafter\def\csname @IEEEeqnarraycolPRE#1\endcsname{#2}%
+\expandafter\def\csname @IEEEeqnarraycolPOST#1\endcsname{#3}%
+\expandafter\def\csname @IEEEeqnarraycolDEF#1\endcsname{1}}
+
+
+% provides a way to define a numerically referenced inter-column glue types
+% usage: \IEEEeqnarraydefcolsep{col. glue number}{glue definition}
+\def\IEEEeqnarraydefcolsep#1#2{\expandafter\def\csname @IEEEeqnarraycolSEP\romannumeral #1\endcsname{#2}%
+\expandafter\def\csname @IEEEeqnarraycolSEPDEF\romannumeral #1\endcsname{1}}
+
+
+\def\@IEEEeqnarraycolisdefined{1}% just a macro for 1, used for checking undefined column types
+
+
+% expands and appends the given argument to the \@IEEEtrantmptoksA token list
+% used to build up the \halign preamble
+\def\@IEEEappendtoksA#1{\edef\@@IEEEappendtoksA{\@IEEEtrantmptoksA={\the\@IEEEtrantmptoksA #1}}%
+\@@IEEEappendtoksA}
+
+% also appends to \@IEEEtrantmptoksA, but does not expand the argument
+% uses \toks8 as a scratchpad register
+\def\@IEEEappendNOEXPANDtoksA#1{\toks8={#1}%
+\edef\@@IEEEappendNOEXPANDtoksA{\@IEEEtrantmptoksA={\the\@IEEEtrantmptoksA\the\toks8}}%
+\@@IEEEappendNOEXPANDtoksA}
+
+% define some common column types for the user
+% math
+\IEEEeqnarraydefcol{l}{$\IEEEeqnarraymathstyle}{$\hfil}
+\IEEEeqnarraydefcol{c}{\hfil$\IEEEeqnarraymathstyle}{$\hfil}
+\IEEEeqnarraydefcol{r}{\hfil$\IEEEeqnarraymathstyle}{$}
+\IEEEeqnarraydefcol{L}{$\IEEEeqnarraymathstyle{}}{{}$\hfil}
+\IEEEeqnarraydefcol{C}{\hfil$\IEEEeqnarraymathstyle{}}{{}$\hfil}
+\IEEEeqnarraydefcol{R}{\hfil$\IEEEeqnarraymathstyle{}}{{}$}
+% text
+\IEEEeqnarraydefcol{s}{\IEEEeqnarraytextstyle}{\hfil}
+\IEEEeqnarraydefcol{t}{\hfil\IEEEeqnarraytextstyle}{\hfil}
+\IEEEeqnarraydefcol{u}{\hfil\IEEEeqnarraytextstyle}{}
+
+% vertical rules
+\IEEEeqnarraydefcol{v}{}{\vrule width\arrayrulewidth}
+\IEEEeqnarraydefcol{vv}{\vrule width\arrayrulewidth\hfil}{\hfil\vrule width\arrayrulewidth}
+\IEEEeqnarraydefcol{V}{}{\vrule width\arrayrulewidth\hskip\doublerulesep\vrule width\arrayrulewidth}
+\IEEEeqnarraydefcol{VV}{\vrule width\arrayrulewidth\hskip\doublerulesep\vrule width\arrayrulewidth\hfil}%
+{\hfil\vrule width\arrayrulewidth\hskip\doublerulesep\vrule width\arrayrulewidth}
+
+% horizontal rules
+\IEEEeqnarraydefcol{h}{}{\leaders\hrule height\arrayrulewidth\hfil}
+\IEEEeqnarraydefcol{H}{}{\leaders\vbox{\hrule width\arrayrulewidth\vskip\doublerulesep\hrule width\arrayrulewidth}\hfil}
+
+% plain
+\IEEEeqnarraydefcol{x}{}{}
+\IEEEeqnarraydefcol{X}{$}{$}
+
+% the default column type to use in the event a column type is not defined
+\IEEEeqnarraydefcol{@IEEEdefault}{\hfil$\IEEEeqnarraymathstyle}{$\hfil}
+
+
+% a zero tabskip (used for "-" col types)
+\def\@IEEEeqnarraycolSEPzero{0pt plus 0pt minus 0pt}
+% a centering tabskip (used for "+" col types)
+\def\@IEEEeqnarraycolSEPcenter{1000pt plus 0pt minus 1000pt}
+
+% top level default tabskip glues for the start, end, and inter-column
+% may be reset within environments not always at the top level, e.g., \IEEEeqnarraybox
+\edef\@IEEEeqnarraycolSEPdefaultstart{\@IEEEeqnarraycolSEPcenter}% default start glue
+\edef\@IEEEeqnarraycolSEPdefaultend{\@IEEEeqnarraycolSEPcenter}% default end glue
+\edef\@IEEEeqnarraycolSEPdefaultmid{\@IEEEeqnarraycolSEPzero}% default inter-column glue
+
+
+
+% creates a vertical rule that extends from the bottom to the top a a cell
+% Provided in case other packages redefine \vline some other way.
+% usage: \IEEEeqnarrayvrule[rule thickness]
+% If no argument is provided, \arrayrulewidth will be used for the rule thickness.
+\newcommand\IEEEeqnarrayvrule[1][\arrayrulewidth]{\vrule\@width#1\relax}
+
+% creates a blank separator row
+% usage: \IEEEeqnarrayseprow[separation length][font size commands]
+% default is \IEEEeqnarrayseprow[0.25\normalbaselineskip][\relax]
+% blank arguments inherit the default values
+% uses \skip5 as a scratch register - calls \@IEEEeqnarraystrutsize which uses more scratch registers
+\def\IEEEeqnarrayseprow{\relax\@ifnextchar[{\@IEEEeqnarrayseprow}{\@IEEEeqnarrayseprow[0.25\normalbaselineskip]}}
+\def\@IEEEeqnarrayseprow[#1]{\relax\@ifnextchar[{\@@IEEEeqnarrayseprow[#1]}{\@@IEEEeqnarrayseprow[#1][\relax]}}
+\def\@@IEEEeqnarrayseprow[#1][#2]{\def\@IEEEeqnarrayseprowARGONE{#1}%
+\ifx\@IEEEeqnarrayseprowARGONE\@empty%
+% get the skip value, based on the font commands
+% use skip5 because \IEEEeqnarraystrutsize uses \skip0, \skip2, \skip3
+% assign within a bogus box to confine the font changes
+{\setbox0=\hbox{#2\relax\global\skip5=0.25\normalbaselineskip}}%
+\else%
+{\setbox0=\hbox{#2\relax\global\skip5=#1}}%
+\fi%
+\@IEEEeqnarrayhoptolastcolumn\IEEEeqnarraystrutsize{\skip5}{0pt}[\relax]\relax}
+
+% creates a blank separator row, but omits all the column templates
+% usage: \IEEEeqnarrayseprowcut[separation length][font size commands]
+% default is \IEEEeqnarrayseprowcut[0.25\normalbaselineskip][\relax]
+% blank arguments inherit the default values
+% uses \skip5 as a scratch register - calls \@IEEEeqnarraystrutsize which uses more scratch registers
+\def\IEEEeqnarrayseprowcut{\multispan{\@IEEEeqnnumcols}\relax% span all the cols
+% advance column counter only if the IEEEeqnarray environment wants it
+\if@advanceIEEEeqncolcnt\global\advance\@IEEEeqncolcnt by \@IEEEeqnnumcols\relax\fi%
+\@ifnextchar[{\@IEEEeqnarrayseprowcut}{\@IEEEeqnarrayseprowcut[0.25\normalbaselineskip]}}
+\def\@IEEEeqnarrayseprowcut[#1]{\relax\@ifnextchar[{\@@IEEEeqnarrayseprowcut[#1]}{\@@IEEEeqnarrayseprowcut[#1][\relax]}}
+\def\@@IEEEeqnarrayseprowcut[#1][#2]{\def\@IEEEeqnarrayseprowARGONE{#1}%
+\ifx\@IEEEeqnarrayseprowARGONE\@empty%
+% get the skip value, based on the font commands
+% use skip5 because \IEEEeqnarraystrutsize uses \skip0, \skip2, \skip3
+% assign within a bogus box to confine the font changes
+{\setbox0=\hbox{#2\relax\global\skip5=0.25\normalbaselineskip}}%
+\else%
+{\setbox0=\hbox{#2\relax\global\skip5=#1}}%
+\fi%
+\IEEEeqnarraystrutsize{\skip5}{0pt}[\relax]\relax}
+
+
+
+% draws a single rule across all the columns optional
+% argument determines the rule width, \arrayrulewidth is the default
+% updates column counter as needed and turns off struts
+% usage: \IEEEeqnarrayrulerow[rule line thickness]
+\def\IEEEeqnarrayrulerow{\multispan{\@IEEEeqnnumcols}\relax% span all the cols
+% advance column counter only if the IEEEeqnarray environment wants it
+\if@advanceIEEEeqncolcnt\global\advance\@IEEEeqncolcnt by \@IEEEeqnnumcols\relax\fi%
+\@ifnextchar[{\@IEEEeqnarrayrulerow}{\@IEEEeqnarrayrulerow[\arrayrulewidth]}}
+\def\@IEEEeqnarrayrulerow[#1]{\leaders\hrule height#1\hfil\relax% put in our rule
+% turn off any struts
+\IEEEeqnarraystrutsize{0pt}{0pt}[\relax]\relax}
+
+
+% draws a double rule by using a single rule row, a separator row, and then
+% another single rule row
+% first optional argument determines the rule thicknesses, \arrayrulewidth is the default
+% second optional argument determines the rule spacing, \doublerulesep is the default
+% usage: \IEEEeqnarraydblrulerow[rule line thickness][rule spacing]
+\def\IEEEeqnarraydblrulerow{\multispan{\@IEEEeqnnumcols}\relax% span all the cols
+% advance column counter only if the IEEEeqnarray environment wants it
+\if@advanceIEEEeqncolcnt\global\advance\@IEEEeqncolcnt by \@IEEEeqnnumcols\relax\fi%
+\@ifnextchar[{\@IEEEeqnarraydblrulerow}{\@IEEEeqnarraydblrulerow[\arrayrulewidth]}}
+\def\@IEEEeqnarraydblrulerow[#1]{\relax\@ifnextchar[{\@@IEEEeqnarraydblrulerow[#1]}%
+{\@@IEEEeqnarraydblrulerow[#1][\doublerulesep]}}
+\def\@@IEEEeqnarraydblrulerow[#1][#2]{\def\@IEEEeqnarraydblrulerowARG{#1}%
+% we allow the user to say \IEEEeqnarraydblrulerow[][]
+\ifx\@IEEEeqnarraydblrulerowARG\@empty%
+\@IEEEeqnarrayrulerow[\arrayrulewidth]%
+\else%
+\@IEEEeqnarrayrulerow[#1]\relax%
+\fi%
+\def\@IEEEeqnarraydblrulerowARG{#2}%
+\ifx\@IEEEeqnarraydblrulerowARG\@empty%
+\\\IEEEeqnarrayseprow[\doublerulesep][\relax]%
+\else%
+\\\IEEEeqnarrayseprow[#2][\relax]%
+\fi%
+\\\multispan{\@IEEEeqnnumcols}%
+% advance column counter only if the IEEEeqnarray environment wants it
+\if@advanceIEEEeqncolcnt\global\advance\@IEEEeqncolcnt by \@IEEEeqnnumcols\relax\fi%
+\def\@IEEEeqnarraydblrulerowARG{#1}%
+\ifx\@IEEEeqnarraydblrulerowARG\@empty%
+\@IEEEeqnarrayrulerow[\arrayrulewidth]%
+\else%
+\@IEEEeqnarrayrulerow[#1]%
+\fi%
+}
+
+% draws a double rule by using a single rule row, a separator (cutting) row, and then
+% another single rule row
+% first optional argument determines the rule thicknesses, \arrayrulewidth is the default
+% second optional argument determines the rule spacing, \doublerulesep is the default
+% usage: \IEEEeqnarraydblrulerow[rule line thickness][rule spacing]
+\def\IEEEeqnarraydblrulerowcut{\multispan{\@IEEEeqnnumcols}\relax% span all the cols
+% advance column counter only if the IEEEeqnarray environment wants it
+\if@advanceIEEEeqncolcnt\global\advance\@IEEEeqncolcnt by \@IEEEeqnnumcols\relax\fi%
+\@ifnextchar[{\@IEEEeqnarraydblrulerowcut}{\@IEEEeqnarraydblrulerowcut[\arrayrulewidth]}}
+\def\@IEEEeqnarraydblrulerowcut[#1]{\relax\@ifnextchar[{\@@IEEEeqnarraydblrulerowcut[#1]}%
+{\@@IEEEeqnarraydblrulerowcut[#1][\doublerulesep]}}
+\def\@@IEEEeqnarraydblrulerowcut[#1][#2]{\def\@IEEEeqnarraydblrulerowARG{#1}%
+% we allow the user to say \IEEEeqnarraydblrulerow[][]
+\ifx\@IEEEeqnarraydblrulerowARG\@empty%
+\@IEEEeqnarrayrulerow[\arrayrulewidth]%
+\else%
+\@IEEEeqnarrayrulerow[#1]%
+\fi%
+\def\@IEEEeqnarraydblrulerowARG{#2}%
+\ifx\@IEEEeqnarraydblrulerowARG\@empty%
+\\\IEEEeqnarrayseprowcut[\doublerulesep][\relax]%
+\else%
+\\\IEEEeqnarrayseprowcut[#2][\relax]%
+\fi%
+\\\multispan{\@IEEEeqnnumcols}%
+% advance column counter only if the IEEEeqnarray environment wants it
+\if@advanceIEEEeqncolcnt\global\advance\@IEEEeqncolcnt by \@IEEEeqnnumcols\relax\fi%
+\def\@IEEEeqnarraydblrulerowARG{#1}%
+\ifx\@IEEEeqnarraydblrulerowARG\@empty%
+\@IEEEeqnarrayrulerow[\arrayrulewidth]%
+\else%
+\@IEEEeqnarrayrulerow[#1]%
+\fi%
+}
+
+
+
+% inserts a full row's worth of &'s
+% relies on \@IEEEeqnnumcols to provide the correct number of columns
+% uses \@IEEEtrantmptoksA, \count0 as scratch registers
+\def\@IEEEeqnarrayhoptolastcolumn{\@IEEEtrantmptoksA={}\count0=1\relax%
+\loop% add cols if the user did not use them all
+\ifnum\count0<\@IEEEeqnnumcols\relax%
+\@IEEEappendtoksA{&}%
+\advance\count0 by 1\relax% update the col count
+\repeat%
+\the\@IEEEtrantmptoksA%execute the &'s
+}
+
+
+
+\newif\if@IEEEeqnarrayISinner % flag to indicate if we are within the lines
+\@IEEEeqnarrayISinnerfalse % of an IEEEeqnarray - after the IEEEeqnarraydecl
+
+\edef\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEstrutheight{0pt} % height and depth of IEEEeqnarray struts
+\edef\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEstrutdepth{0pt}
+
+\edef\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEmasterstrutheight{0pt} % default height and depth of
+\edef\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEmasterstrutdepth{0pt} % struts within an IEEEeqnarray
+
+\edef\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEmasterstrutHSAVE{0pt} % saved master strut height
+\edef\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEmasterstrutDSAVE{0pt} % and depth
+
+\newif\if@IEEEeqnarrayusemasterstrut % flag to indicate that the master strut value
+\@IEEEeqnarrayusemasterstruttrue % is to be used
+
+
+
+% saves the strut height and depth of the master strut
+\def\@IEEEeqnarraymasterstrutsave{\relax%
+\expandafter\skip0=\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEmasterstrutheight\relax%
+\expandafter\skip2=\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEmasterstrutdepth\relax%
+% remove stretchability
+\dimen0\skip0\relax%
+\dimen2\skip2\relax%
+% save values
+\edef\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEmasterstrutHSAVE{\the\dimen0}%
+\edef\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEmasterstrutDSAVE{\the\dimen2}}
+
+% restores the strut height and depth of the master strut
+\def\@IEEEeqnarraymasterstrutrestore{\relax%
+\expandafter\skip0=\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEmasterstrutHSAVE\relax%
+\expandafter\skip2=\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEmasterstrutDSAVE\relax%
+% remove stretchability
+\dimen0\skip0\relax%
+\dimen2\skip2\relax%
+% restore values
+\edef\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEmasterstrutheight{\the\dimen0}%
+\edef\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEmasterstrutdepth{\the\dimen2}}
+
+
+% globally restores the strut height and depth to the
+% master values and sets the master strut flag to true
+\def\@IEEEeqnarraystrutreset{\relax%
+\expandafter\skip0=\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEmasterstrutheight\relax%
+\expandafter\skip2=\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEmasterstrutdepth\relax%
+% remove stretchability
+\dimen0\skip0\relax%
+\dimen2\skip2\relax%
+% restore values
+\xdef\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEstrutheight{\the\dimen0}%
+\xdef\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEstrutdepth{\the\dimen2}%
+\global\@IEEEeqnarrayusemasterstruttrue}
+
+
+% if the master strut is not to be used, make the current
+% values of \@IEEEeqnarrayTHEstrutheight, \@IEEEeqnarrayTHEstrutdepth
+% and the use master strut flag, global
+% this allows user strut commands issued in the last column to be carried
+% into the isolation/strut column
+\def\@IEEEeqnarrayglobalizestrutstatus{\relax%
+\if@IEEEeqnarrayusemasterstrut\else%
+\xdef\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEstrutheight{\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEstrutheight}%
+\xdef\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEstrutdepth{\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEstrutdepth}%
+\global\@IEEEeqnarrayusemasterstrutfalse%
+\fi}
+
+
+
+% usage: \IEEEeqnarraystrutsize{height}{depth}[font size commands]
+% If called outside the lines of an IEEEeqnarray, sets the height
+% and depth of both the master and local struts. If called inside
+% an IEEEeqnarray line, sets the height and depth of the local strut
+% only and sets the flag to indicate the use of the local strut
+% values. If the height or depth is left blank, 0.7\normalbaselineskip
+% and 0.3\normalbaselineskip will be used, respectively.
+% The optional argument can be used to evaluate the lengths under
+% a different font size and styles. If none is specified, the current
+% font is used.
+% uses scratch registers \skip0, \skip2, \skip3, \dimen0, \dimen2
+\def\IEEEeqnarraystrutsize#1#2{\relax\@ifnextchar[{\@IEEEeqnarraystrutsize{#1}{#2}}{\@IEEEeqnarraystrutsize{#1}{#2}[\relax]}}
+\def\@IEEEeqnarraystrutsize#1#2[#3]{\def\@IEEEeqnarraystrutsizeARG{#1}%
+\ifx\@IEEEeqnarraystrutsizeARG\@empty%
+{\setbox0=\hbox{#3\relax\global\skip3=0.7\normalbaselineskip}}%
+\skip0=\skip3\relax%
+\else% arg one present
+{\setbox0=\hbox{#3\relax\global\skip3=#1\relax}}%
+\skip0=\skip3\relax%
+\fi% if null arg
+\def\@IEEEeqnarraystrutsizeARG{#2}%
+\ifx\@IEEEeqnarraystrutsizeARG\@empty%
+{\setbox0=\hbox{#3\relax\global\skip3=0.3\normalbaselineskip}}%
+\skip2=\skip3\relax%
+\else% arg two present
+{\setbox0=\hbox{#3\relax\global\skip3=#2\relax}}%
+\skip2=\skip3\relax%
+\fi% if null arg
+% remove stretchability, just to be safe
+\dimen0\skip0\relax%
+\dimen2\skip2\relax%
+% dimen0 = height, dimen2 = depth
+\if@IEEEeqnarrayISinner% inner does not touch master strut size
+\edef\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEstrutheight{\the\dimen0}%
+\edef\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEstrutdepth{\the\dimen2}%
+\@IEEEeqnarrayusemasterstrutfalse% do not use master
+\else% outer, have to set master strut too
+\edef\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEmasterstrutheight{\the\dimen0}%
+\edef\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEmasterstrutdepth{\the\dimen2}%
+\edef\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEstrutheight{\the\dimen0}%
+\edef\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEstrutdepth{\the\dimen2}%
+\@IEEEeqnarrayusemasterstruttrue% use master strut
+\fi}
+
+
+% usage: \IEEEeqnarraystrutsizeadd{added height}{added depth}[font size commands]
+% If called outside the lines of an IEEEeqnarray, adds the given height
+% and depth to both the master and local struts.
+% If called inside an IEEEeqnarray line, adds the given height and depth
+% to the local strut only and sets the flag to indicate the use
+% of the local strut values.
+% In both cases, if a height or depth is left blank, 0pt is used instead.
+% The optional argument can be used to evaluate the lengths under
+% a different font size and styles. If none is specified, the current
+% font is used.
+% uses scratch registers \skip0, \skip2, \skip3, \dimen0, \dimen2
+\def\IEEEeqnarraystrutsizeadd#1#2{\relax\@ifnextchar[{\@IEEEeqnarraystrutsizeadd{#1}{#2}}{\@IEEEeqnarraystrutsizeadd{#1}{#2}[\relax]}}
+\def\@IEEEeqnarraystrutsizeadd#1#2[#3]{\def\@IEEEeqnarraystrutsizearg{#1}%
+\ifx\@IEEEeqnarraystrutsizearg\@empty%
+\skip0=0pt\relax%
+\else% arg one present
+{\setbox0=\hbox{#3\relax\global\skip3=#1}}%
+\skip0=\skip3\relax%
+\fi% if null arg
+\def\@IEEEeqnarraystrutsizearg{#2}%
+\ifx\@IEEEeqnarraystrutsizearg\@empty%
+\skip2=0pt\relax%
+\else% arg two present
+{\setbox0=\hbox{#3\relax\global\skip3=#2}}%
+\skip2=\skip3\relax%
+\fi% if null arg
+% remove stretchability, just to be safe
+\dimen0\skip0\relax%
+\dimen2\skip2\relax%
+% dimen0 = height, dimen2 = depth
+\if@IEEEeqnarrayISinner% inner does not touch master strut size
+% get local strut size
+\expandafter\skip0=\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEstrutheight\relax%
+\expandafter\skip2=\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEstrutdepth\relax%
+% add it to the user supplied values
+\advance\dimen0 by \skip0\relax%
+\advance\dimen2 by \skip2\relax%
+% update the local strut size
+\edef\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEstrutheight{\the\dimen0}%
+\edef\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEstrutdepth{\the\dimen2}%
+\@IEEEeqnarrayusemasterstrutfalse% do not use master
+\else% outer, have to set master strut too
+% get master strut size
+\expandafter\skip0=\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEmasterstrutheight\relax%
+\expandafter\skip2=\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEmasterstrutdepth\relax%
+% add it to the user supplied values
+\advance\dimen0 by \skip0\relax%
+\advance\dimen2 by \skip2\relax%
+% update the local and master strut sizes
+\edef\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEmasterstrutheight{\the\dimen0}%
+\edef\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEmasterstrutdepth{\the\dimen2}%
+\edef\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEstrutheight{\the\dimen0}%
+\edef\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEstrutdepth{\the\dimen2}%
+\@IEEEeqnarrayusemasterstruttrue% use master strut
+\fi}
+
+
+% allow user a way to see the struts
+\newif\ifIEEEvisiblestruts
+\IEEEvisiblestrutsfalse
+
+% inserts an invisible strut using the master or local strut values
+% uses scratch registers \skip0, \skip2, \dimen0, \dimen2
+\def\@IEEEeqnarrayinsertstrut{\relax%
+\if@IEEEeqnarrayusemasterstrut
+% get master strut size
+\expandafter\skip0=\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEmasterstrutheight\relax%
+\expandafter\skip2=\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEmasterstrutdepth\relax%
+\else%
+% get local strut size
+\expandafter\skip0=\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEstrutheight\relax%
+\expandafter\skip2=\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEstrutdepth\relax%
+\fi%
+% remove stretchability, probably not needed
+\dimen0\skip0\relax%
+\dimen2\skip2\relax%
+% dimen0 = height, dimen2 = depth
+% allow user to see struts if desired
+\ifIEEEvisiblestruts%
+\vrule width0.2pt height\dimen0 depth\dimen2\relax%
+\else%
+\vrule width0pt height\dimen0 depth\dimen2\relax\fi}
+
+
+% creates an invisible strut, useable even outside \IEEEeqnarray
+% if \IEEEvisiblestrutstrue, the strut will be visible and 0.2pt wide.
+% usage: \IEEEstrut[height][depth][font size commands]
+% default is \IEEEstrut[0.7\normalbaselineskip][0.3\normalbaselineskip][\relax]
+% blank arguments inherit the default values
+% uses \dimen0, \dimen2, \skip0, \skip2
+\def\IEEEstrut{\relax\@ifnextchar[{\@IEEEstrut}{\@IEEEstrut[0.7\normalbaselineskip]}}
+\def\@IEEEstrut[#1]{\relax\@ifnextchar[{\@@IEEEstrut[#1]}{\@@IEEEstrut[#1][0.3\normalbaselineskip]}}
+\def\@@IEEEstrut[#1][#2]{\relax\@ifnextchar[{\@@@IEEEstrut[#1][#2]}{\@@@IEEEstrut[#1][#2][\relax]}}
+\def\@@@IEEEstrut[#1][#2][#3]{\mbox{#3\relax%
+\def\@IEEEstrutARG{#1}%
+\ifx\@IEEEstrutARG\@empty%
+\skip0=0.7\normalbaselineskip\relax%
+\else%
+\skip0=#1\relax%
+\fi%
+\def\@IEEEstrutARG{#2}%
+\ifx\@IEEEstrutARG\@empty%
+\skip2=0.3\normalbaselineskip\relax%
+\else%
+\skip2=#2\relax%
+\fi%
+% remove stretchability, probably not needed
+\dimen0\skip0\relax%
+\dimen2\skip2\relax%
+\ifIEEEvisiblestruts%
+\vrule width0.2pt height\dimen0 depth\dimen2\relax%
+\else%
+\vrule width0.0pt height\dimen0 depth\dimen2\relax\fi}}
+
+
+% enables strut mode by setting a default strut size and then zeroing the
+% \baselineskip, \lineskip, \lineskiplimit and \jot
+\def\IEEEeqnarraystrutmode{\IEEEeqnarraystrutsize{0.7\normalbaselineskip}{0.3\normalbaselineskip}[\relax]%
+\baselineskip=0pt\lineskip=0pt\lineskiplimit=0pt\jot=0pt}
+
+
+
+\def\IEEEeqnarray{\@IEEEeqnarraystarformfalse\@IEEEeqnarray}
+\def\endIEEEeqnarray{\end@IEEEeqnarray}
+
+\@namedef{IEEEeqnarray*}{\@IEEEeqnarraystarformtrue\@IEEEeqnarray}
+\@namedef{endIEEEeqnarray*}{\end@IEEEeqnarray}
+
+
+% \IEEEeqnarray is an enhanced \eqnarray.
+% The star form defaults to not putting equation numbers at the end of each row.
+% usage: \IEEEeqnarray[decl]{cols}
+\def\@IEEEeqnarray{\relax\@ifnextchar[{\@@IEEEeqnarray}{\@@IEEEeqnarray[\relax]}}
+\def\@@IEEEeqnarray[#1]#2{%
+ % default to showing the equation number or not based on whether or not
+ % the star form was involked
+ \if@IEEEeqnarraystarform\global\@eqnswfalse
+ \else% not the star form
+ \global\@eqnswtrue
+ \fi% if star form
+ \@IEEEissubequationfalse% default to no subequations
+ \@IEEElastlinewassubequationfalse% assume last line is not a sub equation
+ \@IEEEeqnarrayISinnerfalse% not yet within the lines of the halign
+ \@IEEEeqnarraystrutsize{0pt}{0pt}[\relax]% turn off struts by default
+ \@IEEEeqnarrayusemasterstruttrue% use master strut till user asks otherwise
+ \IEEEvisiblestrutsfalse% diagnostic mode defaults to off
+ % no extra space unless the user specifically requests it
+ \lineskip=0pt\relax
+ \lineskiplimit=0pt\relax
+ \baselineskip=\normalbaselineskip\relax%
+ \jot=\IEEEnormaljot\relax%
+ \mathsurround\z@\relax% no extra spacing around math
+ \@advanceIEEEeqncolcnttrue% advance the col counter for each col the user uses,
+ % used in \IEEEeqnarraymulticol and in the preamble build
+ \stepcounter{equation}% advance equation counter before first line
+ \setcounter{IEEEsubequation}{0}% no subequation yet
+ \def\@currentlabel{\p@equation\theequation}% redefine the ref label
+ \IEEEeqnarraydecl\relax% allow a way for the user to make global overrides
+ #1\relax% allow user to override defaults
+ \let\\\@IEEEeqnarraycr% replace newline with one that can put in eqn. numbers
+ \global\@IEEEeqncolcnt\z@% col. count = 0 for first line
+ \@IEEEbuildpreamble #2\end\relax% build the preamble and put it into \@IEEEtrantmptoksA
+ % put in the column for the equation number
+ \ifnum\@IEEEeqnnumcols>0\relax\@IEEEappendtoksA{&}\fi% col separator for those after the first
+ \toks0={##}%
+ % advance the \@IEEEeqncolcnt for the isolation col, this helps with error checking
+ \@IEEEappendtoksA{\global\advance\@IEEEeqncolcnt by 1\relax}%
+ % add the isolation column
+ \@IEEEappendtoksA{\tabskip\z@skip\bgroup\the\toks0\egroup}%
+ % advance the \@IEEEeqncolcnt for the equation number col, this helps with error checking
+ \@IEEEappendtoksA{&\global\advance\@IEEEeqncolcnt by 1\relax}%
+ % add the equation number col to the preamble
+ \@IEEEappendtoksA{\tabskip\z@skip\hb@xt@\z@\bgroup\hss\the\toks0\egroup}%
+ % note \@IEEEeqnnumcols does not count the equation col or isolation col
+ % set the starting tabskip glue as determined by the preamble build
+ \tabskip=\@IEEEBPstartglue\relax
+ % begin the display alignment
+ \@IEEEeqnarrayISinnertrue% commands are now within the lines
+ $$\everycr{}\halign to\displaywidth\bgroup
+ % "exspand" the preamble
+ \span\the\@IEEEtrantmptoksA\cr}
+
+% enter isolation/strut column (or the next column if the user did not use
+% every column), record the strut status, complete the columns, do the strut if needed,
+% restore counters to correct values and exit
+\def\end@IEEEeqnarray{\@IEEEeqnarrayglobalizestrutstatus&\@@IEEEeqnarraycr\egroup%
+\if@IEEElastlinewassubequation\global\advance\c@IEEEsubequation\m@ne\fi%
+\global\advance\c@equation\m@ne%
+$$\@ignoretrue}
+
+% need a way to remember if last line is a subequation
+\newif\if@IEEElastlinewassubequation%
+\@IEEElastlinewassubequationfalse
+
+% IEEEeqnarray uses a modifed \\ instead of the plain \cr to
+% end rows. This allows for things like \\*[vskip amount]
+% This "cr" macros are modified versions those for LaTeX2e's eqnarray
+% the {\ifnum0=`} braces must be kept away from the last column to avoid
+% altering spacing of its math, so we use & to advance to the next column
+% as there is an isolation/strut column after the user's columns
+\def\@IEEEeqnarraycr{\@IEEEeqnarrayglobalizestrutstatus&% save strut status and advance to next column
+ {\ifnum0=`}\fi
+ \@ifstar{%
+ \global\@eqpen\@M\@IEEEeqnarrayYCR
+ }{%
+ \global\@eqpen\interdisplaylinepenalty \@IEEEeqnarrayYCR
+ }%
+}
+
+\def\@IEEEeqnarrayYCR{\@testopt\@IEEEeqnarrayXCR\z@skip}
+
+\def\@IEEEeqnarrayXCR[#1]{%
+ \ifnum0=`{\fi}%
+ \@@IEEEeqnarraycr
+ \noalign{\penalty\@eqpen\vskip\jot\vskip #1\relax}}%
+
+\def\@@IEEEeqnarraycr{\@IEEEtrantmptoksA={}% clear token register
+ \advance\@IEEEeqncolcnt by -1\relax% adjust col count because of the isolation column
+ \ifnum\@IEEEeqncolcnt>\@IEEEeqnnumcols\relax
+ \@IEEEclspkgerror{Too many columns within the IEEEeqnarray\MessageBreak
+ environment}%
+ {Use fewer \string &'s or put more columns in the IEEEeqnarry column\MessageBreak
+ specifications.}\relax%
+ \else
+ \loop% add cols if the user did not use them all
+ \ifnum\@IEEEeqncolcnt<\@IEEEeqnnumcols\relax
+ \@IEEEappendtoksA{&}%
+ \advance\@IEEEeqncolcnt by 1\relax% update the col count
+ \repeat
+ % this number of &'s will take us the the isolation column
+ \fi
+ % execute the &'s
+ \the\@IEEEtrantmptoksA%
+ % handle the strut/isolation column
+ \@IEEEeqnarrayinsertstrut% do the strut if needed
+ \@IEEEeqnarraystrutreset% reset the strut system for next line or IEEEeqnarray
+ &% and enter the equation number column
+ % is this line needs an equation number, display it and advance the
+ % (sub)equation counters, record what type this line was
+ \if@eqnsw%
+ \if@IEEEissubequation\theIEEEsubequationdis\addtocounter{equation}{1}\stepcounter{IEEEsubequation}%
+ \global\@IEEElastlinewassubequationtrue%
+ \else% display a standard equation number, initialize the IEEEsubequation counter
+ \theequationdis\stepcounter{equation}\setcounter{IEEEsubequation}{0}%
+ \global\@IEEElastlinewassubequationfalse\fi%
+ \fi%
+ % reset the eqnsw flag to indicate default preference of the display of equation numbers
+ \if@IEEEeqnarraystarform\global\@eqnswfalse\else\global\@eqnswtrue\fi
+ \global\@IEEEissubequationfalse% reset the subequation flag
+ % reset the number of columns the user actually used
+ \global\@IEEEeqncolcnt\z@\relax
+ % the real end of the line
+ \cr}
+
+
+
+
+
+% \IEEEeqnarraybox is like \IEEEeqnarray except the box form puts everything
+% inside a vtop, vbox, or vcenter box depending on the letter in the second
+% optional argument (t,b,c). Vbox is the default. Unlike \IEEEeqnarray,
+% equation numbers are not displayed and \IEEEeqnarraybox can be nested.
+% \IEEEeqnarrayboxm is for math mode (like \array) and does not put the vbox
+% within an hbox.
+% \IEEEeqnarrayboxt is for text mode (like \tabular) and puts the vbox within
+% a \hbox{$ $} construct.
+% \IEEEeqnarraybox will auto detect whether to use \IEEEeqnarrayboxm or
+% \IEEEeqnarrayboxt depending on the math mode.
+% The third optional argument specifies the width this box is to be set to -
+% natural width is the default.
+% The * forms do not add \jot line spacing
+% usage: \IEEEeqnarraybox[decl][pos][width]{cols}
+\def\IEEEeqnarrayboxm{\@IEEEeqnarraystarformfalse\@IEEEeqnarrayboxHBOXSWfalse\@IEEEeqnarraybox}
+\def\endIEEEeqnarrayboxm{\end@IEEEeqnarraybox}
+\@namedef{IEEEeqnarrayboxm*}{\@IEEEeqnarraystarformtrue\@IEEEeqnarrayboxHBOXSWfalse\@IEEEeqnarraybox}
+\@namedef{endIEEEeqnarrayboxm*}{\end@IEEEeqnarraybox}
+
+\def\IEEEeqnarrayboxt{\@IEEEeqnarraystarformfalse\@IEEEeqnarrayboxHBOXSWtrue\@IEEEeqnarraybox}
+\def\endIEEEeqnarrayboxt{\end@IEEEeqnarraybox}
+\@namedef{IEEEeqnarrayboxt*}{\@IEEEeqnarraystarformtrue\@IEEEeqnarrayboxHBOXSWtrue\@IEEEeqnarraybox}
+\@namedef{endIEEEeqnarrayboxt*}{\end@IEEEeqnarraybox}
+
+\def\IEEEeqnarraybox{\@IEEEeqnarraystarformfalse\ifmmode\@IEEEeqnarrayboxHBOXSWfalse\else\@IEEEeqnarrayboxHBOXSWtrue\fi%
+\@IEEEeqnarraybox}
+\def\endIEEEeqnarraybox{\end@IEEEeqnarraybox}
+
+\@namedef{IEEEeqnarraybox*}{\@IEEEeqnarraystarformtrue\ifmmode\@IEEEeqnarrayboxHBOXSWfalse\else\@IEEEeqnarrayboxHBOXSWtrue\fi%
+\@IEEEeqnarraybox}
+\@namedef{endIEEEeqnarraybox*}{\end@IEEEeqnarraybox}
+
+% flag to indicate if the \IEEEeqnarraybox needs to put things into an hbox{$ $}
+% for \vcenter in non-math mode
+\newif\if@IEEEeqnarrayboxHBOXSW%
+\@IEEEeqnarrayboxHBOXSWfalse
+
+\def\@IEEEeqnarraybox{\relax\@ifnextchar[{\@@IEEEeqnarraybox}{\@@IEEEeqnarraybox[\relax]}}
+\def\@@IEEEeqnarraybox[#1]{\relax\@ifnextchar[{\@@@IEEEeqnarraybox[#1]}{\@@@IEEEeqnarraybox[#1][b]}}
+\def\@@@IEEEeqnarraybox[#1][#2]{\relax\@ifnextchar[{\@@@@IEEEeqnarraybox[#1][#2]}{\@@@@IEEEeqnarraybox[#1][#2][\relax]}}
+
+% #1 = decl; #2 = t,b,c; #3 = width, #4 = col specs
+\def\@@@@IEEEeqnarraybox[#1][#2][#3]#4{\@IEEEeqnarrayISinnerfalse % not yet within the lines of the halign
+ \@IEEEeqnarraymasterstrutsave% save current master strut values
+ \@IEEEeqnarraystrutsize{0pt}{0pt}[\relax]% turn off struts by default
+ \@IEEEeqnarrayusemasterstruttrue% use master strut till user asks otherwise
+ \IEEEvisiblestrutsfalse% diagnostic mode defaults to off
+ % no extra space unless the user specifically requests it
+ \lineskip=0pt\relax%
+ \lineskiplimit=0pt\relax%
+ \baselineskip=\normalbaselineskip\relax%
+ \jot=\IEEEnormaljot\relax%
+ \mathsurround\z@\relax% no extra spacing around math
+ % the default end glues are zero for an \IEEEeqnarraybox
+ \edef\@IEEEeqnarraycolSEPdefaultstart{\@IEEEeqnarraycolSEPzero}% default start glue
+ \edef\@IEEEeqnarraycolSEPdefaultend{\@IEEEeqnarraycolSEPzero}% default end glue
+ \edef\@IEEEeqnarraycolSEPdefaultmid{\@IEEEeqnarraycolSEPzero}% default inter-column glue
+ \@advanceIEEEeqncolcntfalse% do not advance the col counter for each col the user uses,
+ % used in \IEEEeqnarraymulticol and in the preamble build
+ \IEEEeqnarrayboxdecl\relax% allow a way for the user to make global overrides
+ #1\relax% allow user to override defaults
+ \let\\\@IEEEeqnarrayboxcr% replace newline with one that allows optional spacing
+ \@IEEEbuildpreamble #4\end\relax% build the preamble and put it into \@IEEEtrantmptoksA
+ % add an isolation column to the preamble to stop \\'s {} from getting into the last col
+ \ifnum\@IEEEeqnnumcols>0\relax\@IEEEappendtoksA{&}\fi% col separator for those after the first
+ \toks0={##}%
+ % add the isolation column to the preamble
+ \@IEEEappendtoksA{\tabskip\z@skip\bgroup\the\toks0\egroup}%
+ % set the starting tabskip glue as determined by the preamble build
+ \tabskip=\@IEEEBPstartglue\relax
+ % begin the alignment
+ \everycr{}%
+ % use only the very first token to determine the positioning
+ % this stops some problems when the user uses more than one letter,
+ % but is probably not worth the effort
+ % \noindent is used as a delimiter
+ \def\@IEEEgrabfirstoken##1##2\noindent{\let\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken=##1}%
+ \@IEEEgrabfirstoken#2\relax\relax\noindent
+ % \@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken has the first token, the rest are discarded
+ % if we need to put things into and hbox and go into math mode, do so now
+ \if@IEEEeqnarrayboxHBOXSW \leavevmode \hbox \bgroup $\fi%
+ % use the appropriate vbox type
+ \if\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken t\relax\vtop\else\if\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken c\relax%
+ \vcenter\else\vbox\fi\fi\bgroup%
+ \@IEEEeqnarrayISinnertrue% commands are now within the lines
+ \ifx#3\relax\halign\else\halign to #3\relax\fi%
+ \bgroup
+ % "exspand" the preamble
+ \span\the\@IEEEtrantmptoksA\cr}
+
+% carry strut status and enter the isolation/strut column,
+% exit from math mode if needed, and exit
+\def\end@IEEEeqnarraybox{\@IEEEeqnarrayglobalizestrutstatus% carry strut status
+&% enter isolation/strut column
+\@IEEEeqnarrayinsertstrut% do strut if needed
+\@IEEEeqnarraymasterstrutrestore% restore the previous master strut values
+% reset the strut system for next IEEEeqnarray
+% (sets local strut values back to previous master strut values)
+\@IEEEeqnarraystrutreset%
+% ensure last line, exit from halign, close vbox
+\crcr\egroup\egroup%
+% exit from math mode and close hbox if needed
+\if@IEEEeqnarrayboxHBOXSW $\egroup\fi}
+
+
+
+% IEEEeqnarraybox uses a modifed \\ instead of the plain \cr to
+% end rows. This allows for things like \\[vskip amount]
+% This "cr" macros are modified versions those for LaTeX2e's eqnarray
+% For IEEEeqnarraybox, \\* is the same as \\
+% the {\ifnum0=`} braces must be kept away from the last column to avoid
+% altering spacing of its math, so we use & to advance to the isolation/strut column
+% carry strut status into isolation/strut column
+\def\@IEEEeqnarrayboxcr{\@IEEEeqnarrayglobalizestrutstatus% carry strut status
+&% enter isolation/strut column
+\@IEEEeqnarrayinsertstrut% do strut if needed
+% reset the strut system for next line or IEEEeqnarray
+\@IEEEeqnarraystrutreset%
+{\ifnum0=`}\fi%
+\@ifstar{\@IEEEeqnarrayboxYCR}{\@IEEEeqnarrayboxYCR}}
+
+% test and setup the optional argument to \\[]
+\def\@IEEEeqnarrayboxYCR{\@testopt\@IEEEeqnarrayboxXCR\z@skip}
+
+% IEEEeqnarraybox does not automatically increase line spacing by \jot
+\def\@IEEEeqnarrayboxXCR[#1]{\ifnum0=`{\fi}%
+\cr\noalign{\if@IEEEeqnarraystarform\else\vskip\jot\fi\vskip#1\relax}}
+
+
+
+% starts the halign preamble build
+\def\@IEEEbuildpreamble{\@IEEEtrantmptoksA={}% clear token register
+\let\@IEEEBPcurtype=u%current column type is not yet known
+\let\@IEEEBPprevtype=s%the previous column type was the start
+\let\@IEEEBPnexttype=u%next column type is not yet known
+% ensure these are valid
+\def\@IEEEBPcurglue={0pt plus 0pt minus 0pt}%
+\def\@IEEEBPcurcolname{@IEEEdefault}% name of current column definition
+% currently acquired numerically referenced glue
+% use a name that is easier to remember
+\let\@IEEEBPcurnum=\@IEEEtrantmpcountA%
+\@IEEEBPcurnum=0%
+% tracks number of columns in the preamble
+\@IEEEeqnnumcols=0%
+% record the default end glues
+\edef\@IEEEBPstartglue{\@IEEEeqnarraycolSEPdefaultstart}%
+\edef\@IEEEBPendglue{\@IEEEeqnarraycolSEPdefaultend}%
+% now parse the user's column specifications
+\@@IEEEbuildpreamble}
+
+
+% parses and builds the halign preamble
+\def\@@IEEEbuildpreamble#1#2{\let\@@nextIEEEbuildpreamble=\@@IEEEbuildpreamble%
+% use only the very first token to check the end
+% \noindent is used as a delimiter as \end can be present here
+\def\@IEEEgrabfirstoken##1##2\noindent{\let\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken=##1}%
+\@IEEEgrabfirstoken#1\relax\relax\noindent
+\ifx\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken\end\let\@@nextIEEEbuildpreamble=\@@IEEEfinishpreamble\else%
+% identify current and next token type
+\@IEEEgetcoltype{#1}{\@IEEEBPcurtype}{1}% current, error on invalid
+\@IEEEgetcoltype{#2}{\@IEEEBPnexttype}{0}% next, no error on invalid next
+% if curtype is a glue, get the glue def
+\if\@IEEEBPcurtype g\@IEEEgetcurglue{#1}{\@IEEEBPcurglue}\fi%
+% if curtype is a column, get the column def and set the current column name
+\if\@IEEEBPcurtype c\@IEEEgetcurcol{#1}\fi%
+% if curtype is a numeral, acquire the user defined glue
+\if\@IEEEBPcurtype n\@IEEEprocessNcol{#1}\fi%
+% process the acquired glue
+\if\@IEEEBPcurtype g\@IEEEprocessGcol\fi%
+% process the acquired col
+\if\@IEEEBPcurtype c\@IEEEprocessCcol\fi%
+% ready prevtype for next col spec.
+\let\@IEEEBPprevtype=\@IEEEBPcurtype%
+% be sure and put back the future token(s) as a group
+\fi\@@nextIEEEbuildpreamble{#2}}
+
+
+% executed just after preamble build is completed
+% warn about zero cols, and if prevtype type = u, put in end tabskip glue
+\def\@@IEEEfinishpreamble#1{\ifnum\@IEEEeqnnumcols<1\relax
+\@IEEEclspkgerror{No column specifiers declared for IEEEeqnarray}%
+{At least one column type must be declared for each IEEEeqnarray.}%
+\fi%num cols less than 1
+%if last type undefined, set default end tabskip glue
+\if\@IEEEBPprevtype u\@IEEEappendtoksA{\tabskip=\@IEEEBPendglue}\fi}
+
+
+% Identify and return the column specifier's type code
+\def\@IEEEgetcoltype#1#2#3{%
+% use only the very first token to determine the type
+% \noindent is used as a delimiter as \end can be present here
+\def\@IEEEgrabfirstoken##1##2\noindent{\let\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken=##1}%
+\@IEEEgrabfirstoken#1\relax\relax\noindent
+% \@IEEEgrabfirstoken has the first token, the rest are discarded
+% n = number
+% g = glue (any other char in catagory 12)
+% c = letter
+% e = \end
+% u = undefined
+% third argument: 0 = no error message, 1 = error on invalid char
+\let#2=u\relax% assume invalid until know otherwise
+\ifx\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken\end\let#2=e\else
+\ifcat\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken\relax\else% screen out control sequences
+\if0\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken\let#2=n\else
+\if1\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken\let#2=n\else
+\if2\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken\let#2=n\else
+\if3\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken\let#2=n\else
+\if4\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken\let#2=n\else
+\if5\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken\let#2=n\else
+\if6\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken\let#2=n\else
+\if7\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken\let#2=n\else
+\if8\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken\let#2=n\else
+\if9\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken\let#2=n\else
+\ifcat,\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken\let#2=g\relax
+\else\ifcat a\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken\let#2=c\relax\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
+\if#2u\relax
+\if0\noexpand#3\relax\else\@IEEEclspkgerror{Invalid character in column specifications}%
+{Only letters, numerals and certain other symbols are allowed \MessageBreak
+as IEEEeqnarray column specifiers.}\fi\fi}
+
+
+% identify the current letter referenced column
+% if invalid, use a default column
+\def\@IEEEgetcurcol#1{\expandafter\ifx\csname @IEEEeqnarraycolDEF#1\endcsname\@IEEEeqnarraycolisdefined%
+\def\@IEEEBPcurcolname{#1}\else% invalid column name
+\@IEEEclspkgerror{Invalid column type "#1" in column specifications.\MessageBreak
+Using a default centering column instead}%
+{You must define IEEEeqnarray column types before use.}%
+\def\@IEEEBPcurcolname{@IEEEdefault}\fi}
+
+
+% identify and return the predefined (punctuation) glue value
+\def\@IEEEgetcurglue#1#2{%
+% ! = \! (neg small) -0.16667em (-3/18 em)
+% , = \, (small) 0.16667em ( 3/18 em)
+% : = \: (med) 0.22222em ( 4/18 em)
+% ; = \; (large) 0.27778em ( 5/18 em)
+% ' = \quad 1em
+% " = \qquad 2em
+% . = 0.5\arraycolsep
+% / = \arraycolsep
+% ? = 2\arraycolsep
+% * = 1fil
+% + = \@IEEEeqnarraycolSEPcenter
+% - = \@IEEEeqnarraycolSEPzero
+% Note that all em values are referenced to the math font (textfont2) fontdimen6
+% value for 1em.
+%
+% use only the very first token to determine the type
+% this prevents errant tokens from getting in the main text
+% \noindent is used as a delimiter here
+\def\@IEEEgrabfirstoken##1##2\noindent{\let\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken=##1}%
+\@IEEEgrabfirstoken#1\relax\relax\noindent
+% get the math font 1em value
+% LaTeX2e's NFSS2 does not preload the fonts, but \IEEEeqnarray needs
+% to gain access to the math (\textfont2) font's spacing parameters.
+% So we create a bogus box here that uses the math font to ensure
+% that \textfont2 is loaded and ready. If this is not done,
+% the \textfont2 stuff here may not work.
+% Thanks to Bernd Raichle for his 1997 post on this topic.
+{\setbox0=\hbox{$\displaystyle\relax$}}%
+% fontdimen6 has the width of 1em (a quad).
+\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA=\fontdimen6\textfont2\relax%
+% identify the glue value based on the first token
+% we discard anything after the first
+\if!\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA=-0.16667\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA\edef#2{\the\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA}\else
+\if,\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA=0.16667\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA\edef#2{\the\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA}\else
+\if:\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA=0.22222\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA\edef#2{\the\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA}\else
+\if;\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA=0.27778\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA\edef#2{\the\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA}\else
+\if'\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA=1\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA\edef#2{\the\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA}\else
+\if"\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA=2\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA\edef#2{\the\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA}\else
+\if.\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA=0.5\arraycolsep\edef#2{\the\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA}\else
+\if/\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken\edef#2{\the\arraycolsep}\else
+\if?\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA=2\arraycolsep\edef#2{\the\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA}\else
+\if *\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken\edef#2{0pt plus 1fil minus 0pt}\else
+\if+\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken\edef#2{\@IEEEeqnarraycolSEPcenter}\else
+\if-\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken\edef#2{\@IEEEeqnarraycolSEPzero}\else
+\edef#2{\@IEEEeqnarraycolSEPzero}%
+\@IEEEclspkgerror{Invalid predefined inter-column glue type "#1" in\MessageBreak
+column specifications. Using a default value of\MessageBreak
+0pt instead}%
+{Only !,:;'"./?*+ and - are valid predefined glue types in the\MessageBreak
+IEEEeqnarray column specifications.}\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}
+
+
+
+% process a numerical digit from the column specification
+% and look up the corresponding user defined glue value
+% can transform current type from n to g or a as the user defined glue is acquired
+\def\@IEEEprocessNcol#1{\if\@IEEEBPprevtype g%
+\@IEEEclspkgerror{Back-to-back inter-column glue specifiers in column\MessageBreak
+specifications. Ignoring consecutive glue specifiers\MessageBreak
+after the first}%
+{You cannot have two or more glue types next to each other\MessageBreak
+in the IEEEeqnarray column specifications.}%
+\let\@IEEEBPcurtype=a% abort this glue, future digits will be discarded
+\@IEEEBPcurnum=0\relax%
+\else% if we previously aborted a glue
+\if\@IEEEBPprevtype a\@IEEEBPcurnum=0\let\@IEEEBPcurtype=a%maintain digit abortion
+\else%acquire this number
+% save the previous type before the numerical digits started
+\if\@IEEEBPprevtype n\else\let\@IEEEBPprevsavedtype=\@IEEEBPprevtype\fi%
+\multiply\@IEEEBPcurnum by 10\relax%
+\advance\@IEEEBPcurnum by #1\relax% add in number, \relax is needed to stop TeX's number scan
+\if\@IEEEBPnexttype n\else%close acquisition
+\expandafter\ifx\csname @IEEEeqnarraycolSEPDEF\expandafter\romannumeral\number\@IEEEBPcurnum\endcsname\@IEEEeqnarraycolisdefined%
+\edef\@IEEEBPcurglue{\csname @IEEEeqnarraycolSEP\expandafter\romannumeral\number\@IEEEBPcurnum\endcsname}%
+\else%user glue not defined
+\@IEEEclspkgerror{Invalid user defined inter-column glue type "\number\@IEEEBPcurnum" in\MessageBreak
+column specifications. Using a default value of\MessageBreak
+0pt instead}%
+{You must define all IEEEeqnarray numerical inter-column glue types via\MessageBreak
+\string\IEEEeqnarraydefcolsep \space before they are used in column specifications.}%
+\edef\@IEEEBPcurglue{\@IEEEeqnarraycolSEPzero}%
+\fi% glue defined or not
+\let\@IEEEBPcurtype=g% change the type to reflect the acquired glue
+\let\@IEEEBPprevtype=\@IEEEBPprevsavedtype% restore the prev type before this number glue
+\@IEEEBPcurnum=0\relax%ready for next acquisition
+\fi%close acquisition, get glue
+\fi%discard or acquire number
+\fi%prevtype glue or not
+}
+
+
+% process an acquired glue
+% add any acquired column/glue pair to the preamble
+\def\@IEEEprocessGcol{\if\@IEEEBPprevtype a\let\@IEEEBPcurtype=a%maintain previous glue abortions
+\else
+% if this is the start glue, save it, but do nothing else
+% as this is not used in the preamble, but before
+\if\@IEEEBPprevtype s\edef\@IEEEBPstartglue{\@IEEEBPcurglue}%
+\else%not the start glue
+\if\@IEEEBPprevtype g%ignore if back to back glues
+\@IEEEclspkgerror{Back-to-back inter-column glue specifiers in column\MessageBreak
+specifications. Ignoring consecutive glue specifiers\MessageBreak
+after the first}%
+{You cannot have two or more glue types next to each other\MessageBreak
+in the IEEEeqnarray column specifications.}%
+\let\@IEEEBPcurtype=a% abort this glue
+\else% not a back to back glue
+\if\@IEEEBPprevtype c\relax% if the previoustype was a col, add column/glue pair to preamble
+\ifnum\@IEEEeqnnumcols>0\relax\@IEEEappendtoksA{&}\fi
+\toks0={##}%
+% make preamble advance col counter if this environment needs this
+\if@advanceIEEEeqncolcnt\@IEEEappendtoksA{\global\advance\@IEEEeqncolcnt by 1\relax}\fi
+% insert the column defintion into the preamble, being careful not to expand
+% the column definition
+\@IEEEappendtoksA{\tabskip=\@IEEEBPcurglue}%
+\@IEEEappendNOEXPANDtoksA{\begingroup\csname @IEEEeqnarraycolPRE}%
+\@IEEEappendtoksA{\@IEEEBPcurcolname}%
+\@IEEEappendNOEXPANDtoksA{\endcsname}%
+\@IEEEappendtoksA{\the\toks0}%
+\@IEEEappendNOEXPANDtoksA{\relax\relax\relax\relax\relax%
+\relax\relax\relax\relax\relax\csname @IEEEeqnarraycolPOST}%
+\@IEEEappendtoksA{\@IEEEBPcurcolname}%
+\@IEEEappendNOEXPANDtoksA{\endcsname\relax\relax\relax\relax\relax%
+\relax\relax\relax\relax\relax\endgroup}%
+\advance\@IEEEeqnnumcols by 1\relax%one more column in the preamble
+\else% error: non-start glue with no pending column
+\@IEEEclspkgerror{Inter-column glue specifier without a prior column\MessageBreak
+type in the column specifications. Ignoring this glue\MessageBreak
+specifier}%
+{Except for the first and last positions, glue can be placed only\MessageBreak
+between column types.}%
+\let\@IEEEBPcurtype=a% abort this glue
+\fi% previous was a column
+\fi% back-to-back glues
+\fi% is start column glue
+\fi% prev type not a
+}
+
+
+% process an acquired letter referenced column and, if necessary, add it to the preamble
+\def\@IEEEprocessCcol{\if\@IEEEBPnexttype g\else
+\if\@IEEEBPnexttype n\else
+% we have a column followed by something other than a glue (or numeral glue)
+% so we must add this column to the preamble now
+\ifnum\@IEEEeqnnumcols>0\relax\@IEEEappendtoksA{&}\fi%col separator for those after the first
+\if\@IEEEBPnexttype e\@IEEEappendtoksA{\tabskip=\@IEEEBPendglue\relax}\else%put in end glue
+\@IEEEappendtoksA{\tabskip=\@IEEEeqnarraycolSEPdefaultmid\relax}\fi% or default mid glue
+\toks0={##}%
+% make preamble advance col counter if this environment needs this
+\if@advanceIEEEeqncolcnt\@IEEEappendtoksA{\global\advance\@IEEEeqncolcnt by 1\relax}\fi
+% insert the column definition into the preamble, being careful not to expand
+% the column definition
+\@IEEEappendNOEXPANDtoksA{\begingroup\csname @IEEEeqnarraycolPRE}%
+\@IEEEappendtoksA{\@IEEEBPcurcolname}%
+\@IEEEappendNOEXPANDtoksA{\endcsname}%
+\@IEEEappendtoksA{\the\toks0}%
+\@IEEEappendNOEXPANDtoksA{\relax\relax\relax\relax\relax%
+\relax\relax\relax\relax\relax\csname @IEEEeqnarraycolPOST}%
+\@IEEEappendtoksA{\@IEEEBPcurcolname}%
+\@IEEEappendNOEXPANDtoksA{\endcsname\relax\relax\relax\relax\relax%
+\relax\relax\relax\relax\relax\endgroup}%
+\advance\@IEEEeqnnumcols by 1\relax%one more column in the preamble
+\fi%next type not numeral
+\fi%next type not glue
+}
+
+
+%%
+%% END OF IEEEeqnarry DEFINITIONS
+%%
+
+
+
+
+% set up the running headings, this complex because of all the different
+% modes IEEEtran supports
+\if@twoside
+ \ifCLASSOPTIONtechnote
+ \def\ps@headings{%
+ \def\@oddhead{\hbox{}\scriptsize\leftmark \hfil \thepage}
+ \def\@evenhead{\scriptsize\thepage \hfil \leftmark\hbox{}}
+ \ifCLASSOPTIONdraftcls
+ \ifCLASSOPTIONdraftclsnofoot
+ \def\@oddfoot{}\def\@evenfoot{}%
+ \else
+ \def\@oddfoot{\scriptsize\@date\hfil DRAFT}
+ \def\@evenfoot{\scriptsize DRAFT\hfil\@date}
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \def\@oddfoot{}\def\@evenfoot{}
+ \fi}
+ \else % not a technote
+ \def\ps@headings{%
+ \ifCLASSOPTIONconference
+ \def\@oddhead{}
+ \def\@evenhead{}
+ \else
+ \def\@oddhead{\hbox{}\scriptsize\rightmark \hfil \thepage}
+ \def\@evenhead{\scriptsize\thepage \hfil \leftmark\hbox{}}
+ \fi
+ \ifCLASSOPTIONdraftcls
+ \def\@oddhead{\hbox{}\scriptsize\rightmark \hfil \thepage}
+ \def\@evenhead{\scriptsize\thepage \hfil \leftmark\hbox{}}
+ \ifCLASSOPTIONdraftclsnofoot
+ \def\@oddfoot{}\def\@evenfoot{}%
+ \else
+ \def\@oddfoot{\scriptsize\@date\hfil DRAFT}
+ \def\@evenfoot{\scriptsize DRAFT\hfil\@date}
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \def\@oddfoot{}\def\@evenfoot{}%
+ \fi}
+ \fi
+\else % single side
+\def\ps@headings{%
+ \ifCLASSOPTIONconference
+ \def\@oddhead{}
+ \def\@evenhead{}
+ \else
+ \def\@oddhead{\hbox{}\scriptsize\leftmark \hfil \thepage}
+ \def\@evenhead{}
+ \fi
+ \ifCLASSOPTIONdraftcls
+ \def\@oddhead{\hbox{}\scriptsize\leftmark \hfil \thepage}
+ \def\@evenhead{}
+ \ifCLASSOPTIONdraftclsnofoot
+ \def\@oddfoot{}
+ \else
+ \def\@oddfoot{\scriptsize \@date \hfil DRAFT}
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \def\@oddfoot{}
+ \fi
+ \def\@evenfoot{}}
+\fi
+
+
+% title page style
+\def\ps@IEEEtitlepagestyle{\def\@oddfoot{}\def\@evenfoot{}%
+\ifCLASSOPTIONconference
+ \def\@oddhead{}%
+ \def\@evenhead{}%
+\else
+ \def\@oddhead{\hbox{}\scriptsize\leftmark \hfil \thepage}%
+ \def\@evenhead{\scriptsize\thepage \hfil \leftmark\hbox{}}%
+\fi
+\ifCLASSOPTIONdraftcls
+ \def\@oddhead{\hbox{}\scriptsize\leftmark \hfil \thepage}%
+ \def\@evenhead{\scriptsize\thepage \hfil \leftmark\hbox{}}%
+ \ifCLASSOPTIONdraftclsnofoot\else
+ \def\@oddfoot{\scriptsize \@date\hfil DRAFT}%
+ \def\@evenfoot{\scriptsize DRAFT\hfil \@date}%
+ \fi
+\else
+ % all non-draft mode footers
+ \if@IEEEusingpubid
+ % for title pages that are using a pubid
+ % do not repeat pubid if using peer review option
+ \ifCLASSOPTIONpeerreview
+ \else
+ \footskip 0pt%
+ \ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc
+ \def\@oddfoot{\hss\normalfont\scriptsize\raisebox{-1.5\@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip}[0ex][0ex]{\@IEEEpubid}\hss}%
+ \def\@evenfoot{\hss\normalfont\scriptsize\raisebox{-1.5\@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip}[0ex][0ex]{\@IEEEpubid}\hss}%
+ \else
+ \def\@oddfoot{\hss\normalfont\footnotesize\raisebox{1.5ex}[1.5ex]{\@IEEEpubid}\hss}%
+ \def\@evenfoot{\hss\normalfont\footnotesize\raisebox{1.5ex}[1.5ex]{\@IEEEpubid}\hss}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \fi
+\fi}
+
+
+% peer review cover page style
+\def\ps@IEEEpeerreviewcoverpagestyle{%
+\def\@oddhead{}\def\@evenhead{}%
+\def\@oddfoot{}\def\@evenfoot{}%
+\ifCLASSOPTIONdraftcls
+ \ifCLASSOPTIONdraftclsnofoot\else
+ \def\@oddfoot{\scriptsize \@date\hfil DRAFT}%
+ \def\@evenfoot{\scriptsize DRAFT\hfil \@date}%
+ \fi
+\else
+ % non-draft mode footers
+ \if@IEEEusingpubid
+ \footskip 0pt%
+ \ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc
+ \def\@oddfoot{\hss\normalfont\scriptsize\raisebox{-1.5\@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip}[0ex][0ex]{\@IEEEpubid}\hss}%
+ \def\@evenfoot{\hss\normalfont\scriptsize\raisebox{-1.5\@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip}[0ex][0ex]{\@IEEEpubid}\hss}%
+ \else
+ \def\@oddfoot{\hss\normalfont\footnotesize\raisebox{1.5ex}[1.5ex]{\@IEEEpubid}\hss}%
+ \def\@evenfoot{\hss\normalfont\footnotesize\raisebox{1.5ex}[1.5ex]{\@IEEEpubid}\hss}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+\fi}
+
+
+% start with empty headings
+\def\rightmark{}\def\leftmark{}
+
+
+%% Defines the command for putting the header. \footernote{TEXT} is the same
+%% as \markboth{TEXT}{TEXT}.
+%% Note that all the text is forced into uppercase, if you have some text
+%% that needs to be in lower case, for instance et. al., then either manually
+%% set \leftmark and \rightmark or use \MakeLowercase{et. al.} within the
+%% arguments to \markboth.
+\def\markboth#1#2{\def\leftmark{\@IEEEcompsoconly{\sffamily}\MakeUppercase{#1}}%
+\def\rightmark{\@IEEEcompsoconly{\sffamily}\MakeUppercase{#2}}}
+\def\footernote#1{\markboth{#1}{#1}}
+
+\def\today{\ifcase\month\or
+ January\or February\or March\or April\or May\or June\or
+ July\or August\or September\or October\or November\or December\fi
+ \space\number\day, \number\year}
+
+
+
+
+%% CITATION AND BIBLIOGRAPHY COMMANDS
+%%
+%% V1.6 no longer supports the older, nonstandard \shortcite and \citename setup stuff
+%
+%
+% Modify Latex2e \@citex to separate citations with "], ["
+\def\@citex[#1]#2{%
+ \let\@citea\@empty
+ \@cite{\@for\@citeb:=#2\do
+ {\@citea\def\@citea{], [}%
+ \edef\@citeb{\expandafter\@firstofone\@citeb\@empty}%
+ \if@filesw\immediate\write\@auxout{\string\citation{\@citeb}}\fi
+ \@ifundefined{b@\@citeb}{\mbox{\reset@font\bfseries ?}%
+ \G@refundefinedtrue
+ \@latex@warning
+ {Citation `\@citeb' on page \thepage \space undefined}}%
+ {\hbox{\csname b@\@citeb\endcsname}}}}{#1}}
+
+% V1.6 we create hooks for the optional use of Donald Arseneau's
+% cite.sty package. cite.sty is "smart" and will notice that the
+% following format controls are already defined and will not
+% redefine them. The result will be the proper sorting of the
+% citation numbers and auto detection of 3 or more entry "ranges" -
+% all in IEEE style: [1], [2], [5]--[7], [12]
+% This also allows for an optional note, i.e., \cite[mynote]{..}.
+% If the \cite with note has more than one reference, the note will
+% be applied to the last of the listed references. It is generally
+% desired that if a note is given, only one reference is listed in
+% that \cite.
+% Thanks to Mr. Arseneau for providing the required format arguments
+% to produce the IEEE style.
+\def\citepunct{], [}
+\def\citedash{]--[}
+
+% V1.7 default to using same font for urls made by url.sty
+\AtBeginDocument{\csname url@samestyle\endcsname}
+
+% V1.6 class files should always provide these
+\def\newblock{\hskip .11em\@plus.33em\@minus.07em}
+\let\@openbib@code\@empty
+
+
+% Provide support for the control entries of IEEEtran.bst V1.00 and later.
+% V1.7 optional argument allows for a different aux file to be specified in
+% order to handle multiple bibliographies. For example, with multibib.sty:
+% \newcites{sec}{Secondary Literature}
+% \bstctlcite[@auxoutsec]{BSTcontrolhak}
+\def\bstctlcite{\@ifnextchar[{\@bstctlcite}{\@bstctlcite[@auxout]}}
+\def\@bstctlcite[#1]#2{\@bsphack
+ \@for\@citeb:=#2\do{%
+ \edef\@citeb{\expandafter\@firstofone\@citeb}%
+ \if@filesw\immediate\write\csname #1\endcsname{\string\citation{\@citeb}}\fi}%
+ \@esphack}
+
+% V1.6 provide a way for a user to execute a command just before
+% a given reference number - used to insert a \newpage to balance
+% the columns on the last page
+\edef\@IEEEtriggerrefnum{0} % the default of zero means that
+ % the command is not executed
+\def\@IEEEtriggercmd{\newpage}
+
+% allow the user to alter the triggered command
+\long\def\IEEEtriggercmd#1{\long\def\@IEEEtriggercmd{#1}}
+
+% allow user a way to specify the reference number just before the
+% command is executed
+\def\IEEEtriggeratref#1{\@IEEEtrantmpcountA=#1%
+\edef\@IEEEtriggerrefnum{\the\@IEEEtrantmpcountA}}%
+
+% trigger command at the given reference
+\def\@IEEEbibitemprefix{\@IEEEtrantmpcountA=\@IEEEtriggerrefnum\relax%
+\advance\@IEEEtrantmpcountA by -1\relax%
+\ifnum\c@enumiv=\@IEEEtrantmpcountA\relax\@IEEEtriggercmd\relax\fi}
+
+
+\def\@biblabel#1{[#1]}
+
+% compsoc journals left align the reference numbers
+\@IEEEcompsocnotconfonly{\def\@biblabel#1{[#1]\hfill}}
+
+% controls bib item spacing
+\def\IEEEbibitemsep{0pt plus .5pt}
+
+\@IEEEcompsocconfonly{\def\IEEEbibitemsep{1\baselineskip plus 0.25\baselineskip minus 0.25\baselineskip}}
+
+
+\def\thebibliography#1{\section*{\refname}%
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\refname}%
+ % V1.6 add some rubber space here and provide a command trigger
+ \footnotesize\@IEEEcompsocconfonly{\small}\vskip 0.3\baselineskip plus 0.1\baselineskip minus 0.1\baselineskip%
+ \list{\@biblabel{\@arabic\c@enumiv}}%
+ {\settowidth\labelwidth{\@biblabel{#1}}%
+ \leftmargin\labelwidth
+ \advance\leftmargin\labelsep\relax
+ \itemsep \IEEEbibitemsep\relax
+ \usecounter{enumiv}%
+ \let\p@enumiv\@empty
+ \renewcommand\theenumiv{\@arabic\c@enumiv}}%
+ \let\@IEEElatexbibitem\bibitem%
+ \def\bibitem{\@IEEEbibitemprefix\@IEEElatexbibitem}%
+\def\newblock{\hskip .11em plus .33em minus .07em}%
+% originally:
+% \sloppy\clubpenalty4000\widowpenalty4000%
+% by adding the \interlinepenalty here, we make it more
+% difficult, but not impossible, for LaTeX to break within a reference.
+% IEEE almost never breaks a reference (but they do it more often with
+% technotes). You may get an underfull vbox warning around the bibliography,
+% but the final result will be much more like what IEEE will publish.
+% MDS 11/2000
+\ifCLASSOPTIONtechnote\sloppy\clubpenalty4000\widowpenalty4000\interlinepenalty100%
+\else\sloppy\clubpenalty4000\widowpenalty4000\interlinepenalty500\fi%
+ \sfcode`\.=1000\relax}
+\let\endthebibliography=\endlist
+
+
+
+
+% TITLE PAGE COMMANDS
+%
+%
+% \IEEEmembership is used to produce the sublargesize italic font used to indicate author
+% IEEE membership. compsoc uses a large size sans slant font
+\def\IEEEmembership#1{{\@IEEEnotcompsoconly{\sublargesize}\normalfont\@IEEEcompsoconly{\sffamily}\textit{#1}}}
+
+
+% \IEEEauthorrefmark{} produces a footnote type symbol to indicate author affiliation.
+% When given an argument of 1 to 9, \IEEEauthorrefmark{} follows the standard LaTeX footnote
+% symbol sequence convention. However, for arguments 10 and above, \IEEEauthorrefmark{}
+% reverts to using lower case roman numerals, so it cannot overflow. Do note that you
+% cannot use \footnotemark[] in place of \IEEEauthorrefmark{} within \author as the footnote
+% symbols will have been turned off to prevent \thanks from creating footnote marks.
+% \IEEEauthorrefmark{} produces a symbol that appears to LaTeX as having zero vertical
+% height - this allows for a more compact line packing, but the user must ensure that
+% the interline spacing is large enough to prevent \IEEEauthorrefmark{} from colliding
+% with the text above.
+% V1.7 make this a robust command
+\DeclareRobustCommand*{\IEEEauthorrefmark}[1]{\raisebox{0pt}[0pt][0pt]{\textsuperscript{\footnotesize\ensuremath{\ifcase#1\or *\or \dagger\or \ddagger\or%
+ \mathsection\or \mathparagraph\or \|\or **\or \dagger\dagger%
+ \or \ddagger\ddagger \else\textsuperscript{\expandafter\romannumeral#1}\fi}}}}
+
+
+% FONT CONTROLS AND SPACINGS FOR CONFERENCE MODE AUTHOR NAME AND AFFILIATION BLOCKS
+%
+% The default font styles for the author name and affiliation blocks (confmode)
+\def\@IEEEauthorblockNstyle{\normalfont\@IEEEcompsocnotconfonly{\sffamily}\sublargesize\@IEEEcompsocconfonly{\large}}
+\def\@IEEEauthorblockAstyle{\normalfont\@IEEEcompsocnotconfonly{\sffamily}\@IEEEcompsocconfonly{\itshape}\normalsize\@IEEEcompsocconfonly{\large}}
+% The default if the user does not use an author block
+\def\@IEEEauthordefaulttextstyle{\normalfont\@IEEEcompsocnotconfonly{\sffamily}\sublargesize}
+
+% spacing from title (or special paper notice) to author name blocks (confmode)
+% can be negative
+\def\@IEEEauthorblockconfadjspace{-0.25em}
+% compsoc conferences need more space here
+\@IEEEcompsocconfonly{\def\@IEEEauthorblockconfadjspace{0.75\@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip}}
+
+% spacing between name and affiliation blocks (confmode)
+% This can be negative.
+% IEEE doesn't want any added spacing here, but I will leave these
+% controls in place in case they ever change their mind.
+% Personally, I like 0.75ex.
+%\def\@IEEEauthorblockNtopspace{0.75ex}
+%\def\@IEEEauthorblockAtopspace{0.75ex}
+\def\@IEEEauthorblockNtopspace{0.0ex}
+\def\@IEEEauthorblockAtopspace{0.0ex}
+% baseline spacing within name and affiliation blocks (confmode)
+% must be positive, spacings below certain values will make
+% the position of line of text sensitive to the contents of the
+% line above it i.e., whether or not the prior line has descenders,
+% subscripts, etc. For this reason it is a good idea to keep
+% these above 2.6ex
+\def\@IEEEauthorblockNinterlinespace{2.6ex}
+\def\@IEEEauthorblockAinterlinespace{2.75ex}
+
+% This tracks the required strut size.
+% See the \@IEEEauthorhalign command for the actual default value used.
+\def\@IEEEauthorblockXinterlinespace{2.7ex}
+
+% variables to retain font size and style across groups
+% values given here have no effect as they will be overwritten later
+\gdef\@IEEESAVESTATEfontsize{10}
+\gdef\@IEEESAVESTATEfontbaselineskip{12}
+\gdef\@IEEESAVESTATEfontencoding{OT1}
+\gdef\@IEEESAVESTATEfontfamily{ptm}
+\gdef\@IEEESAVESTATEfontseries{m}
+\gdef\@IEEESAVESTATEfontshape{n}
+
+% saves the current font attributes
+\def\@IEEEcurfontSAVE{\global\let\@IEEESAVESTATEfontsize\f@size%
+\global\let\@IEEESAVESTATEfontbaselineskip\f@baselineskip%
+\global\let\@IEEESAVESTATEfontencoding\f@encoding%
+\global\let\@IEEESAVESTATEfontfamily\f@family%
+\global\let\@IEEESAVESTATEfontseries\f@series%
+\global\let\@IEEESAVESTATEfontshape\f@shape}
+
+% restores the saved font attributes
+\def\@IEEEcurfontRESTORE{\fontsize{\@IEEESAVESTATEfontsize}{\@IEEESAVESTATEfontbaselineskip}%
+\fontencoding{\@IEEESAVESTATEfontencoding}%
+\fontfamily{\@IEEESAVESTATEfontfamily}%
+\fontseries{\@IEEESAVESTATEfontseries}%
+\fontshape{\@IEEESAVESTATEfontshape}%
+\selectfont}
+
+
+% variable to indicate if the current block is the first block in the column
+\newif\if@IEEEprevauthorblockincol \@IEEEprevauthorblockincolfalse
+
+
+% the command places a strut with height and depth = \@IEEEauthorblockXinterlinespace
+% we use this technique to have complete manual control over the spacing of the lines
+% within the halign environment.
+% We set the below baseline portion at 30%, the above
+% baseline portion at 70% of the total length.
+% Responds to changes in the document's \baselinestretch
+\def\@IEEEauthorstrutrule{\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA\@IEEEauthorblockXinterlinespace%
+\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA=\baselinestretch\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA%
+\rule[-0.3\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA]{0pt}{\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA}}
+
+
+% blocks to hold the authors' names and affilations.
+% Makes formatting easy for conferences
+%
+% use real definitions in conference mode
+% name block
+\def\IEEEauthorblockN#1{\relax\@IEEEauthorblockNstyle% set the default text style
+\gdef\@IEEEauthorblockXinterlinespace{0pt}% disable strut for spacer row
+% the \expandafter hides the \cr in conditional tex, see the array.sty docs
+% for details, probably not needed here as the \cr is in a macro
+% do a spacer row if needed
+\if@IEEEprevauthorblockincol\expandafter\@IEEEauthorblockNtopspaceline\fi
+\global\@IEEEprevauthorblockincoltrue% we now have a block in this column
+%restore the correct strut value
+\gdef\@IEEEauthorblockXinterlinespace{\@IEEEauthorblockNinterlinespace}%
+% input the author names
+#1%
+% end the row if the user did not already
+\crcr}
+% spacer row for names
+\def\@IEEEauthorblockNtopspaceline{\cr\noalign{\vskip\@IEEEauthorblockNtopspace}}
+%
+% affiliation block
+\def\IEEEauthorblockA#1{\relax\@IEEEauthorblockAstyle% set the default text style
+\gdef\@IEEEauthorblockXinterlinespace{0pt}%disable strut for spacer row
+% the \expandafter hides the \cr in conditional tex, see the array.sty docs
+% for details, probably not needed here as the \cr is in a macro
+% do a spacer row if needed
+\if@IEEEprevauthorblockincol\expandafter\@IEEEauthorblockAtopspaceline\fi
+\global\@IEEEprevauthorblockincoltrue% we now have a block in this column
+%restore the correct strut value
+\gdef\@IEEEauthorblockXinterlinespace{\@IEEEauthorblockAinterlinespace}%
+% input the author affiliations
+#1%
+% end the row if the user did not already
+\crcr}
+% spacer row for affiliations
+\def\@IEEEauthorblockAtopspaceline{\cr\noalign{\vskip\@IEEEauthorblockAtopspace}}
+
+
+% allow papers to compile even if author blocks are used in modes other
+% than conference or peerreviewca. For such cases, we provide dummy blocks.
+\ifCLASSOPTIONconference
+\else
+ \ifCLASSOPTIONpeerreviewca\else
+ % not conference or peerreviewca mode
+ \def\IEEEauthorblockN#1{#1}%
+ \def\IEEEauthorblockA#1{#1}%
+ \fi
+\fi
+
+
+
+% we provide our own halign so as not to have to depend on tabular
+\def\@IEEEauthorhalign{\@IEEEauthordefaulttextstyle% default text style
+ \lineskip=0pt\relax% disable line spacing
+ \lineskiplimit=0pt\relax%
+ \baselineskip=0pt\relax%
+ \@IEEEcurfontSAVE% save the current font
+ \mathsurround\z@\relax% no extra spacing around math
+ \let\\\@IEEEauthorhaligncr% replace newline with halign friendly one
+ \tabskip=0pt\relax% no column spacing
+ \everycr{}% ensure no problems here
+ \@IEEEprevauthorblockincolfalse% no author blocks yet
+ \def\@IEEEauthorblockXinterlinespace{2.7ex}% default interline space
+ \vtop\bgroup%vtop box
+ \halign\bgroup&\relax\hfil\@IEEEcurfontRESTORE\relax ##\relax
+ \hfil\@IEEEcurfontSAVE\@IEEEauthorstrutrule\cr}
+
+% ensure last line, exit from halign, close vbox
+\def\end@IEEEauthorhalign{\crcr\egroup\egroup}
+
+% handle bogus star form
+\def\@IEEEauthorhaligncr{{\ifnum0=`}\fi\@ifstar{\@@IEEEauthorhaligncr}{\@@IEEEauthorhaligncr}}
+
+% test and setup the optional argument to \\[]
+\def\@@IEEEauthorhaligncr{\@testopt\@@@IEEEauthorhaligncr\z@skip}
+
+% end the line and do the optional spacer
+\def\@@@IEEEauthorhaligncr[#1]{\ifnum0=`{\fi}\cr\noalign{\vskip#1\relax}}
+
+
+
+% flag to prevent multiple \and warning messages
+\newif\if@IEEEWARNand
+\@IEEEWARNandtrue
+
+% if in conference or peerreviewca modes, we support the use of \and as \author is a
+% tabular environment, otherwise we warn the user that \and is invalid
+% outside of conference or peerreviewca modes.
+\def\and{\relax} % provide a bogus \and that we will then override
+
+\renewcommand{\and}[1][\relax]{\if@IEEEWARNand\typeout{** WARNING: \noexpand\and is valid only
+ when in conference or peerreviewca}\typeout{modes (line \the\inputlineno).}\fi\global\@IEEEWARNandfalse}
+
+\ifCLASSOPTIONconference%
+\renewcommand{\and}[1][\hfill]{\end{@IEEEauthorhalign}#1\begin{@IEEEauthorhalign}}%
+\fi
+\ifCLASSOPTIONpeerreviewca
+\renewcommand{\and}[1][\hfill]{\end{@IEEEauthorhalign}#1\begin{@IEEEauthorhalign}}%
+\fi
+
+
+% page clearing command
+% based on LaTeX2e's \cleardoublepage, but allows different page styles
+% for the inserted blank pages
+\def\@IEEEcleardoublepage#1{\clearpage\if@twoside\ifodd\c@page\else
+\hbox{}\thispagestyle{#1}\newpage\if@twocolumn\hbox{}\thispagestyle{#1}\newpage\fi\fi\fi}
+
+
+% user command to invoke the title page
+\def\maketitle{\par%
+ \begingroup%
+ \normalfont%
+ \def\thefootnote{}% the \thanks{} mark type is empty
+ \def\footnotemark{}% and kill space from \thanks within author
+ \let\@makefnmark\relax% V1.7, must *really* kill footnotemark to remove all \textsuperscript spacing as well.
+ \footnotesize% equal spacing between thanks lines
+ \footnotesep 0.7\baselineskip%see global setting of \footnotesep for more info
+ % V1.7 disable \thanks note indention for compsoc
+ \@IEEEcompsoconly{\long\def\@makefntext##1{\parindent 1em\noindent\hbox{\@makefnmark}##1}}%
+ \normalsize%
+ \ifCLASSOPTIONpeerreview
+ \newpage\global\@topnum\z@ \@maketitle\@IEEEstatictitlevskip\@IEEEaftertitletext%
+ \thispagestyle{IEEEpeerreviewcoverpagestyle}\@thanks%
+ \else
+ \if@twocolumn%
+ \ifCLASSOPTIONtechnote%
+ \newpage\global\@topnum\z@ \@maketitle\@IEEEstatictitlevskip\@IEEEaftertitletext%
+ \else
+ \twocolumn[\@maketitle\@IEEEdynamictitlevspace\@IEEEaftertitletext]%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \newpage\global\@topnum\z@ \@maketitle\@IEEEstatictitlevskip\@IEEEaftertitletext%
+ \fi
+ \thispagestyle{IEEEtitlepagestyle}\@thanks%
+ \fi
+ % pullup page for pubid if used.
+ \if@IEEEusingpubid
+ \enlargethispage{-\@IEEEpubidpullup}%
+ \fi
+ \endgroup
+ \setcounter{footnote}{0}\let\maketitle\relax\let\@maketitle\relax
+ \gdef\@thanks{}%
+ % v1.6b do not clear these as we will need the title again for peer review papers
+ % \gdef\@author{}\gdef\@title{}%
+ \let\thanks\relax}
+
+
+
+% V1.7 parbox to format \@IEEEcompsoctitleabstractindextext
+\long\def\@IEEEcompsoctitleabstractindextextbox#1{\parbox{0.915\textwidth}{#1}}
+
+% formats the Title, authors names, affiliations and special paper notice
+% THIS IS A CONTROLLED SPACING COMMAND! Do not allow blank lines or unintentional
+% spaces to enter the definition - use % at the end of each line
+\def\@maketitle{\newpage
+\begin{center}%
+\ifCLASSOPTIONtechnote% technotes
+ {\bfseries\large\@IEEEcompsoconly{\sffamily}\@title\par}\vskip 1.3em{\lineskip .5em\@IEEEcompsoconly{\sffamily}\@author
+ \@IEEEspecialpapernotice\par{\@IEEEcompsoconly{\vskip 1.5em\relax
+ \@IEEEcompsoctitleabstractindextextbox{\@IEEEcompsoctitleabstractindextext}\par
+ \hfill\@IEEEcompsocdiamondline\hfill\hbox{}\par}}}\relax
+\else% not a technote
+ \vskip0.2em{\Huge\@IEEEcompsoconly{\sffamily}\@IEEEcompsocconfonly{\normalfont\normalsize\vskip 2\@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip
+ \bfseries\Large}\@title\par}\vskip1.0em\par%
+ % V1.6 handle \author differently if in conference mode
+ \ifCLASSOPTIONconference%
+ {\@IEEEspecialpapernotice\mbox{}\vskip\@IEEEauthorblockconfadjspace%
+ \mbox{}\hfill\begin{@IEEEauthorhalign}\@author\end{@IEEEauthorhalign}\hfill\mbox{}\par}\relax
+ \else% peerreviewca, peerreview or journal
+ \ifCLASSOPTIONpeerreviewca
+ % peerreviewca handles author names just like conference mode
+ {\@IEEEcompsoconly{\sffamily}\@IEEEspecialpapernotice\mbox{}\vskip\@IEEEauthorblockconfadjspace%
+ \mbox{}\hfill\begin{@IEEEauthorhalign}\@author\end{@IEEEauthorhalign}\hfill\mbox{}\par
+ {\@IEEEcompsoconly{\vskip 1.5em\relax
+ \@IEEEcompsoctitleabstractindextextbox{\@IEEEcompsoctitleabstractindextext}\par\hfill
+ \@IEEEcompsocdiamondline\hfill\hbox{}\par}}}\relax
+ \else% journal or peerreview
+ {\lineskip.5em\@IEEEcompsoconly{\sffamily}\sublargesize\@author\@IEEEspecialpapernotice\par
+ {\@IEEEcompsoconly{\vskip 1.5em\relax
+ \@IEEEcompsoctitleabstractindextextbox{\@IEEEcompsoctitleabstractindextext}\par\hfill
+ \@IEEEcompsocdiamondline\hfill\hbox{}\par}}}\relax
+ \fi
+ \fi
+\fi\end{center}}
+
+
+
+% V1.7 Computer Society "diamond line" which follows index terms for nonconference papers
+\def\@IEEEcompsocdiamondline{\vrule depth 0pt height 0.5pt width 4cm\hspace{7.5pt}%
+\raisebox{-3.5pt}{\fontfamily{pzd}\fontencoding{U}\fontseries{m}\fontshape{n}\fontsize{11}{12}\selectfont\char70}%
+\hspace{7.5pt}\vrule depth 0pt height 0.5pt width 4cm\relax}
+
+% V1.7 standard LateX2e \thanks, but with \itshape under compsoc. Also make it a \long\def
+% We also need to trigger the one-shot footnote rule
+\def\@IEEEtriggeroneshotfootnoterule{\global\@IEEEenableoneshotfootnoteruletrue}
+
+
+\long\def\thanks#1{\footnotemark
+ \protected@xdef\@thanks{\@thanks
+ \protect\footnotetext[\the\c@footnote]{\@IEEEcompsoconly{\itshape
+ \protect\@IEEEtriggeroneshotfootnoterule\relax}\ignorespaces#1}}}
+\let\@thanks\@empty
+
+% V1.7 allow \author to contain \par's. This is needed to allow \thanks to contain \par.
+\long\def\author#1{\gdef\@author{#1}}
+
+
+% in addition to setting up IEEEitemize, we need to remove a baselineskip space above and
+% below it because \list's \pars introduce blank lines because of the footnote struts.
+\def\@IEEEsetupcompsocitemizelist{\def\labelitemi{$\bullet$}%
+\setlength{\IEEElabelindent}{0pt}\setlength{\parskip}{0pt}%
+\setlength{\partopsep}{0pt}\setlength{\topsep}{0.5\baselineskip}\vspace{-1\baselineskip}\relax}
+
+
+% flag for fake non-compsoc \IEEEcompsocthanksitem - prevents line break on very first item
+\newif\if@IEEEbreakcompsocthanksitem \@IEEEbreakcompsocthanksitemfalse
+
+\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc
+% V1.7 compsoc bullet item \thanks
+% also, we need to redefine this to destroy the argument in \@IEEEdynamictitlevspace
+\long\def\IEEEcompsocitemizethanks#1{\relax\@IEEEbreakcompsocthanksitemfalse\footnotemark
+ \protected@xdef\@thanks{\@thanks
+ \protect\footnotetext[\the\c@footnote]{\itshape\protect\@IEEEtriggeroneshotfootnoterule
+ {\let\IEEEiedlistdecl\relax\protect\begin{IEEEitemize}[\protect\@IEEEsetupcompsocitemizelist]\ignorespaces#1\relax
+ \protect\end{IEEEitemize}}\protect\vspace{-1\baselineskip}}}}
+\DeclareRobustCommand*{\IEEEcompsocthanksitem}{\item}
+\else
+% non-compsoc, allow for dual compilation via rerouting to normal \thanks
+\long\def\IEEEcompsocitemizethanks#1{\thanks{#1}}
+% redirect to "pseudo-par" \hfil\break\indent after swallowing [] from \IEEEcompsocthanksitem[]
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\IEEEcompsocthanksitem}{\@ifnextchar [{\@IEEEthanksswallowoptionalarg}%
+{\@IEEEthanksswallowoptionalarg[\relax]}}
+% be sure and break only after first item, be sure and ignore spaces after optional argument
+\def\@IEEEthanksswallowoptionalarg[#1]{\relax\if@IEEEbreakcompsocthanksitem\hfil\break
+\indent\fi\@IEEEbreakcompsocthanksitemtrue\ignorespaces}
+\fi
+
+
+% V1.6b define the \IEEEpeerreviewmaketitle as needed
+\ifCLASSOPTIONpeerreview
+\def\IEEEpeerreviewmaketitle{\@IEEEcleardoublepage{empty}%
+\ifCLASSOPTIONtwocolumn
+\twocolumn[\@IEEEpeerreviewmaketitle\@IEEEdynamictitlevspace]
+\else
+\newpage\@IEEEpeerreviewmaketitle\@IEEEstatictitlevskip
+\fi
+\thispagestyle{IEEEtitlepagestyle}}
+\else
+% \IEEEpeerreviewmaketitle does nothing if peer review option has not been selected
+\def\IEEEpeerreviewmaketitle{\relax}
+\fi
+
+% peerreview formats the repeated title like the title in journal papers.
+\def\@IEEEpeerreviewmaketitle{\begin{center}\@IEEEcompsoconly{\sffamily}%
+\normalfont\normalsize\vskip0.2em{\Huge\@title\par}\vskip1.0em\par
+\end{center}}
+
+
+
+% V1.6
+% this is a static rubber spacer between the title/authors and the main text
+% used for single column text, or when the title appears in the first column
+% of two column text (technotes).
+\def\@IEEEstatictitlevskip{{\normalfont\normalsize
+% adjust spacing to next text
+% v1.6b handle peer review papers
+\ifCLASSOPTIONpeerreview
+% for peer review papers, the same value is used for both title pages
+% regardless of the other paper modes
+ \vskip 1\baselineskip plus 0.375\baselineskip minus 0.1875\baselineskip
+\else
+ \ifCLASSOPTIONconference% conference
+ \vskip 1\baselineskip plus 0.375\baselineskip minus 0.1875\baselineskip%
+ \else%
+ \ifCLASSOPTIONtechnote% technote
+ \vskip 1\baselineskip plus 0.375\baselineskip minus 0.1875\baselineskip%
+ \else% journal uses more space
+ \vskip 2.5\baselineskip plus 0.75\baselineskip minus 0.375\baselineskip%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+\fi}}
+
+
+% V1.6
+% This is a dynamically determined rigid spacer between the title/authors
+% and the main text. This is used only for single column titles over two
+% column text (most common)
+% This is bit tricky because we have to ensure that the textheight of the
+% main text is an integer multiple of \baselineskip
+% otherwise underfull vbox problems may develop in the second column of the
+% text on the titlepage
+% The possible use of \IEEEpubid must also be taken into account.
+\def\@IEEEdynamictitlevspace{{%
+ % we run within a group so that all the macros can be forgotten when we are done
+ \long\def\thanks##1{\relax}%don't allow \thanks to run when we evaluate the vbox height
+ \long\def\IEEEcompsocitemizethanks##1{\relax}%don't allow \IEEEcompsocitemizethanks to run when we evaluate the vbox height
+ \normalfont\normalsize% we declare more descriptive variable names
+ \let\@IEEEmaintextheight=\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA%height of the main text columns
+ \let\@IEEEINTmaintextheight=\@IEEEtrantmpdimenB%height of the main text columns with integer # lines
+ % set the nominal and minimum values for the title spacer
+ % the dynamic algorithm will not allow the spacer size to
+ % become less than \@IEEEMINtitlevspace - instead it will be
+ % lengthened
+ % default to journal values
+ \def\@IEEENORMtitlevspace{2.5\baselineskip}%
+ \def\@IEEEMINtitlevspace{2\baselineskip}%
+ % conferences and technotes need tighter spacing
+ \ifCLASSOPTIONconference%conference
+ \def\@IEEENORMtitlevspace{1\baselineskip}%
+ \def\@IEEEMINtitlevspace{0.75\baselineskip}%
+ \fi
+ \ifCLASSOPTIONtechnote%technote
+ \def\@IEEENORMtitlevspace{1\baselineskip}%
+ \def\@IEEEMINtitlevspace{0.75\baselineskip}%
+ \fi%
+ % get the height that the title will take up
+ \ifCLASSOPTIONpeerreview
+ \settoheight{\@IEEEmaintextheight}{\vbox{\hsize\textwidth \@IEEEpeerreviewmaketitle}}%
+ \else
+ \settoheight{\@IEEEmaintextheight}{\vbox{\hsize\textwidth \@maketitle}}%
+ \fi
+ \@IEEEmaintextheight=-\@IEEEmaintextheight% title takes away from maintext, so reverse sign
+ % add the height of the page textheight
+ \advance\@IEEEmaintextheight by \textheight%
+ % correct for title pages using pubid
+ \ifCLASSOPTIONpeerreview\else
+ % peerreview papers use the pubid on the cover page only.
+ % And the cover page uses a static spacer.
+ \if@IEEEusingpubid\advance\@IEEEmaintextheight by -\@IEEEpubidpullup\fi
+ \fi%
+ % subtract off the nominal value of the title bottom spacer
+ \advance\@IEEEmaintextheight by -\@IEEENORMtitlevspace%
+ % \topskip takes away some too
+ \advance\@IEEEmaintextheight by -\topskip%
+ % calculate the column height of the main text for lines
+ % now we calculate the main text height as if holding
+ % an integer number of \normalsize lines after the first
+ % and discard any excess fractional remainder
+ % we subtracted the first line, because the first line
+ % is placed \topskip into the maintext, not \baselineskip like the
+ % rest of the lines.
+ \@IEEEINTmaintextheight=\@IEEEmaintextheight%
+ \divide\@IEEEINTmaintextheight by \baselineskip%
+ \multiply\@IEEEINTmaintextheight by \baselineskip%
+ % now we calculate how much the title spacer height will
+ % have to be reduced from nominal (\@IEEEREDUCEmaintextheight is always
+ % a positive value) so that the maintext area will contain an integer
+ % number of normal size lines
+ % we change variable names here (to avoid confusion) as we no longer
+ % need \@IEEEINTmaintextheight and can reuse its dimen register
+ \let\@IEEEREDUCEmaintextheight=\@IEEEINTmaintextheight%
+ \advance\@IEEEREDUCEmaintextheight by -\@IEEEmaintextheight%
+ \advance\@IEEEREDUCEmaintextheight by \baselineskip%
+ % this is the calculated height of the spacer
+ % we change variable names here (to avoid confusion) as we no longer
+ % need \@IEEEmaintextheight and can reuse its dimen register
+ \let\@IEEECOMPENSATElen=\@IEEEmaintextheight%
+ \@IEEECOMPENSATElen=\@IEEENORMtitlevspace% set the nominal value
+ % we go with the reduced length if it is smaller than an increase
+ \ifdim\@IEEEREDUCEmaintextheight < 0.5\baselineskip\relax%
+ \advance\@IEEECOMPENSATElen by -\@IEEEREDUCEmaintextheight%
+ % if the resulting spacer is too small back out and go with an increase instead
+ \ifdim\@IEEECOMPENSATElen<\@IEEEMINtitlevspace\relax%
+ \advance\@IEEECOMPENSATElen by \baselineskip%
+ \fi%
+ \else%
+ % go with an increase because it is closer to the nominal than a decrease
+ \advance\@IEEECOMPENSATElen by -\@IEEEREDUCEmaintextheight%
+ \advance\@IEEECOMPENSATElen by \baselineskip%
+ \fi%
+ % set the calculated rigid spacer
+ \vspace{\@IEEECOMPENSATElen}}}
+
+
+
+% V1.6
+% we allow the user access to the last part of the title area
+% useful in emergencies such as when a different spacing is needed
+% This text is NOT compensated for in the dynamic sizer.
+\let\@IEEEaftertitletext=\relax
+\long\def\IEEEaftertitletext#1{\def\@IEEEaftertitletext{#1}}
+
+% V1.7 provide a way for users to enter abstract and keywords
+% into the onecolumn title are. This text is compensated for
+% in the dynamic sizer.
+\let\@IEEEcompsoctitleabstractindextext=\relax
+\long\def\IEEEcompsoctitleabstractindextext#1{\def\@IEEEcompsoctitleabstractindextext{#1}}
+% V1.7 provide a way for users to get the \@IEEEcompsoctitleabstractindextext if
+% not in compsoc journal mode - this way abstract and keywords can be placed
+% in their conventional position if not in compsoc mode.
+\def\IEEEdisplaynotcompsoctitleabstractindextext{%
+\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc% display if compsoc conf
+\ifCLASSOPTIONconference\@IEEEcompsoctitleabstractindextext\fi
+\else% or if not compsoc
+\@IEEEcompsoctitleabstractindextext\fi}
+
+
+% command to allow alteration of baselinestretch, but only if the current
+% baselineskip is unity. Used to tweak the compsoc abstract and keywords line spacing.
+\def\@IEEEtweakunitybaselinestretch#1{{\def\baselinestretch{1}\selectfont
+\global\@tempskipa\baselineskip}\ifnum\@tempskipa=\baselineskip%
+\def\baselinestretch{#1}\selectfont\fi\relax}
+
+
+% abstract and keywords are in \small, except
+% for 9pt docs in which they are in \footnotesize
+% Because 9pt docs use an 8pt footnotesize, \small
+% becomes a rather awkward 8.5pt
+\def\@IEEEabskeysecsize{\small}
+\ifx\CLASSOPTIONpt\@IEEEptsizenine
+ \def\@IEEEabskeysecsize{\footnotesize}
+\fi
+
+% compsoc journals use \footnotesize, compsoc conferences use normalsize
+\@IEEEcompsoconly{\def\@IEEEabskeysecsize{\footnotesize}}
+\@IEEEcompsocconfonly{\def\@IEEEabskeysecsize{\normalsize}}
+
+
+
+
+% V1.6 have abstract and keywords strip leading spaces, pars and newlines
+% so that spacing is more tightly controlled.
+\def\abstract{\normalfont
+ \if@twocolumn
+ \@IEEEabskeysecsize\bfseries\textit{\abstractname}---\relax
+ \else
+ \begin{center}\vspace{-1.78ex}\@IEEEabskeysecsize\textbf{\abstractname}\end{center}\quotation\@IEEEabskeysecsize
+ \fi\@IEEEgobbleleadPARNLSP}
+% V1.6 IEEE wants only 1 pica from end of abstract to introduction heading when in
+% conference mode (the heading already has this much above it)
+\def\endabstract{\relax\ifCLASSOPTIONconference\vspace{0ex}\else\vspace{1.34ex}\fi\par\if@twocolumn\else\endquotation\fi
+ \normalfont\normalsize}
+
+\def\IEEEkeywords{\normalfont
+ \if@twocolumn
+ \@IEEEabskeysecsize\bfseries\textit{\IEEEkeywordsname}---\relax
+ \else
+ \begin{center}\@IEEEabskeysecsize\textbf{\IEEEkeywordsname}\end{center}\quotation\@IEEEabskeysecsize
+ \fi\@IEEEgobbleleadPARNLSP}
+\def\endIEEEkeywords{\relax\ifCLASSOPTIONtechnote\vspace{1.34ex}\else\vspace{0.67ex}\fi
+ \par\if@twocolumn\else\endquotation\fi%
+ \normalfont\normalsize}
+
+% V1.7 compsoc keywords index terms
+\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc
+ \ifCLASSOPTIONconference% compsoc conference
+\def\abstract{\normalfont
+ \begin{center}\@IEEEabskeysecsize\textbf{\large\abstractname}\end{center}\vskip 0.5\baselineskip plus 0.1\baselineskip minus 0.1\baselineskip
+ \if@twocolumn\else\quotation\fi\itshape\@IEEEabskeysecsize%
+ \par\@IEEEgobbleleadPARNLSP}
+\def\IEEEkeywords{\normalfont\vskip 1.5\baselineskip plus 0.25\baselineskip minus 0.25\baselineskip
+ \begin{center}\@IEEEabskeysecsize\textbf{\large\IEEEkeywordsname}\end{center}\vskip 0.5\baselineskip plus 0.1\baselineskip minus 0.1\baselineskip
+ \if@twocolumn\else\quotation\fi\itshape\@IEEEabskeysecsize%
+ \par\@IEEEgobbleleadPARNLSP}
+ \else% compsoc not conference
+\def\abstract{\normalfont\@IEEEtweakunitybaselinestretch{1.15}\sffamily
+ \if@twocolumn
+ \@IEEEabskeysecsize\noindent\textbf{\abstractname}---\relax
+ \else
+ \begin{center}\vspace{-1.78ex}\@IEEEabskeysecsize\textbf{\abstractname}\end{center}\quotation\@IEEEabskeysecsize%
+ \fi\@IEEEgobbleleadPARNLSP}
+\def\IEEEkeywords{\normalfont\@IEEEtweakunitybaselinestretch{1.15}\sffamily
+ \if@twocolumn
+ \@IEEEabskeysecsize\vskip 0.5\baselineskip plus 0.25\baselineskip minus 0.25\baselineskip\noindent
+ \textbf{\IEEEkeywordsname}---\relax
+ \else
+ \begin{center}\@IEEEabskeysecsize\textbf{\IEEEkeywordsname}\end{center}\quotation\@IEEEabskeysecsize%
+ \fi\@IEEEgobbleleadPARNLSP}
+ \fi
+\fi
+
+
+
+% gobbles all leading \, \\ and \par, upon finding first token that
+% is not a \ , \\ or a \par, it ceases and returns that token
+%
+% used to strip leading \, \\ and \par from the input
+% so that such things in the beginning of an environment will not
+% affect the formatting of the text
+\long\def\@IEEEgobbleleadPARNLSP#1{\let\@IEEEswallowthistoken=0%
+\let\@IEEEgobbleleadPARNLSPtoken#1%
+\let\@IEEEgobbleleadPARtoken=\par%
+\let\@IEEEgobbleleadNLtoken=\\%
+\let\@IEEEgobbleleadSPtoken=\ %
+\def\@IEEEgobbleleadSPMACRO{\ }%
+\ifx\@IEEEgobbleleadPARNLSPtoken\@IEEEgobbleleadPARtoken%
+\let\@IEEEswallowthistoken=1%
+\fi%
+\ifx\@IEEEgobbleleadPARNLSPtoken\@IEEEgobbleleadNLtoken%
+\let\@IEEEswallowthistoken=1%
+\fi%
+\ifx\@IEEEgobbleleadPARNLSPtoken\@IEEEgobbleleadSPtoken%
+\let\@IEEEswallowthistoken=1%
+\fi%
+% a control space will come in as a macro
+% when it is the last one on a line
+\ifx\@IEEEgobbleleadPARNLSPtoken\@IEEEgobbleleadSPMACRO%
+\let\@IEEEswallowthistoken=1%
+\fi%
+% if we have to swallow this token, do so and taste the next one
+% else spit it out and stop gobbling
+\ifx\@IEEEswallowthistoken 1\let\@IEEEnextgobbleleadPARNLSP=\@IEEEgobbleleadPARNLSP\else%
+\let\@IEEEnextgobbleleadPARNLSP=#1\fi%
+\@IEEEnextgobbleleadPARNLSP}%
+
+
+
+
+% TITLING OF SECTIONS
+\def\@IEEEsectpunct{:\ \,} % Punctuation after run-in section heading (headings which are
+ % part of the paragraphs), need little bit more than a single space
+ % spacing from section number to title
+% compsoc conferences use regular period/space punctuation
+\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc
+\ifCLASSOPTIONconference
+\def\@IEEEsectpunct{.\ }
+\fi\fi
+
+
+\def\@seccntformat#1{\csname the#1dis\endcsname\hskip 0.5em\relax}
+
+\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc
+% compsoc journals need extra spacing
+\ifCLASSOPTIONconference\else
+\def\@seccntformat#1{\csname the#1dis\endcsname\hskip 1em\relax}
+\fi\fi
+
+%v1.7 put {} after #6 to allow for some types of user font control
+%and use \@@par rather than \par
+\def\@sect#1#2#3#4#5#6[#7]#8{%
+ \ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth
+ \let\@svsec\@empty
+ \else
+ \refstepcounter{#1}%
+ % load section label and spacer into \@svsec
+ \protected@edef\@svsec{\@seccntformat{#1}\relax}%
+ \fi%
+ \@tempskipa #5\relax
+ \ifdim \@tempskipa>\z@% tempskipa determines whether is treated as a high
+ \begingroup #6{\relax% or low level heading
+ \noindent % subsections are NOT indented
+ % print top level headings. \@svsec is label, #8 is heading title
+ % IEEE does not block indent the section title text, it flows like normal
+ {\hskip #3\relax\@svsec}{\interlinepenalty \@M #8\@@par}}%
+ \endgroup
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{#1}{\ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth\relax\else
+ \protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname}\fi#7}%
+ \else % printout low level headings
+ % svsechd seems to swallow the trailing space, protect it with \mbox{}
+ % got rid of sectionmark stuff
+ \def\@svsechd{#6{\hskip #3\relax\@svsec #8\@IEEEsectpunct\mbox{}}%
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{#1}{\ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth\relax\else
+ \protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname}\fi#7}}%
+ \fi%skip down
+ \@xsect{#5}}
+
+
+% section* handler
+%v1.7 put {} after #4 to allow for some types of user font control
+%and use \@@par rather than \par
+\def\@ssect#1#2#3#4#5{\@tempskipa #3\relax
+ \ifdim \@tempskipa>\z@
+ %\begingroup #4\@hangfrom{\hskip #1}{\interlinepenalty \@M #5\par}\endgroup
+ % IEEE does not block indent the section title text, it flows like normal
+ \begingroup \noindent #4{\relax{\hskip #1}{\interlinepenalty \@M #5\@@par}}\endgroup
+ % svsechd swallows the trailing space, protect it with \mbox{}
+ \else \def\@svsechd{#4{\hskip #1\relax #5\@IEEEsectpunct\mbox{}}}\fi
+ \@xsect{#3}}
+
+
+%% SECTION heading spacing and font
+%%
+% arguments are: #1 - sectiontype name
+% (for \@sect) #2 - section level
+% #3 - section heading indent
+% #4 - top separation (absolute value used, neg indicates not to indent main text)
+% If negative, make stretch parts negative too!
+% #5 - (absolute value used) positive: bottom separation after heading,
+% negative: amount to indent main text after heading
+% Both #4 and #5 negative means to indent main text and use negative top separation
+% #6 - font control
+% You've got to have \normalfont\normalsize in the font specs below to prevent
+% trouble when you do something like:
+% \section{Note}{\ttfamily TT-TEXT} is known to ...
+% IEEE sometimes REALLY stretches the area before a section
+% heading by up to about 0.5in. However, it may not be a good
+% idea to let LaTeX have quite this much rubber.
+\ifCLASSOPTIONconference%
+% IEEE wants section heading spacing to decrease for conference mode
+\def\section{\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}{1.5ex plus 1.5ex minus 0.5ex}%
+{0.7ex plus 1ex minus 0ex}{\normalfont\normalsize\centering\scshape}}%
+\def\subsection{\@startsection{subsection}{2}{\z@}{1.5ex plus 1.5ex minus 0.5ex}%
+{0.7ex plus .5ex minus 0ex}{\normalfont\normalsize\itshape}}%
+\else % for journals
+\def\section{\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}{3.0ex plus 1.5ex minus 1.5ex}% V1.6 3.0ex from 3.5ex
+{0.7ex plus 1ex minus 0ex}{\normalfont\normalsize\centering\scshape}}%
+\def\subsection{\@startsection{subsection}{2}{\z@}{3.5ex plus 1.5ex minus 1.5ex}%
+{0.7ex plus .5ex minus 0ex}{\normalfont\normalsize\itshape}}%
+\fi
+
+% for both journals and conferences
+% decided to put in a little rubber above the section, might help somebody
+\def\subsubsection{\@startsection{subsubsection}{3}{\parindent}{0ex plus 0.1ex minus 0.1ex}%
+{0ex}{\normalfont\normalsize\itshape}}%
+\def\paragraph{\@startsection{paragraph}{4}{2\parindent}{0ex plus 0.1ex minus 0.1ex}%
+{0ex}{\normalfont\normalsize\itshape}}%
+
+
+% compsoc
+\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc
+\ifCLASSOPTIONconference
+% compsoc conference
+\def\section{\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}{1\baselineskip plus 0.25\baselineskip minus 0.25\baselineskip}%
+{1\baselineskip plus 0.25\baselineskip minus 0.25\baselineskip}{\normalfont\large\bfseries}}%
+\def\subsection{\@startsection{subsection}{2}{\z@}{1\baselineskip plus 0.25\baselineskip minus 0.25\baselineskip}%
+{1\baselineskip plus 0.25\baselineskip minus 0.25\baselineskip}{\normalfont\sublargesize\bfseries}}%
+\def\subsubsection{\@startsection{subsubsection}{3}{\z@}{1\baselineskip plus 0.25\baselineskip minus 0.25\baselineskip}%
+{0ex}{\normalfont\normalsize\bfseries}}%
+\def\paragraph{\@startsection{paragraph}{4}{2\parindent}{0ex plus 0.1ex minus 0.1ex}%
+{0ex}{\normalfont\normalsize}}%
+\else% compsoc journals
+% use negative top separation as compsoc journals do not indent paragraphs after section titles
+\def\section{\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}{-3ex plus -2ex minus -1.5ex}%
+{0.7ex plus 1ex minus 0ex}{\normalfont\large\sffamily\bfseries\scshape}}%
+% Note that subsection and smaller may not be correct for the Computer Society,
+% I have to look up an example.
+\def\subsection{\@startsection{subsection}{2}{\z@}{-3.5ex plus -1.5ex minus -1.5ex}%
+{0.7ex plus .5ex minus 0ex}{\normalfont\normalsize\sffamily\bfseries}}%
+\def\subsubsection{\@startsection{subsubsection}{3}{\z@}{-2.5ex plus -1ex minus -1ex}%
+{0.5ex plus 0.5ex minus 0ex}{\normalfont\normalsize\sffamily\itshape}}%
+\def\paragraph{\@startsection{paragraph}{4}{2\parindent}{-0ex plus -0.1ex minus -0.1ex}%
+{0ex}{\normalfont\normalsize}}%
+\fi\fi
+
+
+
+
+%% ENVIRONMENTS
+% "box" symbols at end of proofs
+\def\IEEEQEDclosed{\mbox{\rule[0pt]{1.3ex}{1.3ex}}} % for a filled box
+% V1.6 some journals use an open box instead that will just fit around a closed one
+\def\IEEEQEDopen{{\setlength{\fboxsep}{0pt}\setlength{\fboxrule}{0.2pt}\fbox{\rule[0pt]{0pt}{1.3ex}\rule[0pt]{1.3ex}{0pt}}}}
+\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc
+\def\IEEEQED{\IEEEQEDopen} % default to open for compsoc
+\else
+\def\IEEEQED{\IEEEQEDclosed} % otherwise default to closed
+\fi
+
+% v1.7 name change to avoid namespace collision with amsthm. Also add support
+% for an optional argument.
+\def\IEEEproof{\@ifnextchar[{\@IEEEproof}{\@IEEEproof[\IEEEproofname]}}
+\def\@IEEEproof[#1]{\par\noindent\hspace{2em}{\itshape #1: }}
+\def\endIEEEproof{\hspace*{\fill}~\IEEEQED\par}
+
+
+%\itemindent is set to \z@ by list, so define new temporary variable
+\newdimen\@IEEEtmpitemindent
+\def\@begintheorem#1#2{\@IEEEtmpitemindent\itemindent\topsep 0pt\rmfamily\trivlist%
+ \item[\hskip \labelsep{\indent\itshape #1\ #2:}]\itemindent\@IEEEtmpitemindent}
+\def\@opargbegintheorem#1#2#3{\@IEEEtmpitemindent\itemindent\topsep 0pt\rmfamily \trivlist%
+% V1.6 IEEE is back to using () around theorem names which are also in italics
+% Thanks to Christian Peel for reporting this.
+ \item[\hskip\labelsep{\indent\itshape #1\ #2\ (#3):}]\itemindent\@IEEEtmpitemindent}
+% V1.7 remove bogus \unskip that caused equations in theorems to collide with
+% lines below.
+\def\@endtheorem{\endtrivlist}
+
+% V1.6
+% display command for the section the theorem is in - so that \thesection
+% is not used as this will be in Roman numerals when we want arabic.
+% LaTeX2e uses \def\@thmcounter#1{\noexpand\arabic{#1}} for the theorem number
+% (second part) display and \def\@thmcountersep{.} as a separator.
+% V1.7 intercept calls to the section counter and reroute to \@IEEEthmcounterinsection
+% to allow \appendix(ices} to override as needed.
+%
+% special handler for sections, allows appendix(ices) to override
+\gdef\@IEEEthmcounterinsection#1{\arabic{#1}}
+% string macro
+\edef\@IEEEstringsection{section}
+
+% redefine the #1#2[#3] form of newtheorem to use a hook to \@IEEEthmcounterinsection
+% if section in_counter is used
+\def\@xnthm#1#2[#3]{%
+ \expandafter\@ifdefinable\csname #1\endcsname
+ {\@definecounter{#1}\@newctr{#1}[#3]%
+ \edef\@IEEEstringtmp{#3}
+ \ifx\@IEEEstringtmp\@IEEEstringsection
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname the#1\endcsname{%
+ \noexpand\@IEEEthmcounterinsection{#3}\@thmcountersep
+ \@thmcounter{#1}}%
+ \else
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname the#1\endcsname{%
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname the#3\endcsname \@thmcountersep
+ \@thmcounter{#1}}%
+ \fi
+ \global\@namedef{#1}{\@thm{#1}{#2}}%
+ \global\@namedef{end#1}{\@endtheorem}}}
+
+
+
+%% SET UP THE DEFAULT PAGESTYLE
+\ps@headings
+\pagenumbering{arabic}
+
+% normally the page counter starts at 1
+\setcounter{page}{1}
+% however, for peerreview the cover sheet is page 0 or page -1
+% (for duplex printing)
+\ifCLASSOPTIONpeerreview
+ \if@twoside
+ \setcounter{page}{-1}
+ \else
+ \setcounter{page}{0}
+ \fi
+\fi
+
+% standard book class behavior - let bottom line float up and down as
+% needed when single sided
+\ifCLASSOPTIONtwoside\else\raggedbottom\fi
+% if two column - turn on twocolumn, allow word spacings to stretch more and
+% enforce a rigid position for the last lines
+\ifCLASSOPTIONtwocolumn
+% the peer review option delays invoking twocolumn
+ \ifCLASSOPTIONpeerreview\else
+ \twocolumn
+ \fi
+\sloppy
+\flushbottom
+\fi
+
+
+
+
+% \APPENDIX and \APPENDICES definitions
+
+% This is the \@ifmtarg command from the LaTeX ifmtarg package
+% by Peter Wilson (CUA) and Donald Arseneau
+% \@ifmtarg is used to determine if an argument to a command
+% is present or not.
+% For instance:
+% \@ifmtarg{#1}{\typeout{empty}}{\typeout{has something}}
+% \@ifmtarg is used with our redefined \section command if
+% \appendices is invoked.
+% The command \section will behave slightly differently depending
+% on whether the user specifies a title:
+% \section{My appendix title}
+% or not:
+% \section{}
+% This way, we can eliminate the blank lines where the title
+% would be, and the unneeded : after Appendix in the table of
+% contents
+\begingroup
+\catcode`\Q=3
+\long\gdef\@ifmtarg#1{\@xifmtarg#1QQ\@secondoftwo\@firstoftwo\@nil}
+\long\gdef\@xifmtarg#1#2Q#3#4#5\@nil{#4}
+\endgroup
+% end of \@ifmtarg defs
+
+
+% V1.7
+% command that allows the one time saving of the original definition
+% of section to \@IEEEappendixsavesection for \appendix or \appendices
+% we don't save \section here as it may be redefined later by other
+% packages (hyperref.sty, etc.)
+\def\@IEEEsaveoriginalsectiononce{\let\@IEEEappendixsavesection\section
+\let\@IEEEsaveoriginalsectiononce\relax}
+
+% neat trick to grab and process the argument from \section{argument}
+% we process differently if the user invoked \section{} with no
+% argument (title)
+% note we reroute the call to the old \section*
+\def\@IEEEprocessthesectionargument#1{%
+\@ifmtarg{#1}{%
+\@IEEEappendixsavesection*{\appendixname~\thesectiondis}%
+\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\appendixname~\thesection}}{%
+\@IEEEappendixsavesection*{\appendixname~\thesectiondis \\* #1}%
+\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\appendixname~\thesection: #1}}}
+
+% we use this if the user calls \section{} after
+% \appendix-- which has no meaning. So, we ignore the
+% command and its argument. Then, warn the user.
+\def\@IEEEdestroythesectionargument#1{\typeout{** WARNING: Ignoring useless
+\protect\section\space in Appendix (line \the\inputlineno).}}
+
+
+% remember \thesection forms will be displayed in \ref calls
+% and in the Table of Contents.
+% The \sectiondis form is used in the actual heading itself
+
+% appendix command for one single appendix
+% normally has no heading. However, if you want a
+% heading, you can do so via the optional argument:
+% \appendix[Optional Heading]
+\def\appendix{\relax}
+\renewcommand{\appendix}[1][]{\@IEEEsaveoriginalsectiononce\par
+ % v1.6 keep hyperref's identifiers unique
+ \gdef\theHsection{Appendix.A}%
+ % v1.6 adjust hyperref's string name for the section
+ \xdef\Hy@chapapp{appendix}%
+ \setcounter{section}{0}%
+ \setcounter{subsection}{0}%
+ \setcounter{subsubsection}{0}%
+ \setcounter{paragraph}{0}%
+ \gdef\thesection{A}%
+ \gdef\thesectiondis{}%
+ \gdef\thesubsection{\Alph{subsection}}%
+ \gdef\@IEEEthmcounterinsection##1{A}
+ \refstepcounter{section}% update the \ref counter
+ \@ifmtarg{#1}{\@IEEEappendixsavesection*{\appendixname}%
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\appendixname}}{%
+ \@IEEEappendixsavesection*{\appendixname~\\* #1}%
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\appendixname: #1}}%
+ % redefine \section command for appendix
+ % leave \section* as is
+ \def\section{\@ifstar{\@IEEEappendixsavesection*}{%
+ \@IEEEdestroythesectionargument}}% throw out the argument
+ % of the normal form
+}
+
+
+
+% appendices command for multiple appendices
+% user then calls \section with an argument (possibly empty) to
+% declare the individual appendices
+\def\appendices{\@IEEEsaveoriginalsectiononce\par
+ % v1.6 keep hyperref's identifiers unique
+ \gdef\theHsection{Appendix.\Alph{section}}%
+ % v1.6 adjust hyperref's string name for the section
+ \xdef\Hy@chapapp{appendix}%
+ \setcounter{section}{-1}% we want \refstepcounter to use section 0
+ \setcounter{subsection}{0}%
+ \setcounter{subsubsection}{0}%
+ \setcounter{paragraph}{0}%
+ \ifCLASSOPTIONromanappendices%
+ \gdef\thesection{\Roman{section}}%
+ \gdef\thesectiondis{\Roman{section}}%
+ \@IEEEcompsocconfonly{\gdef\thesectiondis{\Roman{section}.}}%
+ \gdef\@IEEEthmcounterinsection##1{A\arabic{##1}}
+ \else%
+ \gdef\thesection{\Alph{section}}%
+ \gdef\thesectiondis{\Alph{section}}%
+ \@IEEEcompsocconfonly{\gdef\thesectiondis{\Alph{section}.}}%
+ \gdef\@IEEEthmcounterinsection##1{\Alph{##1}}
+ \fi%
+ \refstepcounter{section}% update the \ref counter
+ \setcounter{section}{0}% NEXT \section will be the FIRST appendix
+ % redefine \section command for appendices
+ % leave \section* as is
+ \def\section{\@ifstar{\@IEEEappendixsavesection*}{% process the *-form
+ \refstepcounter{section}% or is a new section so,
+ \@IEEEprocessthesectionargument}}% process the argument
+ % of the normal form
+}
+
+
+
+% \IEEEPARstart
+% Definition for the big two line drop cap letter at the beginning of the
+% first paragraph of journal papers. The first argument is the first letter
+% of the first word, the second argument is the remaining letters of the
+% first word which will be rendered in upper case.
+% In V1.6 this has been completely rewritten to:
+%
+% 1. no longer have problems when the user begins an environment
+% within the paragraph that uses \IEEEPARstart.
+% 2. auto-detect and use the current font family
+% 3. revise handling of the space at the end of the first word so that
+% interword glue will now work as normal.
+% 4. produce correctly aligned edges for the (two) indented lines.
+%
+% We generalize things via control macros - playing with these is fun too.
+%
+% V1.7 added more control macros to make it easy for IEEEtrantools.sty users
+% to change the font style.
+%
+% the number of lines that are indented to clear it
+% may need to increase if using decenders
+\def\@IEEEPARstartDROPLINES{2}
+% minimum number of lines left on a page to allow a \@IEEEPARstart
+% Does not take into consideration rubber shrink, so it tends to
+% be overly cautious
+\def\@IEEEPARstartMINPAGELINES{2}
+% V1.7 the height of the drop cap is adjusted to match the height of this text
+% in the current font (when \IEEEPARstart is called).
+\def\@IEEEPARstartHEIGHTTEXT{T}
+% the depth the letter is lowered below the baseline
+% the height (and size) of the letter is determined by the sum
+% of this value and the height of the \@IEEEPARstartHEIGHTTEXT in the current
+% font. It is a good idea to set this value in terms of the baselineskip
+% so that it can respond to changes therein.
+\def\@IEEEPARstartDROPDEPTH{1.1\baselineskip}
+% V1.7 the font the drop cap will be rendered in,
+% can take zero or one argument.
+\def\@IEEEPARstartFONTSTYLE{\bfseries}
+% V1.7 any additional, non-font related commands needed to modify
+% the drop cap letter, can take zero or one argument.
+\def\@IEEEPARstartCAPSTYLE{\MakeUppercase}
+% V1.7 the font that will be used to render the rest of the word,
+% can take zero or one argument.
+\def\@IEEEPARstartWORDFONTSTYLE{\relax}
+% V1.7 any additional, non-font related commands needed to modify
+% the rest of the word, can take zero or one argument.
+\def\@IEEEPARstartWORDCAPSTYLE{\MakeUppercase}
+% This is the horizontal separation distance from the drop letter to the main text.
+% Lengths that depend on the font (e.g., ex, em, etc.) will be referenced
+% to the font that is active when \IEEEPARstart is called.
+\def\@IEEEPARstartSEP{0.15em}
+% V1.7 horizontal offset applied to the left of the drop cap.
+\def\@IEEEPARstartHOFFSET{0em}
+% V1.7 Italic correction command applied at the end of the drop cap.
+\def\@IEEEPARstartITLCORRECT{\/}
+
+% V1.7 compoc uses nonbold drop cap and small caps word style
+\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc
+\def\@IEEEPARstartFONTSTYLE{\mdseries}
+\def\@IEEEPARstartWORDFONTSTYLE{\scshape}
+\def\@IEEEPARstartWORDCAPSTYLE{\relax}
+\fi
+
+% definition of \IEEEPARstart
+% THIS IS A CONTROLLED SPACING AREA, DO NOT ALLOW SPACES WITHIN THESE LINES
+%
+% The token \@IEEEPARstartfont will be globally defined after the first use
+% of \IEEEPARstart and will be a font command which creates the big letter
+% The first argument is the first letter of the first word and the second
+% argument is the rest of the first word(s).
+\def\IEEEPARstart#1#2{\par{%
+% if this page does not have enough space, break it and lets start
+% on a new one
+\@IEEEtranneedspace{\@IEEEPARstartMINPAGELINES\baselineskip}{\relax}%
+% V1.7 move this up here in case user uses \textbf for \@IEEEPARstartFONTSTYLE
+% which uses command \leavevmode which causes an unwanted \indent to be issued
+\noindent
+% calculate the desired height of the big letter
+% it extends from the top of \@IEEEPARstartHEIGHTTEXT in the current font
+% down to \@IEEEPARstartDROPDEPTH below the current baseline
+\settoheight{\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA}{\@IEEEPARstartHEIGHTTEXT}%
+\addtolength{\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA}{\@IEEEPARstartDROPDEPTH}%
+% extract the name of the current font in bold
+% and place it in \@IEEEPARstartFONTNAME
+\def\@IEEEPARstartGETFIRSTWORD##1 ##2\relax{##1}%
+{\@IEEEPARstartFONTSTYLE{\selectfont\edef\@IEEEPARstartFONTNAMESPACE{\fontname\font\space}%
+\xdef\@IEEEPARstartFONTNAME{\expandafter\@IEEEPARstartGETFIRSTWORD\@IEEEPARstartFONTNAMESPACE\relax}}}%
+% define a font based on this name with a point size equal to the desired
+% height of the drop letter
+\font\@IEEEPARstartsubfont\@IEEEPARstartFONTNAME\space at \@IEEEtrantmpdimenA\relax%
+% save this value as a counter (integer) value (sp points)
+\@IEEEtrantmpcountA=\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA%
+% now get the height of the actual letter produced by this font size
+\settoheight{\@IEEEtrantmpdimenB}{\@IEEEPARstartsubfont\@IEEEPARstartCAPSTYLE{#1}}%
+% If something bogus happens like the first argument is empty or the
+% current font is strange, do not allow a zero height.
+\ifdim\@IEEEtrantmpdimenB=0pt\relax%
+\typeout{** WARNING: IEEEPARstart drop letter has zero height! (line \the\inputlineno)}%
+\typeout{ Forcing the drop letter font size to 10pt.}%
+\@IEEEtrantmpdimenB=10pt%
+\fi%
+% and store it as a counter
+\@IEEEtrantmpcountB=\@IEEEtrantmpdimenB%
+% Since a font size doesn't exactly correspond to the height of the capital
+% letters in that font, the actual height of the letter, \@IEEEtrantmpcountB,
+% will be less than that desired, \@IEEEtrantmpcountA
+% we need to raise the font size, \@IEEEtrantmpdimenA
+% by \@IEEEtrantmpcountA / \@IEEEtrantmpcountB
+% But, TeX doesn't have floating point division, so we have to use integer
+% division. Hence the use of the counters.
+% We need to reduce the denominator so that the loss of the remainder will
+% have minimal affect on the accuracy of the result
+\divide\@IEEEtrantmpcountB by 200%
+\divide\@IEEEtrantmpcountA by \@IEEEtrantmpcountB%
+% Then reequalize things when we use TeX's ability to multiply by
+% floating point values
+\@IEEEtrantmpdimenB=0.005\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA%
+\multiply\@IEEEtrantmpdimenB by \@IEEEtrantmpcountA%
+% \@IEEEPARstartfont is globaly set to the calculated font of the big letter
+% We need to carry this out of the local calculation area to to create the
+% big letter.
+\global\font\@IEEEPARstartfont\@IEEEPARstartFONTNAME\space at \@IEEEtrantmpdimenB%
+% Now set \@IEEEtrantmpdimenA to the width of the big letter
+% We need to carry this out of the local calculation area to set the
+% hanging indent
+\settowidth{\global\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA}{\@IEEEPARstartfont
+\@IEEEPARstartCAPSTYLE{#1\@IEEEPARstartITLCORRECT}}}%
+% end of the isolated calculation environment
+% add in the extra clearance we want
+\advance\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA by \@IEEEPARstartSEP\relax%
+% add in the optional offset
+\advance\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA by \@IEEEPARstartHOFFSET\relax%
+% V1.7 don't allow negative offsets to produce negative hanging indents
+\@IEEEtrantmpdimenB\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA
+\ifnum\@IEEEtrantmpdimenB < 0 \@IEEEtrantmpdimenB 0pt\fi
+% \@IEEEtrantmpdimenA has the width of the big letter plus the
+% separation space and \@IEEEPARstartfont is the font we need to use
+% Now, we make the letter and issue the hanging indent command
+% The letter is placed in a box of zero width and height so that other
+% text won't be displaced by it.
+\hangindent\@IEEEtrantmpdimenB\hangafter=-\@IEEEPARstartDROPLINES%
+\makebox[0pt][l]{\hspace{-\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA}%
+\raisebox{-\@IEEEPARstartDROPDEPTH}[0pt][0pt]{\hspace{\@IEEEPARstartHOFFSET}%
+\@IEEEPARstartfont\@IEEEPARstartCAPSTYLE{#1\@IEEEPARstartITLCORRECT}%
+\hspace{\@IEEEPARstartSEP}}}%
+{\@IEEEPARstartWORDFONTSTYLE{\@IEEEPARstartWORDCAPSTYLE{\selectfont#2}}}}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+% determines if the space remaining on a given page is equal to or greater
+% than the specified space of argument one
+% if not, execute argument two (only if the remaining space is greater than zero)
+% and issue a \newpage
+%
+% example: \@IEEEtranneedspace{2in}{\vfill}
+%
+% Does not take into consideration rubber shrinkage, so it tends to
+% be overly cautious
+% Based on an example posted by Donald Arseneau
+% Note this macro uses \@IEEEtrantmpdimenB internally for calculations,
+% so DO NOT PASS \@IEEEtrantmpdimenB to this routine
+% if you need a dimen register, import with \@IEEEtrantmpdimenA instead
+\def\@IEEEtranneedspace#1#2{\penalty-100\begingroup%shield temp variable
+\@IEEEtrantmpdimenB\pagegoal\advance\@IEEEtrantmpdimenB-\pagetotal% space left
+\ifdim #1>\@IEEEtrantmpdimenB\relax% not enough space left
+\ifdim\@IEEEtrantmpdimenB>\z@\relax #2\fi%
+\newpage%
+\fi\endgroup}
+
+
+
+% IEEEbiography ENVIRONMENT
+% Allows user to enter biography leaving place for picture (adapts to font size)
+% As of V1.5, a new optional argument allows you to have a real graphic!
+% V1.5 and later also fixes the "colliding biographies" which could happen when a
+% biography's text was shorter than the space for the photo.
+% MDS 7/2001
+% V1.6 prevent multiple biographies from making multiple TOC entries
+\newif\if@IEEEbiographyTOCentrynotmade
+\global\@IEEEbiographyTOCentrynotmadetrue
+
+% biography counter so hyperref can jump directly to the biographies
+% and not just the previous section
+\newcounter{IEEEbiography}
+\setcounter{IEEEbiography}{0}
+
+% photo area size
+\def\@IEEEBIOphotowidth{1.0in} % width of the biography photo area
+\def\@IEEEBIOphotodepth{1.25in} % depth (height) of the biography photo area
+% area cleared for photo
+\def\@IEEEBIOhangwidth{1.14in} % width cleared for the biography photo area
+\def\@IEEEBIOhangdepth{1.25in} % depth cleared for the biography photo area
+ % actual depth will be a multiple of
+ % \baselineskip, rounded up
+\def\@IEEEBIOskipN{4\baselineskip}% nominal value of the vskip above the biography
+
+\newenvironment{IEEEbiography}[2][]{\normalfont\@IEEEcompsoconly{\sffamily}\footnotesize%
+\unitlength 1in\parskip=0pt\par\parindent 1em\interlinepenalty500%
+% we need enough space to support the hanging indent
+% the nominal value of the spacer
+% and one extra line for good measure
+\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA=\@IEEEBIOhangdepth%
+\advance\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA by \@IEEEBIOskipN%
+\advance\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA by 1\baselineskip%
+% if this page does not have enough space, break it and lets start
+% with a new one
+\@IEEEtranneedspace{\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA}{\relax}%
+% nominal spacer can strech, not shrink use 1fil so user can out stretch with \vfill
+\vskip \@IEEEBIOskipN plus 1fil minus 0\baselineskip%
+% the default box for where the photo goes
+\def\@IEEEtempbiographybox{{\setlength{\fboxsep}{0pt}\framebox{%
+\begin{minipage}[b][\@IEEEBIOphotodepth][c]{\@IEEEBIOphotowidth}\centering PLACE\\ PHOTO\\ HERE \end{minipage}}}}%
+%
+% detect if the optional argument was supplied, this requires the
+% \@ifmtarg command as defined in the appendix section above
+% and if so, override the default box with what they want
+\@ifmtarg{#1}{\relax}{\def\@IEEEtempbiographybox{\mbox{\begin{minipage}[b][\@IEEEBIOphotodepth][c]{\@IEEEBIOphotowidth}%
+\centering%
+#1%
+\end{minipage}}}}% end if optional argument supplied
+% Make an entry into the table of contents only if we have not done so before
+\if@IEEEbiographyTOCentrynotmade%
+% link labels to the biography counter so hyperref will jump
+% to the biography, not the previous section
+\setcounter{IEEEbiography}{-1}%
+\refstepcounter{IEEEbiography}%
+\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{Biographies}%
+\global\@IEEEbiographyTOCentrynotmadefalse%
+\fi%
+% one more biography
+\refstepcounter{IEEEbiography}%
+% Make an entry for this name into the table of contents
+\addcontentsline{toc}{subsection}{#2}%
+% V1.6 properly handle if a new paragraph should occur while the
+% hanging indent is still active. Do this by redefining \par so
+% that it will not start a new paragraph. (But it will appear to the
+% user as if it did.) Also, strip any leading pars, newlines, or spaces.
+\let\@IEEEBIOORGparCMD=\par% save the original \par command
+\edef\par{\hfil\break\indent}% the new \par will not be a "real" \par
+\settoheight{\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA}{\@IEEEtempbiographybox}% get height of biography box
+\@IEEEtrantmpdimenB=\@IEEEBIOhangdepth%
+\@IEEEtrantmpcountA=\@IEEEtrantmpdimenB% countA has the hang depth
+\divide\@IEEEtrantmpcountA by \baselineskip% calculates lines needed to produce the hang depth
+\advance\@IEEEtrantmpcountA by 1% ensure we overestimate
+% set the hanging indent
+\hangindent\@IEEEBIOhangwidth%
+\hangafter-\@IEEEtrantmpcountA%
+% reference the top of the photo area to the top of a capital T
+\settoheight{\@IEEEtrantmpdimenB}{\mbox{T}}%
+% set the photo box, give it zero width and height so as not to disturb anything
+\noindent\makebox[0pt][l]{\hspace{-\@IEEEBIOhangwidth}\raisebox{\@IEEEtrantmpdimenB}[0pt][0pt]{%
+\raisebox{-\@IEEEBIOphotodepth}[0pt][0pt]{\@IEEEtempbiographybox}}}%
+% now place the author name and begin the bio text
+\noindent\textbf{#2\ }\@IEEEgobbleleadPARNLSP}{\relax\let\par=\@IEEEBIOORGparCMD\par%
+% 7/2001 V1.5 detect when the biography text is shorter than the photo area
+% and pad the unused area - preventing a collision from the next biography entry
+% MDS
+\ifnum \prevgraf <\@IEEEtrantmpcountA\relax% detect when the biography text is shorter than the photo
+ \advance\@IEEEtrantmpcountA by -\prevgraf% calculate how many lines we need to pad
+ \advance\@IEEEtrantmpcountA by -1\relax% we compensate for the fact that we indented an extra line
+ \@IEEEtrantmpdimenA=\baselineskip% calculate the length of the padding
+ \multiply\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA by \@IEEEtrantmpcountA%
+ \noindent\rule{0pt}{\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA}% insert an invisible support strut
+\fi%
+\par\normalfont}
+
+
+
+% V1.6
+% added biography without a photo environment
+\newenvironment{IEEEbiographynophoto}[1]{%
+% Make an entry into the table of contents only if we have not done so before
+\if@IEEEbiographyTOCentrynotmade%
+% link labels to the biography counter so hyperref will jump
+% to the biography, not the previous section
+\setcounter{IEEEbiography}{-1}%
+\refstepcounter{IEEEbiography}%
+\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{Biographies}%
+\global\@IEEEbiographyTOCentrynotmadefalse%
+\fi%
+% one more biography
+\refstepcounter{IEEEbiography}%
+% Make an entry for this name into the table of contents
+\addcontentsline{toc}{subsection}{#1}%
+\normalfont\@IEEEcompsoconly{\sffamily}\footnotesize\interlinepenalty500%
+\vskip 4\baselineskip plus 1fil minus 0\baselineskip%
+\parskip=0pt\par%
+\noindent\textbf{#1\ }\@IEEEgobbleleadPARNLSP}{\relax\par\normalfont}
+
+
+% provide the user with some old font commands
+% got this from article.cls
+\DeclareOldFontCommand{\rm}{\normalfont\rmfamily}{\mathrm}
+\DeclareOldFontCommand{\sf}{\normalfont\sffamily}{\mathsf}
+\DeclareOldFontCommand{\tt}{\normalfont\ttfamily}{\mathtt}
+\DeclareOldFontCommand{\bf}{\normalfont\bfseries}{\mathbf}
+\DeclareOldFontCommand{\it}{\normalfont\itshape}{\mathit}
+\DeclareOldFontCommand{\sl}{\normalfont\slshape}{\@nomath\sl}
+\DeclareOldFontCommand{\sc}{\normalfont\scshape}{\@nomath\sc}
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\cal{\@fontswitch\relax\mathcal}
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\mit{\@fontswitch\relax\mathnormal}
+
+
+% SPECIAL PAPER NOTICE COMMANDS
+%
+% holds the special notice text
+\def\@IEEEspecialpapernotice{\relax}
+
+% for special papers, like invited papers, the user can do:
+% \IEEEspecialpapernotice{(Invited Paper)} before \maketitle
+\def\IEEEspecialpapernotice#1{\ifCLASSOPTIONconference%
+\def\@IEEEspecialpapernotice{{\sublargesize\textit{#1}\vspace*{1em}}}%
+\else%
+\def\@IEEEspecialpapernotice{{\\*[1.5ex]\sublargesize\textit{#1}}\vspace*{-2ex}}%
+\fi}
+
+
+
+
+% PUBLISHER ID COMMANDS
+% to insert a publisher's ID footer
+% V1.6 \IEEEpubid has been changed so that the change in page size and style
+% occurs in \maketitle. \IEEEpubid must now be issued prior to \maketitle
+% use \IEEEpubidadjcol as before - in the second column of the title page
+% These changes allow \maketitle to take the reduced page height into
+% consideration when dynamically setting the space between the author
+% names and the maintext.
+%
+% the amount the main text is pulled up to make room for the
+% publisher's ID footer
+% IEEE uses about 1.3\baselineskip for journals,
+% dynamic title spacing will clean up the fraction
+\def\@IEEEpubidpullup{1.3\baselineskip}
+\ifCLASSOPTIONtechnote
+% for technotes it must be an integer of baselineskip as there can be no
+% dynamic title spacing for two column mode technotes (the title is in the
+% in first column) and we should maintain an integer number of lines in the
+% second column
+% There are some examples (such as older issues of "Transactions on
+% Information Theory") in which IEEE really pulls the text off the ID for
+% technotes - about 0.55in (or 4\baselineskip). We'll use 2\baselineskip
+% and call it even.
+\def\@IEEEpubidpullup{2\baselineskip}
+\fi
+
+% V1.7 compsoc does not use a pullup
+\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc
+\def\@IEEEpubidpullup{0pt}
+\fi
+
+% holds the ID text
+\def\@IEEEpubid{\relax}
+
+% flag so \maketitle can tell if \IEEEpubid was called
+\newif\if@IEEEusingpubid
+\global\@IEEEusingpubidfalse
+% issue this command in the page to have the ID at the bottom
+% V1.6 use before \maketitle
+\def\IEEEpubid#1{\def\@IEEEpubid{#1}\global\@IEEEusingpubidtrue}
+
+
+% command which will pull up (shorten) the column it is executed in
+% to make room for the publisher ID. Place in the second column of
+% the title page when using \IEEEpubid
+% Is smart enough not to do anything when in single column text or
+% if the user hasn't called \IEEEpubid
+% currently needed in for the second column of a page with the
+% publisher ID. If not needed in future releases, please provide this
+% command and define it as \relax for backward compatibility
+% v1.6b do not allow command to operate if the peer review option has been
+% selected because \IEEEpubidadjcol will not be on the cover page.
+% V1.7 do nothing if compsoc
+\def\IEEEpubidadjcol{\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc\else\ifCLASSOPTIONpeerreview\else
+\if@twocolumn\if@IEEEusingpubid\enlargethispage{-\@IEEEpubidpullup}\fi\fi\fi\fi}
+
+% Special thanks to Peter Wilson, Daniel Luecking, and the other
+% gurus at comp.text.tex, for helping me to understand how best to
+% implement the IEEEpubid command in LaTeX.
+
+
+
+%% Lockout some commands under various conditions
+
+% general purpose bit bucket
+\newsavebox{\@IEEEtranrubishbin}
+
+% flags to prevent multiple warning messages
+\newif\if@IEEEWARNthanks
+\newif\if@IEEEWARNIEEEPARstart
+\newif\if@IEEEWARNIEEEbiography
+\newif\if@IEEEWARNIEEEbiographynophoto
+\newif\if@IEEEWARNIEEEpubid
+\newif\if@IEEEWARNIEEEpubidadjcol
+\newif\if@IEEEWARNIEEEmembership
+\newif\if@IEEEWARNIEEEaftertitletext
+\@IEEEWARNthankstrue
+\@IEEEWARNIEEEPARstarttrue
+\@IEEEWARNIEEEbiographytrue
+\@IEEEWARNIEEEbiographynophototrue
+\@IEEEWARNIEEEpubidtrue
+\@IEEEWARNIEEEpubidadjcoltrue
+\@IEEEWARNIEEEmembershiptrue
+\@IEEEWARNIEEEaftertitletexttrue
+
+
+%% Lockout some commands when in various modes, but allow them to be restored if needed
+%%
+% save commands which might be locked out
+% so that the user can later restore them if needed
+\let\@IEEESAVECMDthanks\thanks
+\let\@IEEESAVECMDIEEEPARstart\IEEEPARstart
+\let\@IEEESAVECMDIEEEbiography\IEEEbiography
+\let\@IEEESAVECMDendIEEEbiography\endIEEEbiography
+\let\@IEEESAVECMDIEEEbiographynophoto\IEEEbiographynophoto
+\let\@IEEESAVECMDendIEEEbiographynophoto\endIEEEbiographynophoto
+\let\@IEEESAVECMDIEEEpubid\IEEEpubid
+\let\@IEEESAVECMDIEEEpubidadjcol\IEEEpubidadjcol
+\let\@IEEESAVECMDIEEEmembership\IEEEmembership
+\let\@IEEESAVECMDIEEEaftertitletext\IEEEaftertitletext
+
+
+% disable \IEEEPARstart when in draft mode
+% This may have originally been done because the pre-V1.6 drop letter
+% algorithm had problems with a non-unity baselinestretch
+% At any rate, it seems too formal to have a drop letter in a draft
+% paper.
+\ifCLASSOPTIONdraftcls
+\def\IEEEPARstart#1#2{#1#2\if@IEEEWARNIEEEPARstart\typeout{** ATTENTION: \noexpand\IEEEPARstart
+ is disabled in draft mode (line \the\inputlineno).}\fi\global\@IEEEWARNIEEEPARstartfalse}
+\fi
+% and for technotes
+\ifCLASSOPTIONtechnote
+\def\IEEEPARstart#1#2{#1#2\if@IEEEWARNIEEEPARstart\typeout{** WARNING: \noexpand\IEEEPARstart
+ is locked out for technotes (line \the\inputlineno).}\fi\global\@IEEEWARNIEEEPARstartfalse}
+\fi
+
+
+% lockout unneeded commands when in conference mode
+\ifCLASSOPTIONconference
+% when locked out, \thanks, \IEEEbiography, \IEEEbiographynophoto, \IEEEpubid,
+% \IEEEmembership and \IEEEaftertitletext will all swallow their given text.
+% \IEEEPARstart will output a normal character instead
+% warn the user about these commands only once to prevent the console screen
+% from filling up with redundant messages
+\def\thanks#1{\if@IEEEWARNthanks\typeout{** WARNING: \noexpand\thanks
+ is locked out when in conference mode (line \the\inputlineno).}\fi\global\@IEEEWARNthanksfalse}
+\def\IEEEPARstart#1#2{#1#2\if@IEEEWARNIEEEPARstart\typeout{** WARNING: \noexpand\IEEEPARstart
+ is locked out when in conference mode (line \the\inputlineno).}\fi\global\@IEEEWARNIEEEPARstartfalse}
+
+
+% LaTeX treats environments and commands with optional arguments differently.
+% the actual ("internal") command is stored as \\commandname
+% (accessed via \csname\string\commandname\endcsname )
+% the "external" command \commandname is a macro with code to determine
+% whether or not the optional argument is presented and to provide the
+% default if it is absent. So, in order to save and restore such a command
+% we would have to save and restore \\commandname as well. But, if LaTeX
+% ever changes the way it names the internal names, the trick would break.
+% Instead let us just define a new environment so that the internal
+% name can be left undisturbed.
+\newenvironment{@IEEEbogusbiography}[2][]{\if@IEEEWARNIEEEbiography\typeout{** WARNING: \noexpand\IEEEbiography
+ is locked out when in conference mode (line \the\inputlineno).}\fi\global\@IEEEWARNIEEEbiographyfalse%
+\setbox\@IEEEtranrubishbin\vbox\bgroup}{\egroup\relax}
+% and make biography point to our bogus biography
+\let\IEEEbiography=\@IEEEbogusbiography
+\let\endIEEEbiography=\end@IEEEbogusbiography
+
+\renewenvironment{IEEEbiographynophoto}[1]{\if@IEEEWARNIEEEbiographynophoto\typeout{** WARNING: \noexpand\IEEEbiographynophoto
+ is locked out when in conference mode (line \the\inputlineno).}\fi\global\@IEEEWARNIEEEbiographynophotofalse%
+\setbox\@IEEEtranrubishbin\vbox\bgroup}{\egroup\relax}
+
+\def\IEEEpubid#1{\if@IEEEWARNIEEEpubid\typeout{** WARNING: \noexpand\IEEEpubid
+ is locked out when in conference mode (line \the\inputlineno).}\fi\global\@IEEEWARNIEEEpubidfalse}
+\def\IEEEpubidadjcol{\if@IEEEWARNIEEEpubidadjcol\typeout{** WARNING: \noexpand\IEEEpubidadjcol
+ is locked out when in conference mode (line \the\inputlineno).}\fi\global\@IEEEWARNIEEEpubidadjcolfalse}
+\def\IEEEmembership#1{\if@IEEEWARNIEEEmembership\typeout{** WARNING: \noexpand\IEEEmembership
+ is locked out when in conference mode (line \the\inputlineno).}\fi\global\@IEEEWARNIEEEmembershipfalse}
+\def\IEEEaftertitletext#1{\if@IEEEWARNIEEEaftertitletext\typeout{** WARNING: \noexpand\IEEEaftertitletext
+ is locked out when in conference mode (line \the\inputlineno).}\fi\global\@IEEEWARNIEEEaftertitletextfalse}
+\fi
+
+
+% provide a way to restore the commands that are locked out
+\def\IEEEoverridecommandlockouts{%
+\typeout{** ATTENTION: Overriding command lockouts (line \the\inputlineno).}%
+\let\thanks\@IEEESAVECMDthanks%
+\let\IEEEPARstart\@IEEESAVECMDIEEEPARstart%
+\let\IEEEbiography\@IEEESAVECMDIEEEbiography%
+\let\endIEEEbiography\@IEEESAVECMDendIEEEbiography%
+\let\IEEEbiographynophoto\@IEEESAVECMDIEEEbiographynophoto%
+\let\endIEEEbiographynophoto\@IEEESAVECMDendIEEEbiographynophoto%
+\let\IEEEpubid\@IEEESAVECMDIEEEpubid%
+\let\IEEEpubidadjcol\@IEEESAVECMDIEEEpubidadjcol%
+\let\IEEEmembership\@IEEESAVECMDIEEEmembership%
+\let\IEEEaftertitletext\@IEEESAVECMDIEEEaftertitletext}
+
+
+
+% need a backslash character for typeout output
+{\catcode`\|=0 \catcode`\\=12
+|xdef|@IEEEbackslash{\}}
+
+
+% hook to allow easy disabling of all legacy warnings
+\def\@IEEElegacywarn#1#2{\typeout{** ATTENTION: \@IEEEbackslash #1 is deprecated (line \the\inputlineno).
+Use \@IEEEbackslash #2 instead.}}
+
+
+% provide for legacy commands
+\def\authorblockA{\@IEEElegacywarn{authorblockA}{IEEEauthorblockA}\IEEEauthorblockA}
+\def\authorblockN{\@IEEElegacywarn{authorblockN}{IEEEauthorblockN}\IEEEauthorblockN}
+\def\authorrefmark{\@IEEElegacywarn{authorrefmark}{IEEEauthorrefmark}\IEEEauthorrefmark}
+\def\PARstart{\@IEEElegacywarn{PARstart}{IEEEPARstart}\IEEEPARstart}
+\def\pubid{\@IEEElegacywarn{pubid}{IEEEpubid}\IEEEpubid}
+\def\pubidadjcol{\@IEEElegacywarn{pubidadjcol}{IEEEpubidadjcol}\IEEEpubidadjcol}
+\def\QED{\@IEEElegacywarn{QED}{IEEEQED}\IEEEQED}
+\def\QEDclosed{\@IEEElegacywarn{QEDclosed}{IEEEQEDclosed}\IEEEQEDclosed}
+\def\QEDopen{\@IEEElegacywarn{QEDopen}{IEEEQEDopen}\IEEEQEDopen}
+\def\specialpapernotice{\@IEEElegacywarn{specialpapernotice}{IEEEspecialpapernotice}\IEEEspecialpapernotice}
+
+
+
+% provide for legacy environments
+\def\biography{\@IEEElegacywarn{biography}{IEEEbiography}\IEEEbiography}
+\def\biographynophoto{\@IEEElegacywarn{biographynophoto}{IEEEbiographynophoto}\IEEEbiographynophoto}
+\def\keywords{\@IEEElegacywarn{keywords}{IEEEkeywords}\IEEEkeywords}
+\def\endbiography{\endIEEEbiography}
+\def\endbiographynophoto{\endIEEEbiographynophoto}
+\def\endkeywords{\endIEEEkeywords}
+
+
+% provide for legacy IED commands/lengths when possible
+\let\labelindent\IEEElabelindent
+\def\calcleftmargin{\@IEEElegacywarn{calcleftmargin}{IEEEcalcleftmargin}\IEEEcalcleftmargin}
+\def\setlabelwidth{\@IEEElegacywarn{setlabelwidth}{IEEEsetlabelwidth}\IEEEsetlabelwidth}
+\def\usemathlabelsep{\@IEEElegacywarn{usemathlabelsep}{IEEEusemathlabelsep}\IEEEusemathlabelsep}
+\def\iedlabeljustifyc{\@IEEElegacywarn{iedlabeljustifyc}{IEEEiedlabeljustifyc}\IEEEiedlabeljustifyc}
+\def\iedlabeljustifyl{\@IEEElegacywarn{iedlabeljustifyl}{IEEEiedlabeljustifyl}\IEEEiedlabeljustifyl}
+\def\iedlabeljustifyr{\@IEEElegacywarn{iedlabeljustifyr}{IEEEiedlabeljustifyr}\IEEEiedlabeljustifyr}
+
+
+
+% let \proof use the IEEEtran version even after amsthm is loaded
+% \proof is now deprecated in favor of \IEEEproof
+\AtBeginDocument{\def\proof{\@IEEElegacywarn{proof}{IEEEproof}\IEEEproof}\def\endproof{\endIEEEproof}}
+
+% V1.7 \overrideIEEEmargins is no longer supported.
+\def\overrideIEEEmargins{%
+\typeout{** WARNING: \string\overrideIEEEmargins \space no longer supported (line \the\inputlineno).}%
+\typeout{** Use the \string\CLASSINPUTinnersidemargin, \string\CLASSINPUToutersidemargin \space controls instead.}}
+
+
+\endinput
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% End of IEEEtran.cls %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% That's all folks!
+
--- /dev/null
+%%\r
+%% IEEEtranS.bst\r
+%% BibTeX Bibliography Style file\r
+%% Sorting version of IEEEtran.bst\r
+%% *** Not for normal IEEE work ***\r
+%% Version 1.12 (2007/01/11)\r
+%% \r
+%% Copyright (c) 2003-2007 Michael Shell\r
+%% \r
+%% Original starting code base and algorithms obtained from the output of\r
+%% Patrick W. Daly's makebst package as well as from prior versions of\r
+%% IEEE BibTeX styles:\r
+%% \r
+%% 1. Howard Trickey and Oren Patashnik's ieeetr.bst (1985/1988)\r
+%% 2. Silvano Balemi and Richard H. Roy's IEEEbib.bst (1993)\r
+%% \r
+%% Added sorting code is from plain.bst.\r
+%% \r
+%% Support sites:\r
+%% http://www.michaelshell.org/tex/ieeetran/\r
+%% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/IEEEtran/\r
+%% and/or\r
+%% http://www.ieee.org/\r
+%% \r
+%% For use with BibTeX version 0.99a or later\r
+%%\r
+%% This is a numerical citation style.\r
+%% \r
+%%*************************************************************************\r
+%% Legal Notice:\r
+%% This code is offered as-is without any warranty either expressed or\r
+%% implied; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or\r
+%% FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE! \r
+%% User assumes all risk.\r
+%% In no event shall IEEE or any contributor to this code be liable for\r
+%% any damages or losses, including, but not limited to, incidental,\r
+%% consequential, or any other damages, resulting from the use or misuse\r
+%% of any information contained here.\r
+%%\r
+%% All comments are the opinions of their respective authors and are not\r
+%% necessarily endorsed by the IEEE.\r
+%%\r
+%% This work is distributed under the LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL)\r
+%% ( http://www.latex-project.org/ ) version 1.3, and may be freely used,\r
+%% distributed and modified. A copy of the LPPL, version 1.3, is included\r
+%% in the base LaTeX documentation of all distributions of LaTeX released\r
+%% 2003/12/01 or later.\r
+%% Retain all contribution notices and credits.\r
+%% ** Modified files should be clearly indicated as such, including **\r
+%% ** renaming them and changing author support contact information. **\r
+%%\r
+%% File list of work: IEEEabrv.bib, IEEEfull.bib, IEEEexample.bib,\r
+%% IEEEtran.bst, IEEEtranS.bst, IEEEtranSA.bst,\r
+%% IEEEtranN.bst, IEEEtranSN.bst, IEEEtran_bst_HOWTO.pdf\r
+%%*************************************************************************\r
+%\r
+%\r
+% Changelog:\r
+%\r
+% 1.10 (2002/09/27) Initial release\r
+%\r
+% 1.11 (2003/04/02)\r
+% 1. Fixed bug with URLs containing underscores when using url.sty. Thanks\r
+% to Ming Kin Lai for reporting this.\r
+%\r
+% 1.12 (2007/01/11)\r
+% 1. Fixed bug with unwanted comma before "et al." when an entry contained\r
+% more than two author names. Thanks to Pallav Gupta for reporting this.\r
+% 2. Fixed bug with anomalous closing quote in tech reports that have a\r
+% type, but without a number or address. Thanks to Mehrdad Mirreza for\r
+% reporting this.\r
+% 3. Use braces in \providecommand in begin.bib to better support\r
+% latex2html. TeX style length assignments OK with recent versions\r
+% of latex2html - 1.71 (2002/2/1) or later is strongly recommended.\r
+% Use of the language field still causes trouble with latex2html.\r
+% Thanks to Federico Beffa for reporting this.\r
+% 4. Added IEEEtran.bst ID and version comment string to .bbl output.\r
+% 5. Provide a \BIBdecl hook that allows the user to execute commands\r
+% just prior to the first entry.\r
+% 6. Use default urlstyle (is using url.sty) of "same" rather than rm to\r
+% better work with a wider variety of bibliography styles.\r
+% 7. Changed month abbreviations from Sept., July and June to Sep., Jul.,\r
+% and Jun., respectively, as IEEE now does. Thanks to Moritz Borgmann\r
+% for reporting this.\r
+% 8. Control entry types should not be considered when calculating longest\r
+% label width.\r
+% 9. Added alias www for electronic/online.\r
+% 10. Added CTLname_url_prefix control entry type.\r
+\r
+\r
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%\r
+%% DEFAULTS FOR THE CONTROLS OF THE BST STYLE %%\r
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%\r
+\r
+% These are the defaults for the user adjustable controls. The values used\r
+% here can be overridden by the user via IEEEtranBSTCTL entry type.\r
+\r
+% NOTE: The recommended LaTeX command to invoke a control entry type is:\r
+% \r
+%\makeatletter\r
+%\def\bstctlcite{\@ifnextchar[{\@bstctlcite}{\@bstctlcite[@auxout]}}\r
+%\def\@bstctlcite[#1]#2{\@bsphack\r
+% \@for\@citeb:=#2\do{%\r
+% \edef\@citeb{\expandafter\@firstofone\@citeb}%\r
+% \if@filesw\immediate\write\csname #1\endcsname{\string\citation{\@citeb}}\fi}%\r
+% \@esphack}\r
+%\makeatother\r
+%\r
+% It is called at the start of the document, before the first \cite, like:\r
+% \bstctlcite{IEEEexample:BSTcontrol}\r
+%\r
+% IEEEtran.cls V1.6 and later does provide this command.\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% #0 turns off the display of the number for articles.\r
+% #1 enables\r
+FUNCTION {default.is.use.number.for.article} { #1 }\r
+\r
+\r
+% #0 turns off the display of the paper and type fields in @inproceedings.\r
+% #1 enables\r
+FUNCTION {default.is.use.paper} { #1 }\r
+\r
+\r
+% #0 turns off the forced use of "et al."\r
+% #1 enables\r
+FUNCTION {default.is.forced.et.al} { #0 }\r
+\r
+% The maximum number of names that can be present beyond which an "et al."\r
+% usage is forced. Be sure that num.names.shown.with.forced.et.al (below)\r
+% is not greater than this value!\r
+% Note: There are many instances of references in IEEE journals which have\r
+% a very large number of authors as well as instances in which "et al." is\r
+% used profusely.\r
+FUNCTION {default.max.num.names.before.forced.et.al} { #10 }\r
+\r
+% The number of names that will be shown with a forced "et al.".\r
+% Must be less than or equal to max.num.names.before.forced.et.al\r
+FUNCTION {default.num.names.shown.with.forced.et.al} { #1 }\r
+\r
+\r
+% #0 turns off the alternate interword spacing for entries with URLs.\r
+% #1 enables\r
+FUNCTION {default.is.use.alt.interword.spacing} { #1 }\r
+\r
+% If alternate interword spacing for entries with URLs is enabled, this is\r
+% the interword spacing stretch factor that will be used. For example, the\r
+% default "4" here means that the interword spacing in entries with URLs can\r
+% stretch to four times normal. Does not have to be an integer. Note that\r
+% the value specified here can be overridden by the user in their LaTeX\r
+% code via a command such as: \r
+% "\providecommand\BIBentryALTinterwordstretchfactor{1.5}" in addition to\r
+% that via the IEEEtranBSTCTL entry type.\r
+FUNCTION {default.ALTinterwordstretchfactor} { "4" }\r
+\r
+\r
+% #0 turns off the "dashification" of repeated (i.e., identical to those\r
+% of the previous entry) names. IEEE normally does this.\r
+% #1 enables\r
+FUNCTION {default.is.dash.repeated.names} { #1 }\r
+\r
+\r
+% The default name format control string.\r
+FUNCTION {default.name.format.string}{ "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" }\r
+\r
+\r
+% The default LaTeX font command for the names.\r
+FUNCTION {default.name.latex.cmd}{ "" }\r
+\r
+\r
+% The default URL prefix.\r
+FUNCTION {default.name.url.prefix}{ "[Online]. Available:" }\r
+\r
+\r
+% Other controls that cannot be accessed via IEEEtranBSTCTL entry type.\r
+\r
+% #0 turns off the terminal startup banner/completed message so as to\r
+% operate more quietly.\r
+% #1 enables\r
+FUNCTION {is.print.banners.to.terminal} { #1 }\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%\r
+%% FILE VERSION AND BANNER %%\r
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%\r
+\r
+FUNCTION{bst.file.version} { "1.12" }\r
+FUNCTION{bst.file.date} { "2007/01/11" }\r
+FUNCTION{bst.file.website} { "http://www.michaelshell.org/tex/ieeetran/bibtex/" }\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {banner.message}\r
+{ is.print.banners.to.terminal\r
+ { "-- IEEEtranS.bst version" " " * bst.file.version *\r
+ " (" * bst.file.date * ") " * "by Michael Shell." *\r
+ top$\r
+ "-- " bst.file.website *\r
+ top$\r
+ "-- See the " quote$ * "IEEEtran_bst_HOWTO.pdf" * quote$ * " manual for usage information." *\r
+ top$\r
+ "** Sorting version - not for normal IEEE work."\r
+ top$\r
+ }\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {completed.message}\r
+{ is.print.banners.to.terminal\r
+ { ""\r
+ top$\r
+ "Done."\r
+ top$\r
+ }\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%\r
+%% STRING CONSTANTS %%\r
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {bbl.and}{ "and" }\r
+FUNCTION {bbl.etal}{ "et~al." }\r
+FUNCTION {bbl.editors}{ "eds." }\r
+FUNCTION {bbl.editor}{ "ed." }\r
+FUNCTION {bbl.edition}{ "ed." }\r
+FUNCTION {bbl.volume}{ "vol." }\r
+FUNCTION {bbl.of}{ "of" }\r
+FUNCTION {bbl.number}{ "no." }\r
+FUNCTION {bbl.in}{ "in" }\r
+FUNCTION {bbl.pages}{ "pp." }\r
+FUNCTION {bbl.page}{ "p." }\r
+FUNCTION {bbl.chapter}{ "ch." }\r
+FUNCTION {bbl.paper}{ "paper" }\r
+FUNCTION {bbl.part}{ "pt." }\r
+FUNCTION {bbl.patent}{ "Patent" }\r
+FUNCTION {bbl.patentUS}{ "U.S." }\r
+FUNCTION {bbl.revision}{ "Rev." }\r
+FUNCTION {bbl.series}{ "ser." }\r
+FUNCTION {bbl.standard}{ "Std." }\r
+FUNCTION {bbl.techrep}{ "Tech. Rep." }\r
+FUNCTION {bbl.mthesis}{ "Master's thesis" }\r
+FUNCTION {bbl.phdthesis}{ "Ph.D. dissertation" }\r
+FUNCTION {bbl.st}{ "st" }\r
+FUNCTION {bbl.nd}{ "nd" }\r
+FUNCTION {bbl.rd}{ "rd" }\r
+FUNCTION {bbl.th}{ "th" }\r
+\r
+\r
+% This is the LaTeX spacer that is used when a larger than normal space\r
+% is called for (such as just before the address:publisher).\r
+FUNCTION {large.space} { "\hskip 1em plus 0.5em minus 0.4em\relax " }\r
+\r
+% The LaTeX code for dashes that are used to represent repeated names.\r
+% Note: Some older IEEE journals used something like\r
+% "\rule{0.275in}{0.5pt}\," which is fairly thick and runs right along\r
+% the baseline. However, IEEE now uses a thinner, above baseline,\r
+% six dash long sequence.\r
+FUNCTION {repeated.name.dashes} { "------" }\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%\r
+%% PREDEFINED STRING MACROS %%\r
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%\r
+\r
+MACRO {jan} {"Jan."}\r
+MACRO {feb} {"Feb."}\r
+MACRO {mar} {"Mar."}\r
+MACRO {apr} {"Apr."}\r
+MACRO {may} {"May"}\r
+MACRO {jun} {"Jun."}\r
+MACRO {jul} {"Jul."}\r
+MACRO {aug} {"Aug."}\r
+MACRO {sep} {"Sep."}\r
+MACRO {oct} {"Oct."}\r
+MACRO {nov} {"Nov."}\r
+MACRO {dec} {"Dec."}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%\r
+%% ENTRY FIELDS %%\r
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%\r
+\r
+ENTRY\r
+ { address\r
+ assignee\r
+ author\r
+ booktitle\r
+ chapter\r
+ day\r
+ dayfiled\r
+ edition\r
+ editor\r
+ howpublished\r
+ institution\r
+ intype\r
+ journal\r
+ key\r
+ language\r
+ month\r
+ monthfiled\r
+ nationality\r
+ note\r
+ number\r
+ organization\r
+ pages\r
+ paper\r
+ publisher\r
+ school\r
+ series\r
+ revision\r
+ title\r
+ type\r
+ url\r
+ volume\r
+ year\r
+ yearfiled\r
+ CTLuse_article_number\r
+ CTLuse_paper\r
+ CTLuse_forced_etal\r
+ CTLmax_names_forced_etal\r
+ CTLnames_show_etal\r
+ CTLuse_alt_spacing\r
+ CTLalt_stretch_factor\r
+ CTLdash_repeated_names\r
+ CTLname_format_string\r
+ CTLname_latex_cmd\r
+ CTLname_url_prefix\r
+ }\r
+ {}\r
+ { label }\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%\r
+%% INTEGER VARIABLES %%\r
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%\r
+\r
+INTEGERS { prev.status.punct this.status.punct punct.std\r
+ punct.no punct.comma punct.period \r
+ prev.status.space this.status.space space.std\r
+ space.no space.normal space.large\r
+ prev.status.quote this.status.quote quote.std\r
+ quote.no quote.close\r
+ prev.status.nline this.status.nline nline.std\r
+ nline.no nline.newblock \r
+ status.cap cap.std\r
+ cap.no cap.yes}\r
+\r
+INTEGERS { longest.label.width multiresult nameptr namesleft number.label numnames }\r
+\r
+INTEGERS { is.use.number.for.article\r
+ is.use.paper\r
+ is.forced.et.al\r
+ max.num.names.before.forced.et.al\r
+ num.names.shown.with.forced.et.al\r
+ is.use.alt.interword.spacing\r
+ is.dash.repeated.names}\r
+\r
+\r
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%\r
+%% STRING VARIABLES %%\r
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%\r
+\r
+STRINGS { bibinfo\r
+ longest.label\r
+ oldname\r
+ s\r
+ t\r
+ ALTinterwordstretchfactor\r
+ name.format.string\r
+ name.latex.cmd\r
+ name.url.prefix}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%\r
+%% LOW LEVEL FUNCTIONS %%\r
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {initialize.controls}\r
+{ default.is.use.number.for.article 'is.use.number.for.article :=\r
+ default.is.use.paper 'is.use.paper :=\r
+ default.is.forced.et.al 'is.forced.et.al :=\r
+ default.max.num.names.before.forced.et.al 'max.num.names.before.forced.et.al :=\r
+ default.num.names.shown.with.forced.et.al 'num.names.shown.with.forced.et.al :=\r
+ default.is.use.alt.interword.spacing 'is.use.alt.interword.spacing :=\r
+ default.is.dash.repeated.names 'is.dash.repeated.names :=\r
+ default.ALTinterwordstretchfactor 'ALTinterwordstretchfactor :=\r
+ default.name.format.string 'name.format.string :=\r
+ default.name.latex.cmd 'name.latex.cmd :=\r
+ default.name.url.prefix 'name.url.prefix :=\r
+}\r
+\r
+\r
+% This IEEEtran.bst features a very powerful and flexible mechanism for\r
+% controlling the capitalization, punctuation, spacing, quotation, and\r
+% newlines of the formatted entry fields. (Note: IEEEtran.bst does not need\r
+% or use the newline/newblock feature, but it has been implemented for\r
+% possible future use.) The output states of IEEEtran.bst consist of\r
+% multiple independent attributes and, as such, can be thought of as being\r
+% vectors, rather than the simple scalar values ("before.all", \r
+% "mid.sentence", etc.) used in most other .bst files.\r
+% \r
+% The more flexible and complex design used here was motivated in part by\r
+% IEEE's rather unusual bibliography style. For example, IEEE ends the\r
+% previous field item with a period and large space prior to the publisher\r
+% address; the @electronic entry types use periods as inter-item punctuation\r
+% rather than the commas used by the other entry types; and URLs are never\r
+% followed by periods even though they are the last item in the entry.\r
+% Although it is possible to accommodate these features with the conventional\r
+% output state system, the seemingly endless exceptions make for convoluted,\r
+% unreliable and difficult to maintain code.\r
+%\r
+% IEEEtran.bst's output state system can be easily understood via a simple\r
+% illustration of two most recently formatted entry fields (on the stack):\r
+%\r
+% CURRENT_ITEM\r
+% "PREVIOUS_ITEM\r
+%\r
+% which, in this example, is to eventually appear in the bibliography as:\r
+% \r
+% "PREVIOUS_ITEM," CURRENT_ITEM\r
+%\r
+% It is the job of the output routine to take the previous item off of the\r
+% stack (while leaving the current item at the top of the stack), apply its\r
+% trailing punctuation (including closing quote marks) and spacing, and then\r
+% to write the result to BibTeX's output buffer:\r
+% \r
+% "PREVIOUS_ITEM," \r
+% \r
+% Punctuation (and spacing) between items is often determined by both of the\r
+% items rather than just the first one. The presence of quotation marks\r
+% further complicates the situation because, in standard English, trailing\r
+% punctuation marks are supposed to be contained within the quotes.\r
+% \r
+% IEEEtran.bst maintains two output state (aka "status") vectors which\r
+% correspond to the previous and current (aka "this") items. Each vector\r
+% consists of several independent attributes which track punctuation,\r
+% spacing, quotation, and newlines. Capitalization status is handled by a\r
+% separate scalar because the format routines, not the output routine,\r
+% handle capitalization and, therefore, there is no need to maintain the\r
+% capitalization attribute for both the "previous" and "this" items.\r
+% \r
+% When a format routine adds a new item, it copies the current output status\r
+% vector to the previous output status vector and (usually) resets the\r
+% current (this) output status vector to a "standard status" vector. Using a\r
+% "standard status" vector in this way allows us to redefine what we mean by\r
+% "standard status" at the start of each entry handler and reuse the same\r
+% format routines under the various inter-item separation schemes. For\r
+% example, the standard status vector for the @book entry type may use\r
+% commas for item separators, while the @electronic type may use periods,\r
+% yet both entry handlers exploit many of the exact same format routines.\r
+% \r
+% Because format routines have write access to the output status vector of\r
+% the previous item, they can override the punctuation choices of the\r
+% previous format routine! Therefore, it becomes trivial to implement rules\r
+% such as "Always use a period and a large space before the publisher." By\r
+% pushing the generation of the closing quote mark to the output routine, we\r
+% avoid all the problems caused by having to close a quote before having all\r
+% the information required to determine what the punctuation should be.\r
+%\r
+% The IEEEtran.bst output state system can easily be expanded if needed.\r
+% For instance, it is easy to add a "space.tie" attribute value if the\r
+% bibliography rules mandate that two items have to be joined with an\r
+% unbreakable space. \r
+\r
+FUNCTION {initialize.status.constants}\r
+{ #0 'punct.no :=\r
+ #1 'punct.comma :=\r
+ #2 'punct.period :=\r
+ #0 'space.no := \r
+ #1 'space.normal :=\r
+ #2 'space.large :=\r
+ #0 'quote.no :=\r
+ #1 'quote.close :=\r
+ #0 'cap.no :=\r
+ #1 'cap.yes :=\r
+ #0 'nline.no :=\r
+ #1 'nline.newblock :=\r
+}\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {std.status.using.comma}\r
+{ punct.comma 'punct.std :=\r
+ space.normal 'space.std :=\r
+ quote.no 'quote.std :=\r
+ nline.no 'nline.std :=\r
+ cap.no 'cap.std :=\r
+}\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {std.status.using.period}\r
+{ punct.period 'punct.std :=\r
+ space.normal 'space.std :=\r
+ quote.no 'quote.std :=\r
+ nline.no 'nline.std :=\r
+ cap.yes 'cap.std :=\r
+}\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {initialize.prev.this.status}\r
+{ punct.no 'prev.status.punct :=\r
+ space.no 'prev.status.space :=\r
+ quote.no 'prev.status.quote :=\r
+ nline.no 'prev.status.nline :=\r
+ punct.no 'this.status.punct :=\r
+ space.no 'this.status.space :=\r
+ quote.no 'this.status.quote :=\r
+ nline.no 'this.status.nline :=\r
+ cap.yes 'status.cap :=\r
+}\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {this.status.std}\r
+{ punct.std 'this.status.punct :=\r
+ space.std 'this.status.space :=\r
+ quote.std 'this.status.quote :=\r
+ nline.std 'this.status.nline :=\r
+}\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {cap.status.std}{ cap.std 'status.cap := }\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {this.to.prev.status}\r
+{ this.status.punct 'prev.status.punct :=\r
+ this.status.space 'prev.status.space :=\r
+ this.status.quote 'prev.status.quote :=\r
+ this.status.nline 'prev.status.nline :=\r
+}\r
+\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {not}\r
+{ { #0 }\r
+ { #1 }\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {and}\r
+{ { skip$ }\r
+ { pop$ #0 }\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {or}\r
+{ { pop$ #1 }\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+\r
+% convert the strings "yes" or "no" to #1 or #0 respectively\r
+FUNCTION {yes.no.to.int}\r
+{ "l" change.case$ duplicate$\r
+ "yes" =\r
+ { pop$ #1 }\r
+ { duplicate$ "no" =\r
+ { pop$ #0 }\r
+ { "unknown boolean " quote$ * swap$ * quote$ *\r
+ " in " * cite$ * warning$\r
+ #0\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+\r
+% pushes true if the single char string on the stack is in the\r
+% range of "0" to "9"\r
+FUNCTION {is.num}\r
+{ chr.to.int$\r
+ duplicate$ "0" chr.to.int$ < not\r
+ swap$ "9" chr.to.int$ > not and\r
+}\r
+\r
+% multiplies the integer on the stack by a factor of 10\r
+FUNCTION {bump.int.mag}\r
+{ #0 'multiresult :=\r
+ { duplicate$ #0 > }\r
+ { #1 -\r
+ multiresult #10 +\r
+ 'multiresult :=\r
+ }\r
+ while$\r
+pop$\r
+multiresult\r
+}\r
+\r
+% converts a single character string on the stack to an integer\r
+FUNCTION {char.to.integer}\r
+{ duplicate$ \r
+ is.num\r
+ { chr.to.int$ "0" chr.to.int$ - }\r
+ {"noninteger character " quote$ * swap$ * quote$ *\r
+ " in integer field of " * cite$ * warning$\r
+ #0\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+% converts a string on the stack to an integer\r
+FUNCTION {string.to.integer}\r
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ 'namesleft :=\r
+ #1 'nameptr :=\r
+ #0 'numnames :=\r
+ { nameptr namesleft > not }\r
+ { duplicate$ nameptr #1 substring$\r
+ char.to.integer numnames bump.int.mag +\r
+ 'numnames :=\r
+ nameptr #1 +\r
+ 'nameptr :=\r
+ }\r
+ while$\r
+pop$\r
+numnames\r
+}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% The output routines write out the *next* to the top (previous) item on the\r
+% stack, adding punctuation and such as needed. Since IEEEtran.bst maintains\r
+% the output status for the top two items on the stack, these output\r
+% routines have to consider the previous output status (which corresponds to\r
+% the item that is being output). Full independent control of punctuation,\r
+% closing quote marks, spacing, and newblock is provided.\r
+% \r
+% "output.nonnull" does not check for the presence of a previous empty\r
+% item.\r
+% \r
+% "output" does check for the presence of a previous empty item and will\r
+% remove an empty item rather than outputing it.\r
+% \r
+% "output.warn" is like "output", but will issue a warning if it detects\r
+% an empty item.\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull}\r
+{ swap$\r
+ prev.status.punct punct.comma =\r
+ { "," * }\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ if$\r
+ prev.status.punct punct.period =\r
+ { add.period$ }\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ if$ \r
+ prev.status.quote quote.close =\r
+ { "''" * }\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ if$\r
+ prev.status.space space.normal =\r
+ { " " * }\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ if$\r
+ prev.status.space space.large =\r
+ { large.space * }\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ if$\r
+ write$\r
+ prev.status.nline nline.newblock =\r
+ { newline$ "\newblock " write$ }\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {output}\r
+{ duplicate$ empty$\r
+ 'pop$\r
+ 'output.nonnull\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {output.warn}\r
+{ 't :=\r
+ duplicate$ empty$\r
+ { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }\r
+ 'output.nonnull\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+% "fin.entry" is the output routine that handles the last item of the entry\r
+% (which will be on the top of the stack when "fin.entry" is called).\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {fin.entry}\r
+{ this.status.punct punct.no =\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ { add.period$ }\r
+ if$\r
+ this.status.quote quote.close =\r
+ { "''" * }\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ if$\r
+write$\r
+newline$\r
+}\r
+\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {is.last.char.not.punct}\r
+{ duplicate$\r
+ "}" * add.period$\r
+ #-1 #1 substring$ "." =\r
+}\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {is.multiple.pages}\r
+{ 't :=\r
+ #0 'multiresult :=\r
+ { multiresult not\r
+ t empty$ not\r
+ and\r
+ }\r
+ { t #1 #1 substring$\r
+ duplicate$ "-" =\r
+ swap$ duplicate$ "," =\r
+ swap$ "+" =\r
+ or or\r
+ { #1 'multiresult := }\r
+ { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }\r
+ if$\r
+ }\r
+ while$\r
+ multiresult\r
+}\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {capitalize}{ "u" change.case$ "t" change.case$ }\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {emphasize}\r
+{ duplicate$ empty$\r
+ { pop$ "" }\r
+ { "\emph{" swap$ * "}" * }\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {do.name.latex.cmd}\r
+{ name.latex.cmd\r
+ empty$\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ { name.latex.cmd "{" * swap$ * "}" * }\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+% IEEEtran.bst uses its own \BIBforeignlanguage command which directly\r
+% invokes the TeX hyphenation patterns without the need of the Babel\r
+% package. Babel does a lot more than switch hyphenation patterns and\r
+% its loading can cause unintended effects in many class files (such as\r
+% IEEEtran.cls).\r
+FUNCTION {select.language}\r
+{ duplicate$ empty$ 'pop$\r
+ { language empty$ 'skip$\r
+ { "\BIBforeignlanguage{" language * "}{" * swap$ * "}" * }\r
+ if$\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {tie.or.space.prefix}\r
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <\r
+ { "~" }\r
+ { " " }\r
+ if$\r
+ swap$\r
+}\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {get.bbl.editor}\r
+{ editor num.names$ #1 > 'bbl.editors 'bbl.editor if$ }\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {space.word}{ " " swap$ * " " * }\r
+\r
+\r
+% Field Conditioners, Converters, Checkers and External Interfaces\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {empty.field.to.null.string}\r
+{ duplicate$ empty$\r
+ { pop$ "" }\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {either.or.check}\r
+{ empty$\r
+ { pop$ }\r
+ { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {empty.entry.warn}\r
+{ author empty$ title empty$ howpublished empty$\r
+ month empty$ year empty$ note empty$ url empty$\r
+ and and and and and and\r
+ { "all relevant fields are empty in " cite$ * warning$ }\r
+ 'skip$\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+\r
+% The bibinfo system provides a way for the electronic parsing/acquisition\r
+% of a bibliography's contents as is done by ReVTeX. For example, a field\r
+% could be entered into the bibliography as:\r
+% \bibinfo{volume}{2}\r
+% Only the "2" would show up in the document, but the LaTeX \bibinfo command\r
+% could do additional things with the information. IEEEtran.bst does provide\r
+% a \bibinfo command via "\providecommand{\bibinfo}[2]{#2}". However, it is\r
+% currently not used as the bogus bibinfo functions defined here output the\r
+% entry values directly without the \bibinfo wrapper. The bibinfo functions\r
+% themselves (and the calls to them) are retained for possible future use.\r
+% \r
+% bibinfo.check avoids acting on missing fields while bibinfo.warn will\r
+% issue a warning message if a missing field is detected. Prior to calling\r
+% the bibinfo functions, the user should push the field value and then its\r
+% name string, in that order.\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {bibinfo.check}\r
+{ swap$ duplicate$ missing$\r
+ { pop$ pop$ "" }\r
+ { duplicate$ empty$\r
+ { swap$ pop$ }\r
+ { swap$ pop$ }\r
+ if$\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {bibinfo.warn}\r
+{ swap$ duplicate$ missing$\r
+ { swap$ "missing " swap$ * " in " * cite$ * warning$ pop$ "" }\r
+ { duplicate$ empty$\r
+ { swap$ "empty " swap$ * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }\r
+ { swap$ pop$ }\r
+ if$\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+\r
+% IEEE separates large numbers with more than 4 digits into groups of\r
+% three. IEEE uses a small space to separate these number groups. \r
+% Typical applications include patent and page numbers.\r
+\r
+% number of consecutive digits required to trigger the group separation.\r
+FUNCTION {large.number.trigger}{ #5 }\r
+\r
+% For numbers longer than the trigger, this is the blocksize of the groups.\r
+% The blocksize must be less than the trigger threshold, and 2 * blocksize\r
+% must be greater than the trigger threshold (can't do more than one\r
+% separation on the initial trigger).\r
+FUNCTION {large.number.blocksize}{ #3 }\r
+\r
+% What is actually inserted between the number groups.\r
+FUNCTION {large.number.separator}{ "\," }\r
+\r
+% So as to save on integer variables by reusing existing ones, numnames\r
+% holds the current number of consecutive digits read and nameptr holds\r
+% the number that will trigger an inserted space.\r
+FUNCTION {large.number.separate}\r
+{ 't :=\r
+ ""\r
+ #0 'numnames :=\r
+ large.number.trigger 'nameptr :=\r
+ { t empty$ not }\r
+ { t #-1 #1 substring$ is.num\r
+ { numnames #1 + 'numnames := }\r
+ { #0 'numnames := \r
+ large.number.trigger 'nameptr :=\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+ t #-1 #1 substring$ swap$ *\r
+ t #-2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=\r
+ numnames nameptr =\r
+ { duplicate$ #1 nameptr large.number.blocksize - substring$ swap$\r
+ nameptr large.number.blocksize - #1 + global.max$ substring$\r
+ large.number.separator swap$ * *\r
+ nameptr large.number.blocksize - 'numnames :=\r
+ large.number.blocksize #1 + 'nameptr :=\r
+ }\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ if$\r
+ }\r
+ while$\r
+}\r
+\r
+% Converts all single dashes "-" to double dashes "--".\r
+FUNCTION {n.dashify}\r
+{ large.number.separate\r
+ 't :=\r
+ ""\r
+ { t empty$ not }\r
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =\r
+ { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not\r
+ { "--" *\r
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=\r
+ }\r
+ { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }\r
+ { "-" *\r
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=\r
+ }\r
+ while$\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+ }\r
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ *\r
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+ }\r
+ while$\r
+}\r
+\r
+\r
+% This function detects entries with names that are identical to that of\r
+% the previous entry and replaces the repeated names with dashes (if the\r
+% "is.dash.repeated.names" user control is nonzero).\r
+FUNCTION {name.or.dash}\r
+{ 's :=\r
+ oldname empty$\r
+ { s 'oldname := s }\r
+ { s oldname =\r
+ { is.dash.repeated.names\r
+ { repeated.name.dashes }\r
+ { s 'oldname := s }\r
+ if$\r
+ }\r
+ { s 'oldname := s }\r
+ if$\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+% Converts the number string on the top of the stack to\r
+% "numerical ordinal form" (e.g., "7" to "7th"). There is\r
+% no artificial limit to the upper bound of the numbers as the\r
+% least significant digit always determines the ordinal form.\r
+FUNCTION {num.to.ordinal}\r
+{ duplicate$ #-1 #1 substring$ "1" =\r
+ { bbl.st * }\r
+ { duplicate$ #-1 #1 substring$ "2" =\r
+ { bbl.nd * }\r
+ { duplicate$ #-1 #1 substring$ "3" =\r
+ { bbl.rd * }\r
+ { bbl.th * }\r
+ if$\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+% If the string on the top of the stack begins with a number,\r
+% (e.g., 11th) then replace the string with the leading number\r
+% it contains. Otherwise retain the string as-is. s holds the\r
+% extracted number, t holds the part of the string that remains\r
+% to be scanned.\r
+FUNCTION {extract.num}\r
+{ duplicate$ 't :=\r
+ "" 's :=\r
+ { t empty$ not }\r
+ { t #1 #1 substring$\r
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=\r
+ duplicate$ is.num\r
+ { s swap$ * 's := }\r
+ { pop$ "" 't := }\r
+ if$\r
+ }\r
+ while$\r
+ s empty$\r
+ 'skip$\r
+ { pop$ s }\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+% Converts the word number string on the top of the stack to\r
+% Arabic string form. Will be successful up to "tenth".\r
+FUNCTION {word.to.num}\r
+{ duplicate$ "l" change.case$ 's :=\r
+ s "first" =\r
+ { pop$ "1" }\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ if$\r
+ s "second" =\r
+ { pop$ "2" }\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ if$\r
+ s "third" =\r
+ { pop$ "3" }\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ if$\r
+ s "fourth" =\r
+ { pop$ "4" }\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ if$\r
+ s "fifth" =\r
+ { pop$ "5" }\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ if$\r
+ s "sixth" =\r
+ { pop$ "6" }\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ if$\r
+ s "seventh" =\r
+ { pop$ "7" }\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ if$\r
+ s "eighth" =\r
+ { pop$ "8" }\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ if$\r
+ s "ninth" =\r
+ { pop$ "9" }\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ if$\r
+ s "tenth" =\r
+ { pop$ "10" }\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+\r
+% Converts the string on the top of the stack to numerical\r
+% ordinal (e.g., "11th") form.\r
+FUNCTION {convert.edition}\r
+{ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$\r
+ { duplicate$ #1 #1 substring$ is.num\r
+ { extract.num\r
+ num.to.ordinal\r
+ }\r
+ { word.to.num\r
+ duplicate$ #1 #1 substring$ is.num\r
+ { num.to.ordinal }\r
+ { "edition ordinal word " quote$ * edition * quote$ *\r
+ " may be too high (or improper) for conversion" * " in " * cite$ * warning$\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%\r
+%% LATEX BIBLIOGRAPHY CODE %%\r
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {start.entry}\r
+{ newline$\r
+ "\bibitem{" write$\r
+ cite$ write$\r
+ "}" write$\r
+ newline$\r
+ ""\r
+ initialize.prev.this.status\r
+}\r
+\r
+% Here we write out all the LaTeX code that we will need. The most involved\r
+% code sequences are those that control the alternate interword spacing and\r
+% foreign language hyphenation patterns. The heavy use of \providecommand\r
+% gives users a way to override the defaults. Special thanks to Javier Bezos,\r
+% Johannes Braams, Robin Fairbairns, Heiko Oberdiek, Donald Arseneau and all\r
+% the other gurus on comp.text.tex for their help and advice on the topic of\r
+% \selectlanguage, Babel and BibTeX.\r
+FUNCTION {begin.bib}\r
+{ "% Generated by IEEEtranS.bst, version: " bst.file.version * " (" * bst.file.date * ")" *\r
+ write$ newline$\r
+ preamble$ empty$ 'skip$\r
+ { preamble$ write$ newline$ }\r
+ if$\r
+ "\begin{thebibliography}{" longest.label * "}" *\r
+ write$ newline$\r
+ "\providecommand{\url}[1]{#1}"\r
+ write$ newline$\r
+ "\csname url@samestyle\endcsname"\r
+ write$ newline$\r
+ "\providecommand{\newblock}{\relax}"\r
+ write$ newline$\r
+ "\providecommand{\bibinfo}[2]{#2}"\r
+ write$ newline$\r
+ "\providecommand{\BIBentrySTDinterwordspacing}{\spaceskip=0pt\relax}"\r
+ write$ newline$\r
+ "\providecommand{\BIBentryALTinterwordstretchfactor}{"\r
+ ALTinterwordstretchfactor * "}" *\r
+ write$ newline$\r
+ "\providecommand{\BIBentryALTinterwordspacing}{\spaceskip=\fontdimen2\font plus "\r
+ write$ newline$\r
+ "\BIBentryALTinterwordstretchfactor\fontdimen3\font minus \fontdimen4\font\relax}"\r
+ write$ newline$\r
+ "\providecommand{\BIBforeignlanguage}[2]{{%"\r
+ write$ newline$\r
+ "\expandafter\ifx\csname l@#1\endcsname\relax"\r
+ write$ newline$\r
+ "\typeout{** WARNING: IEEEtranS.bst: No hyphenation pattern has been}%"\r
+ write$ newline$\r
+ "\typeout{** loaded for the language `#1'. Using the pattern for}%"\r
+ write$ newline$\r
+ "\typeout{** the default language instead.}%"\r
+ write$ newline$\r
+ "\else"\r
+ write$ newline$\r
+ "\language=\csname l@#1\endcsname"\r
+ write$ newline$\r
+ "\fi"\r
+ write$ newline$\r
+ "#2}}"\r
+ write$ newline$\r
+ "\providecommand{\BIBdecl}{\relax}"\r
+ write$ newline$\r
+ "\BIBdecl"\r
+ write$ newline$\r
+}\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {end.bib}\r
+{ newline$ "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$ }\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {if.url.alt.interword.spacing}\r
+{ is.use.alt.interword.spacing \r
+ {url empty$ 'skip$ {"\BIBentryALTinterwordspacing" write$ newline$} if$}\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {if.url.std.interword.spacing}\r
+{ is.use.alt.interword.spacing \r
+ {url empty$ 'skip$ {"\BIBentrySTDinterwordspacing" write$ newline$} if$}\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%\r
+%% LONGEST LABEL PASS %%\r
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {initialize.longest.label}\r
+{ "" 'longest.label :=\r
+ #1 'number.label :=\r
+ #0 'longest.label.width :=\r
+}\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {longest.label.pass}\r
+{ type$ "ieeetranbstctl" =\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ { number.label int.to.str$ 'label :=\r
+ number.label #1 + 'number.label :=\r
+ label width$ longest.label.width >\r
+ { label 'longest.label :=\r
+ label width$ 'longest.label.width :=\r
+ }\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ if$\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%\r
+%% FORMAT HANDLERS %%\r
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%\r
+\r
+%% Lower Level Formats (used by higher level formats)\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {format.address.org.or.pub.date}\r
+{ 't :=\r
+ ""\r
+ year empty$\r
+ { "empty year in " cite$ * warning$ }\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ if$\r
+ address empty$ t empty$ and\r
+ year empty$ and month empty$ and\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ { this.to.prev.status\r
+ this.status.std\r
+ cap.status.std\r
+ address "address" bibinfo.check *\r
+ t empty$\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ { punct.period 'prev.status.punct :=\r
+ space.large 'prev.status.space :=\r
+ address empty$\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ { ": " * }\r
+ if$\r
+ t *\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+ year empty$ month empty$ and\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ { t empty$ address empty$ and\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ { ", " * }\r
+ if$\r
+ month empty$\r
+ { year empty$\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ { year "year" bibinfo.check * }\r
+ if$\r
+ }\r
+ { month "month" bibinfo.check *\r
+ year empty$\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ { " " * year "year" bibinfo.check * }\r
+ if$\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {format.names}\r
+{ 'bibinfo :=\r
+ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ {\r
+ this.to.prev.status\r
+ this.status.std\r
+ 's :=\r
+ "" 't :=\r
+ #1 'nameptr :=\r
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=\r
+ numnames 'namesleft :=\r
+ { namesleft #0 > }\r
+ { s nameptr\r
+ name.format.string\r
+ format.name$\r
+ bibinfo bibinfo.check\r
+ 't :=\r
+ nameptr #1 >\r
+ { nameptr num.names.shown.with.forced.et.al #1 + =\r
+ numnames max.num.names.before.forced.et.al >\r
+ is.forced.et.al and and\r
+ { "others" 't :=\r
+ #1 'namesleft :=\r
+ }\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ if$\r
+ namesleft #1 >\r
+ { ", " * t do.name.latex.cmd * }\r
+ { s nameptr "{ll}" format.name$ duplicate$ "others" =\r
+ { 't := }\r
+ { pop$ }\r
+ if$\r
+ t "others" =\r
+ { " " * bbl.etal emphasize * }\r
+ { numnames #2 >\r
+ { "," * }\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ if$\r
+ bbl.and\r
+ space.word * t do.name.latex.cmd *\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+ }\r
+ { t do.name.latex.cmd }\r
+ if$\r
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=\r
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=\r
+ }\r
+ while$\r
+ cap.status.std\r
+ } if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+%% Higher Level Formats\r
+\r
+%% addresses/locations\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {format.address}\r
+{ address duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$\r
+ { this.to.prev.status\r
+ this.status.std\r
+ cap.status.std\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+%% author/editor names\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {format.authors}{ author "author" format.names }\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {format.editors}\r
+{ editor "editor" format.names duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$\r
+ { ", " *\r
+ get.bbl.editor\r
+ capitalize\r
+ *\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+%% date\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {format.date}\r
+{\r
+ month "month" bibinfo.check duplicate$ empty$\r
+ year "year" bibinfo.check duplicate$ empty$\r
+ { swap$ 'skip$\r
+ { this.to.prev.status\r
+ this.status.std\r
+ cap.status.std\r
+ "there's a month but no year in " cite$ * warning$ }\r
+ if$\r
+ *\r
+ }\r
+ { this.to.prev.status\r
+ this.status.std\r
+ cap.status.std\r
+ swap$ 'skip$\r
+ {\r
+ swap$\r
+ " " * swap$\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+ *\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {format.date.electronic}\r
+{ month "month" bibinfo.check duplicate$ empty$\r
+ year "year" bibinfo.check duplicate$ empty$\r
+ { swap$ \r
+ { pop$ }\r
+ { "there's a month but no year in " cite$ * warning$\r
+ pop$ ")" * "(" swap$ *\r
+ this.to.prev.status\r
+ punct.no 'this.status.punct :=\r
+ space.normal 'this.status.space :=\r
+ quote.no 'this.status.quote :=\r
+ cap.yes 'status.cap :=\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+ }\r
+ { swap$ \r
+ { swap$ pop$ ")" * "(" swap$ * }\r
+ { "(" swap$ * ", " * swap$ * ")" * }\r
+ if$\r
+ this.to.prev.status\r
+ punct.no 'this.status.punct :=\r
+ space.normal 'this.status.space :=\r
+ quote.no 'this.status.quote :=\r
+ cap.yes 'status.cap :=\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+%% edition/title\r
+\r
+% Note: IEEE considers the edition to be closely associated with\r
+% the title of a book. So, in IEEEtran.bst the edition is normally handled \r
+% within the formatting of the title. The format.edition function is \r
+% retained here for possible future use.\r
+FUNCTION {format.edition}\r
+{ edition duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$\r
+ { this.to.prev.status\r
+ this.status.std\r
+ convert.edition\r
+ status.cap\r
+ { "t" }\r
+ { "l" }\r
+ if$ change.case$\r
+ "edition" bibinfo.check\r
+ "~" * bbl.edition *\r
+ cap.status.std\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+% This is used to format the booktitle of a conference proceedings.\r
+% Here we use the "intype" field to provide the user a way to \r
+% override the word "in" (e.g., with things like "presented at")\r
+% Use of intype stops the emphasis of the booktitle to indicate that\r
+% we no longer mean the written conference proceedings, but the\r
+% conference itself.\r
+FUNCTION {format.in.booktitle}\r
+{ booktitle "booktitle" bibinfo.check duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$\r
+ { this.to.prev.status\r
+ this.status.std\r
+ select.language\r
+ intype missing$\r
+ { emphasize\r
+ bbl.in " " *\r
+ }\r
+ { intype " " * }\r
+ if$\r
+ swap$ *\r
+ cap.status.std\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+% This is used to format the booktitle of collection.\r
+% Here the "intype" field is not supported, but "edition" is.\r
+FUNCTION {format.in.booktitle.edition}\r
+{ booktitle "booktitle" bibinfo.check duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$\r
+ { this.to.prev.status\r
+ this.status.std\r
+ select.language\r
+ emphasize\r
+ edition empty$ 'skip$\r
+ { ", " *\r
+ edition\r
+ convert.edition\r
+ "l" change.case$\r
+ * "~" * bbl.edition *\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+ bbl.in " " * swap$ *\r
+ cap.status.std\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {format.article.title}\r
+{ title duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$\r
+ { this.to.prev.status\r
+ this.status.std\r
+ "t" change.case$\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+ "title" bibinfo.check\r
+ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$\r
+ { quote.close 'this.status.quote :=\r
+ is.last.char.not.punct\r
+ { punct.std 'this.status.punct := }\r
+ { punct.no 'this.status.punct := }\r
+ if$\r
+ select.language\r
+ "``" swap$ *\r
+ cap.status.std\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {format.article.title.electronic}\r
+{ title duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$\r
+ { this.to.prev.status\r
+ this.status.std\r
+ cap.status.std\r
+ "t" change.case$ \r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+ "title" bibinfo.check\r
+ duplicate$ empty$ \r
+ { skip$ } \r
+ { select.language }\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {format.book.title.edition}\r
+{ title "title" bibinfo.check\r
+ duplicate$ empty$\r
+ { "empty title in " cite$ * warning$ }\r
+ { this.to.prev.status\r
+ this.status.std\r
+ select.language\r
+ emphasize\r
+ edition empty$ 'skip$\r
+ { ", " *\r
+ edition\r
+ convert.edition\r
+ status.cap\r
+ { "t" }\r
+ { "l" }\r
+ if$\r
+ change.case$\r
+ * "~" * bbl.edition *\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+ cap.status.std\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {format.book.title}\r
+{ title "title" bibinfo.check\r
+ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$\r
+ { this.to.prev.status\r
+ this.status.std\r
+ cap.status.std\r
+ select.language\r
+ emphasize\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+%% journal\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {format.journal}\r
+{ journal duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$\r
+ { this.to.prev.status\r
+ this.status.std\r
+ cap.status.std\r
+ select.language\r
+ emphasize\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+%% how published\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {format.howpublished}\r
+{ howpublished duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$\r
+ { this.to.prev.status\r
+ this.status.std\r
+ cap.status.std\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+%% institutions/organization/publishers/school\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {format.institution}\r
+{ institution duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$\r
+ { this.to.prev.status\r
+ this.status.std\r
+ cap.status.std\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {format.organization}\r
+{ organization duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$\r
+ { this.to.prev.status\r
+ this.status.std\r
+ cap.status.std\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {format.address.publisher.date}\r
+{ publisher "publisher" bibinfo.warn format.address.org.or.pub.date }\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {format.address.publisher.date.nowarn}\r
+{ publisher "publisher" bibinfo.check format.address.org.or.pub.date }\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {format.address.organization.date}\r
+{ organization "organization" bibinfo.check format.address.org.or.pub.date }\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {format.school}\r
+{ school duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$\r
+ { this.to.prev.status\r
+ this.status.std\r
+ cap.status.std\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+%% volume/number/series/chapter/pages\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {format.volume}\r
+{ volume empty.field.to.null.string\r
+ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$\r
+ { this.to.prev.status\r
+ this.status.std\r
+ bbl.volume \r
+ status.cap\r
+ { capitalize }\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ if$\r
+ swap$ tie.or.space.prefix\r
+ "volume" bibinfo.check\r
+ * *\r
+ cap.status.std\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {format.number}\r
+{ number empty.field.to.null.string\r
+ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$\r
+ { this.to.prev.status\r
+ this.status.std\r
+ status.cap\r
+ { bbl.number capitalize }\r
+ { bbl.number }\r
+ if$\r
+ swap$ tie.or.space.prefix\r
+ "number" bibinfo.check\r
+ * *\r
+ cap.status.std\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {format.number.if.use.for.article}\r
+{ is.use.number.for.article \r
+ { format.number }\r
+ { "" }\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+% IEEE does not seem to tie the series so closely with the volume\r
+% and number as is done in other bibliography styles. Instead the\r
+% series is treated somewhat like an extension of the title.\r
+FUNCTION {format.series}\r
+{ series empty$ \r
+ { "" }\r
+ { this.to.prev.status\r
+ this.status.std\r
+ bbl.series " " *\r
+ series "series" bibinfo.check *\r
+ cap.status.std\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {format.chapter}\r
+{ chapter empty$\r
+ { "" }\r
+ { this.to.prev.status\r
+ this.status.std\r
+ type empty$\r
+ { bbl.chapter }\r
+ { type "l" change.case$\r
+ "type" bibinfo.check\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+ chapter tie.or.space.prefix\r
+ "chapter" bibinfo.check\r
+ * *\r
+ cap.status.std\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+\r
+% The intended use of format.paper is for paper numbers of inproceedings.\r
+% The paper type can be overridden via the type field.\r
+% We allow the type to be displayed even if the paper number is absent\r
+% for things like "postdeadline paper"\r
+FUNCTION {format.paper}\r
+{ is.use.paper\r
+ { paper empty$\r
+ { type empty$\r
+ { "" }\r
+ { this.to.prev.status\r
+ this.status.std\r
+ type "type" bibinfo.check\r
+ cap.status.std\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+ }\r
+ { this.to.prev.status\r
+ this.status.std\r
+ type empty$\r
+ { bbl.paper }\r
+ { type "type" bibinfo.check }\r
+ if$\r
+ " " * paper\r
+ "paper" bibinfo.check\r
+ *\r
+ cap.status.std\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+ }\r
+ { "" } \r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {format.pages}\r
+{ pages duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$\r
+ { this.to.prev.status\r
+ this.status.std\r
+ duplicate$ is.multiple.pages\r
+ {\r
+ bbl.pages swap$\r
+ n.dashify\r
+ }\r
+ {\r
+ bbl.page swap$\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+ tie.or.space.prefix\r
+ "pages" bibinfo.check\r
+ * *\r
+ cap.status.std\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+%% technical report number\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {format.tech.report.number}\r
+{ number "number" bibinfo.check\r
+ this.to.prev.status\r
+ this.status.std\r
+ cap.status.std\r
+ type duplicate$ empty$\r
+ { pop$ \r
+ bbl.techrep\r
+ }\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ if$\r
+ "type" bibinfo.check \r
+ swap$ duplicate$ empty$\r
+ { pop$ }\r
+ { tie.or.space.prefix * * }\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+%% note\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {format.note}\r
+{ note empty$\r
+ { "" }\r
+ { this.to.prev.status\r
+ this.status.std\r
+ punct.period 'this.status.punct :=\r
+ note #1 #1 substring$\r
+ duplicate$ "{" =\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ { status.cap\r
+ { "u" }\r
+ { "l" }\r
+ if$\r
+ change.case$\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+ note #2 global.max$ substring$ * "note" bibinfo.check\r
+ cap.yes 'status.cap :=\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+%% patent\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {format.patent.date}\r
+{ this.to.prev.status\r
+ this.status.std\r
+ year empty$\r
+ { monthfiled duplicate$ empty$\r
+ { "monthfiled" bibinfo.check pop$ "" }\r
+ { "monthfiled" bibinfo.check }\r
+ if$\r
+ dayfiled duplicate$ empty$\r
+ { "dayfiled" bibinfo.check pop$ "" * }\r
+ { "dayfiled" bibinfo.check \r
+ monthfiled empty$ \r
+ { "dayfiled without a monthfiled in " cite$ * warning$\r
+ * \r
+ }\r
+ { " " swap$ * * }\r
+ if$\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+ yearfiled empty$\r
+ { "no year or yearfiled in " cite$ * warning$ }\r
+ { yearfiled "yearfiled" bibinfo.check \r
+ swap$\r
+ duplicate$ empty$\r
+ { pop$ }\r
+ { ", " * swap$ * }\r
+ if$\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+ }\r
+ { month duplicate$ empty$\r
+ { "month" bibinfo.check pop$ "" }\r
+ { "month" bibinfo.check }\r
+ if$\r
+ day duplicate$ empty$\r
+ { "day" bibinfo.check pop$ "" * }\r
+ { "day" bibinfo.check \r
+ month empty$ \r
+ { "day without a month in " cite$ * warning$\r
+ * \r
+ }\r
+ { " " swap$ * * }\r
+ if$\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+ year "year" bibinfo.check \r
+ swap$\r
+ duplicate$ empty$\r
+ { pop$ }\r
+ { ", " * swap$ * }\r
+ if$\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+ cap.status.std\r
+}\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {format.patent.nationality.type.number}\r
+{ this.to.prev.status\r
+ this.status.std\r
+ nationality duplicate$ empty$\r
+ { "nationality" bibinfo.warn pop$ "" }\r
+ { "nationality" bibinfo.check\r
+ duplicate$ "l" change.case$ "united states" =\r
+ { pop$ bbl.patentUS }\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ if$\r
+ " " *\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+ type empty$\r
+ { bbl.patent "type" bibinfo.check }\r
+ { type "type" bibinfo.check }\r
+ if$ \r
+ *\r
+ number duplicate$ empty$\r
+ { "number" bibinfo.warn pop$ }\r
+ { "number" bibinfo.check\r
+ large.number.separate\r
+ swap$ " " * swap$ *\r
+ }\r
+ if$ \r
+ cap.status.std\r
+}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+%% standard\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {format.organization.institution.standard.type.number}\r
+{ this.to.prev.status\r
+ this.status.std\r
+ organization duplicate$ empty$\r
+ { pop$ \r
+ institution duplicate$ empty$\r
+ { "institution" bibinfo.warn }\r
+ { "institution" bibinfo.warn " " * }\r
+ if$\r
+ }\r
+ { "organization" bibinfo.warn " " * }\r
+ if$\r
+ type empty$\r
+ { bbl.standard "type" bibinfo.check }\r
+ { type "type" bibinfo.check }\r
+ if$ \r
+ *\r
+ number duplicate$ empty$\r
+ { "number" bibinfo.check pop$ }\r
+ { "number" bibinfo.check\r
+ large.number.separate\r
+ swap$ " " * swap$ *\r
+ }\r
+ if$ \r
+ cap.status.std\r
+}\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {format.revision}\r
+{ revision empty$\r
+ { "" }\r
+ { this.to.prev.status\r
+ this.status.std\r
+ bbl.revision\r
+ revision tie.or.space.prefix\r
+ "revision" bibinfo.check\r
+ * *\r
+ cap.status.std\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+\r
+%% thesis\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {format.master.thesis.type}\r
+{ this.to.prev.status\r
+ this.status.std\r
+ type empty$\r
+ {\r
+ bbl.mthesis\r
+ }\r
+ { \r
+ type "type" bibinfo.check\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+cap.status.std\r
+}\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {format.phd.thesis.type}\r
+{ this.to.prev.status\r
+ this.status.std\r
+ type empty$\r
+ {\r
+ bbl.phdthesis\r
+ }\r
+ { \r
+ type "type" bibinfo.check\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+cap.status.std\r
+}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+%% URL\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {format.url}\r
+{ url empty$\r
+ { "" }\r
+ { this.to.prev.status\r
+ this.status.std\r
+ cap.yes 'status.cap :=\r
+ name.url.prefix " " *\r
+ "\url{" * url * "}" *\r
+ punct.no 'this.status.punct :=\r
+ punct.period 'prev.status.punct :=\r
+ space.normal 'this.status.space :=\r
+ space.normal 'prev.status.space :=\r
+ quote.no 'this.status.quote :=\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%\r
+%% ENTRY HANDLERS %%\r
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%\r
+\r
+\r
+% Note: In many journals, IEEE (or the authors) tend not to show the number\r
+% for articles, so the display of the number is controlled here by the\r
+% switch "is.use.number.for.article"\r
+FUNCTION {article}\r
+{ std.status.using.comma\r
+ start.entry\r
+ if.url.alt.interword.spacing\r
+ format.authors "author" output.warn\r
+ name.or.dash\r
+ format.article.title "title" output.warn\r
+ format.journal "journal" bibinfo.check "journal" output.warn\r
+ format.volume output\r
+ format.number.if.use.for.article output\r
+ format.pages output\r
+ format.date "year" output.warn\r
+ format.note output\r
+ format.url output\r
+ fin.entry\r
+ if.url.std.interword.spacing\r
+}\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {book}\r
+{ std.status.using.comma\r
+ start.entry\r
+ if.url.alt.interword.spacing\r
+ author empty$\r
+ { format.editors "author and editor" output.warn }\r
+ { format.authors output.nonnull }\r
+ if$\r
+ name.or.dash\r
+ format.book.title.edition output\r
+ format.series output\r
+ author empty$\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ { format.editors output }\r
+ if$\r
+ format.address.publisher.date output\r
+ format.volume output\r
+ format.number output\r
+ format.note output\r
+ format.url output\r
+ fin.entry\r
+ if.url.std.interword.spacing\r
+}\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {booklet}\r
+{ std.status.using.comma\r
+ start.entry\r
+ if.url.alt.interword.spacing\r
+ format.authors output\r
+ name.or.dash\r
+ format.article.title "title" output.warn\r
+ format.howpublished "howpublished" bibinfo.check output\r
+ format.organization "organization" bibinfo.check output\r
+ format.address "address" bibinfo.check output\r
+ format.date output\r
+ format.note output\r
+ format.url output\r
+ fin.entry\r
+ if.url.std.interword.spacing\r
+}\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {electronic}\r
+{ std.status.using.period\r
+ start.entry\r
+ if.url.alt.interword.spacing\r
+ format.authors output\r
+ name.or.dash\r
+ format.date.electronic output\r
+ format.article.title.electronic output\r
+ format.howpublished "howpublished" bibinfo.check output\r
+ format.organization "organization" bibinfo.check output\r
+ format.address "address" bibinfo.check output\r
+ format.note output\r
+ format.url output\r
+ fin.entry\r
+ empty.entry.warn\r
+ if.url.std.interword.spacing\r
+}\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {inbook}\r
+{ std.status.using.comma\r
+ start.entry\r
+ if.url.alt.interword.spacing\r
+ author empty$\r
+ { format.editors "author and editor" output.warn }\r
+ { format.authors output.nonnull }\r
+ if$\r
+ name.or.dash\r
+ format.book.title.edition output\r
+ format.series output\r
+ format.address.publisher.date output\r
+ format.volume output\r
+ format.number output\r
+ format.chapter output\r
+ format.pages output\r
+ format.note output\r
+ format.url output\r
+ fin.entry\r
+ if.url.std.interword.spacing\r
+}\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {incollection}\r
+{ std.status.using.comma\r
+ start.entry\r
+ if.url.alt.interword.spacing\r
+ format.authors "author" output.warn\r
+ name.or.dash\r
+ format.article.title "title" output.warn\r
+ format.in.booktitle.edition "booktitle" output.warn\r
+ format.series output\r
+ format.editors output\r
+ format.address.publisher.date.nowarn output\r
+ format.volume output\r
+ format.number output\r
+ format.chapter output\r
+ format.pages output\r
+ format.note output\r
+ format.url output\r
+ fin.entry\r
+ if.url.std.interword.spacing\r
+}\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {inproceedings}\r
+{ std.status.using.comma\r
+ start.entry\r
+ if.url.alt.interword.spacing\r
+ format.authors "author" output.warn\r
+ name.or.dash\r
+ format.article.title "title" output.warn\r
+ format.in.booktitle "booktitle" output.warn\r
+ format.series output\r
+ format.editors output\r
+ format.volume output\r
+ format.number output\r
+ publisher empty$\r
+ { format.address.organization.date output }\r
+ { format.organization "organization" bibinfo.check output\r
+ format.address.publisher.date output\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+ format.paper output\r
+ format.pages output\r
+ format.note output\r
+ format.url output\r
+ fin.entry\r
+ if.url.std.interword.spacing\r
+}\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {manual}\r
+{ std.status.using.comma\r
+ start.entry\r
+ if.url.alt.interword.spacing\r
+ format.authors output\r
+ name.or.dash\r
+ format.book.title.edition "title" output.warn\r
+ format.howpublished "howpublished" bibinfo.check output \r
+ format.organization "organization" bibinfo.check output\r
+ format.address "address" bibinfo.check output\r
+ format.date output\r
+ format.note output\r
+ format.url output\r
+ fin.entry\r
+ if.url.std.interword.spacing\r
+}\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis}\r
+{ std.status.using.comma\r
+ start.entry\r
+ if.url.alt.interword.spacing\r
+ format.authors "author" output.warn\r
+ name.or.dash\r
+ format.article.title "title" output.warn\r
+ format.master.thesis.type output.nonnull\r
+ format.school "school" bibinfo.warn output\r
+ format.address "address" bibinfo.check output\r
+ format.date "year" output.warn\r
+ format.note output\r
+ format.url output\r
+ fin.entry\r
+ if.url.std.interword.spacing\r
+}\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {misc}\r
+{ std.status.using.comma\r
+ start.entry\r
+ if.url.alt.interword.spacing\r
+ format.authors output\r
+ name.or.dash\r
+ format.article.title output\r
+ format.howpublished "howpublished" bibinfo.check output \r
+ format.organization "organization" bibinfo.check output\r
+ format.address "address" bibinfo.check output\r
+ format.pages output\r
+ format.date output\r
+ format.note output\r
+ format.url output\r
+ fin.entry\r
+ empty.entry.warn\r
+ if.url.std.interword.spacing\r
+}\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {patent}\r
+{ std.status.using.comma\r
+ start.entry\r
+ if.url.alt.interword.spacing\r
+ format.authors output\r
+ name.or.dash\r
+ format.article.title output\r
+ format.patent.nationality.type.number output\r
+ format.patent.date output\r
+ format.note output\r
+ format.url output\r
+ fin.entry\r
+ empty.entry.warn\r
+ if.url.std.interword.spacing\r
+}\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {periodical}\r
+{ std.status.using.comma\r
+ start.entry\r
+ if.url.alt.interword.spacing\r
+ format.editors output\r
+ name.or.dash\r
+ format.book.title "title" output.warn\r
+ format.series output\r
+ format.volume output\r
+ format.number output\r
+ format.organization "organization" bibinfo.check output\r
+ format.date "year" output.warn\r
+ format.note output\r
+ format.url output\r
+ fin.entry\r
+ if.url.std.interword.spacing\r
+}\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {phdthesis}\r
+{ std.status.using.comma\r
+ start.entry\r
+ if.url.alt.interword.spacing\r
+ format.authors "author" output.warn\r
+ name.or.dash\r
+ format.article.title "title" output.warn\r
+ format.phd.thesis.type output.nonnull\r
+ format.school "school" bibinfo.warn output\r
+ format.address "address" bibinfo.check output\r
+ format.date "year" output.warn\r
+ format.note output\r
+ format.url output\r
+ fin.entry\r
+ if.url.std.interword.spacing\r
+}\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {proceedings}\r
+{ std.status.using.comma\r
+ start.entry\r
+ if.url.alt.interword.spacing\r
+ format.editors output\r
+ name.or.dash\r
+ format.book.title "title" output.warn\r
+ format.series output\r
+ format.volume output\r
+ format.number output\r
+ publisher empty$\r
+ { format.address.organization.date output }\r
+ { format.organization "organization" bibinfo.check output\r
+ format.address.publisher.date output\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+ format.note output\r
+ format.url output\r
+ fin.entry\r
+ if.url.std.interword.spacing\r
+}\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {standard}\r
+{ std.status.using.comma\r
+ start.entry\r
+ if.url.alt.interword.spacing\r
+ format.authors output\r
+ name.or.dash\r
+ format.book.title "title" output.warn\r
+ format.howpublished "howpublished" bibinfo.check output \r
+ format.organization.institution.standard.type.number output\r
+ format.revision output\r
+ format.date output\r
+ format.note output\r
+ format.url output\r
+ fin.entry\r
+ if.url.std.interword.spacing\r
+}\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {techreport}\r
+{ std.status.using.comma\r
+ start.entry\r
+ if.url.alt.interword.spacing\r
+ format.authors "author" output.warn\r
+ name.or.dash\r
+ format.article.title "title" output.warn\r
+ format.howpublished "howpublished" bibinfo.check output \r
+ format.institution "institution" bibinfo.warn output\r
+ format.address "address" bibinfo.check output\r
+ format.tech.report.number output.nonnull\r
+ format.date "year" output.warn\r
+ format.note output\r
+ format.url output\r
+ fin.entry\r
+ if.url.std.interword.spacing\r
+}\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {unpublished}\r
+{ std.status.using.comma\r
+ start.entry\r
+ if.url.alt.interword.spacing\r
+ format.authors "author" output.warn\r
+ name.or.dash\r
+ format.article.title "title" output.warn\r
+ format.date output\r
+ format.note "note" output.warn\r
+ format.url output\r
+ fin.entry\r
+ if.url.std.interword.spacing\r
+}\r
+\r
+\r
+% The special entry type which provides the user interface to the\r
+% BST controls\r
+FUNCTION {IEEEtranBSTCTL}\r
+{ is.print.banners.to.terminal\r
+ { "** IEEEtran BST control entry " quote$ * cite$ * quote$ * " detected." *\r
+ top$\r
+ }\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ if$\r
+ CTLuse_article_number\r
+ empty$\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ { CTLuse_article_number\r
+ yes.no.to.int\r
+ 'is.use.number.for.article :=\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+ CTLuse_paper\r
+ empty$\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ { CTLuse_paper\r
+ yes.no.to.int\r
+ 'is.use.paper :=\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+ CTLuse_forced_etal\r
+ empty$\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ { CTLuse_forced_etal\r
+ yes.no.to.int\r
+ 'is.forced.et.al :=\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+ CTLmax_names_forced_etal\r
+ empty$\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ { CTLmax_names_forced_etal\r
+ string.to.integer\r
+ 'max.num.names.before.forced.et.al :=\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+ CTLnames_show_etal\r
+ empty$\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ { CTLnames_show_etal\r
+ string.to.integer\r
+ 'num.names.shown.with.forced.et.al :=\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+ CTLuse_alt_spacing\r
+ empty$\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ { CTLuse_alt_spacing\r
+ yes.no.to.int\r
+ 'is.use.alt.interword.spacing :=\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+ CTLalt_stretch_factor\r
+ empty$\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ { CTLalt_stretch_factor\r
+ 'ALTinterwordstretchfactor :=\r
+ "\renewcommand{\BIBentryALTinterwordstretchfactor}{"\r
+ ALTinterwordstretchfactor * "}" *\r
+ write$ newline$\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+ CTLdash_repeated_names\r
+ empty$\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ { CTLdash_repeated_names\r
+ yes.no.to.int\r
+ 'is.dash.repeated.names :=\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+ CTLname_format_string\r
+ empty$\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ { CTLname_format_string\r
+ 'name.format.string :=\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+ CTLname_latex_cmd\r
+ empty$\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ { CTLname_latex_cmd\r
+ 'name.latex.cmd :=\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+ CTLname_url_prefix\r
+ missing$\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ { CTLname_url_prefix\r
+ 'name.url.prefix :=\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+\r
+\r
+ num.names.shown.with.forced.et.al max.num.names.before.forced.et.al >\r
+ { "CTLnames_show_etal cannot be greater than CTLmax_names_forced_etal in " cite$ * warning$ \r
+ max.num.names.before.forced.et.al 'num.names.shown.with.forced.et.al :=\r
+ }\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+\r
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%\r
+%% ENTRY ALIASES %%\r
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%\r
+FUNCTION {conference}{inproceedings}\r
+FUNCTION {online}{electronic}\r
+FUNCTION {internet}{electronic}\r
+FUNCTION {webpage}{electronic}\r
+FUNCTION {www}{electronic}\r
+FUNCTION {default.type}{misc}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%\r
+%% MAIN PROGRAM %%\r
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%\r
+\r
+READ\r
+\r
+EXECUTE {initialize.controls}\r
+EXECUTE {initialize.status.constants}\r
+EXECUTE {banner.message}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% BEGIN sort code based on that of plain.bst\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {sortify}\r
+{ purify$\r
+ "l" change.case$\r
+}\r
+\r
+INTEGERS { len }\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {chop.word}\r
+{ 's :=\r
+ 'len :=\r
+ s #1 len substring$ =\r
+ { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ }\r
+ { s }\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {sort.format.names}\r
+{ 's :=\r
+ #1 'nameptr :=\r
+ ""\r
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=\r
+ numnames 'namesleft :=\r
+ { namesleft #0 > }\r
+ { nameptr #1 >\r
+ { " " * }\r
+ { skip$ }\r
+ if$\r
+ s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{ ff{ }}{ jj{ }}" format.name$ 't :=\r
+ nameptr numnames = t "others" = and\r
+ { "et al" * }\r
+ { t sortify * }\r
+ if$\r
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=\r
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=\r
+ }\r
+ while$\r
+}\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {sort.format.title}\r
+{ 't :=\r
+ "A " #2\r
+ "An " #3\r
+ "The " #4 t chop.word\r
+ chop.word\r
+ chop.word\r
+ sortify\r
+ #1 global.max$ substring$\r
+}\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {author.sort}\r
+{ author empty$\r
+ { key empty$\r
+ { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$ "" }\r
+ { key sortify }\r
+ if$\r
+ }\r
+ { author sort.format.names }\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {author.editor.sort}\r
+{ author empty$\r
+ { editor empty$\r
+ { key empty$\r
+ { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$ "" }\r
+ { key sortify }\r
+ if$\r
+ }\r
+ { editor sort.format.names }\r
+ if$\r
+ }\r
+ { author sort.format.names }\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {author.organization.sort}\r
+{ author empty$\r
+ { organization empty$\r
+ { key empty$\r
+ { "to sort, need author, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$ "" }\r
+ { key sortify }\r
+ if$\r
+ }\r
+ { "The " #4 organization chop.word sortify }\r
+ if$\r
+ }\r
+ { author sort.format.names }\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {editor.organization.sort}\r
+{ editor empty$\r
+ { organization empty$\r
+ { key empty$\r
+ { "to sort, need editor, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$ "" }\r
+ { key sortify }\r
+ if$\r
+ }\r
+ { "The " #4 organization chop.word sortify }\r
+ if$\r
+ }\r
+ { editor sort.format.names }\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {author.organization.institution.sort}\r
+{ author empty$\r
+ { organization empty$\r
+ { institution empty$\r
+ { key empty$\r
+ { "to sort, need author, organization, institution or key in " cite$ * warning$ "" }\r
+ { key sortify }\r
+ if$\r
+ }\r
+ { "The " #4 institution chop.word sortify }\r
+ if$\r
+ }\r
+ { "The " #4 organization chop.word sortify }\r
+ if$\r
+ }\r
+ { author sort.format.names }\r
+ if$\r
+}\r
+\r
+\r
+FUNCTION {presort}\r
+{ type$ "ieeetranbstctl" =\r
+ { key empty$\r
+ { "_" }\r
+ { key sortify }\r
+ if$\r
+ }\r
+ { type$ "book" =\r
+ type$ "inbook" =\r
+ or \r
+ { author.editor.sort }\r
+ { type$ "proceedings" =\r
+ type$ "periodical" =\r
+ or\r
+ { editor.organization.sort }\r
+ { type$ "manual" =\r
+ type$ "electronic" =\r
+ type$ "misc" =\r
+ or or\r
+ { author.organization.sort }\r
+ { type$ "standard" =\r
+ { author.organization.institution.sort }\r
+ { author.sort }\r
+ if$ \r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+ " "\r
+ *\r
+ type$ "patent" =\r
+ { year empty$\r
+ { yearfiled }\r
+ { year }\r
+ if$\r
+ }\r
+ { year }\r
+ if$\r
+ empty.field.to.null.string sortify\r
+ *\r
+ " "\r
+ *\r
+ title empty.field.to.null.string\r
+ sort.format.title\r
+ *\r
+ }\r
+ if$\r
+ #1 entry.max$ substring$\r
+ 'sort.key$ :=\r
+}\r
+\r
+ITERATE {presort}\r
+\r
+SORT\r
+\r
+% END sort code based on that of plain.bst\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+EXECUTE {initialize.longest.label}\r
+ITERATE {longest.label.pass}\r
+\r
+EXECUTE {begin.bib}\r
+ITERATE {call.type$}\r
+EXECUTE {end.bib}\r
+\r
+EXECUTE{completed.message}\r
+\r
+\r
+%% That's all folks, mds.\r
--- /dev/null
+\documentclass[conference]{IEEEtran}
+
+\usepackage[noadjust]{cite}
+
+\usepackage[dvips]{graphicx}
+
+\usepackage{url}
+\usepackage[cmex10]{amsmath}
+\interdisplaylinepenalty=2500
+\usepackage{threeparttable}
+\usepackage{multirow}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\title{Using Altruistic Peers to Help With Free Web Downloads}
+\author{\IEEEauthorblockN{Cameron Dale}
+\IEEEauthorblockA{School of Computing Science\\
+Simon Fraser University\\
+Burnaby, British Columbia, Canada\\
+Email: camerond@cs.sfu.ca}
+\and
+\IEEEauthorblockN{Jiangchuan Liu}
+\IEEEauthorblockA{School of Computing Science\\
+Simon Fraser University\\
+Burnaby, British Columbia, Canada\\
+Email: jcliu@cs.sfu.ca}}
+
+\maketitle
+
+\begin{abstract}
+A large amount of free content is available over the Internet from
+many different distributors. Most of this content uses the traditional
+client-server model to handle requests from users. However, there is an
+opportunity to use peer-to-peer techniques to reduce the cost of
+much of this distribution, especially due to the altruistic nature
+of many of these users. We present a general technique for
+satisfying the needs of this P2P distribution, which is applicable
+to many of these distributors systems. Our method makes use of a DHT
+for storing the location of peers, using the cryptographic hash of
+the file as a key. We then go further and implement a solution for
+the distribution of Debian software packages.
+
+There are a large number of free content distributors using
+package distribution systems over the Internet to distribute content
+to their users. These distributors have developed many different
+methods for this distribution, but they almost exclusively use a client-server
+model to satisfy user requests. The popularity and number of users
+results in a large number of requests, which usually requires a
+network of mirrors to handle. Due to the free nature of this
+content, many users are willing and able to contribute upload
+bandwidth to this distribution, but have no current way to do this.
+
+We present a new peer-to-peer distribution model to meet these
+demands. It is based on many previous implementations of successful
+peer-to-peer protocols, especially distributed hash tables (DHT) and
+BitTorrent. The model relies on the pre-existence of cryptographic
+hashes of the content, which should uniquely identify it for a
+request from other peers. If the peer-to-peer download fails, then
+the original request to the server is used as a fallback to prevent
+any dissatisfaction from users. The peer can then share this new
+content with others through the P2P system.
+
+First, we examine the opportunity that is available for many of
+these free content distributors. We present an overview of a system
+that would efficiently satisfy the demands of a large number of
+users, and should significantly reduce the currently substantial
+bandwidth requirements of hosting this content. We then present an
+example implementation based on the Debian package distribution
+system. This implementation will be used by a large number of users,
+and serves as an example for other free content distributors of the
+opportunity that can be met with such a system.
+
+There are many peer-to-peer implementations available today, but
+none is very well suited to this specific problem.
+
+Many distributors make their content available in some form using
+BitTorrent \cite{COHEN03}, e.g. for the distribution of CD
+images. This is not an ideal situation though, as it requires the
+peers to download large amounts of content that they are not
+interested in, and prevents them from updating to new content
+without downloading another image containing a lot of the same
+content they already have. There have also been other attempted
+implementations, usually based on some form of BitTorrent, to
+address this problem. Unfortunately, BitTorrent is not ideally
+suited to an application such as this one, for the following
+reasons:
+\begin{itemize}
+ \item The packages are too small and there are too many to create
+ individual torrents for each one.
+ \item All the packages together are too large to track efficiently
+ as a single torrent.
+ \item BitTorrent's piece sizes are bigger than many of the
+ packages, which wastes bandwidth downloading parts of other
+ packages.
+ \item A small number of the packages can be updated every day,
+ requiring a new torrent and splitting the
+ download population (even though peers in the new torrent
+ share 99\% of the files in common with peers in the old
+ torrent).
+ \item Incentives to share (upload) are no longer needed, as the
+ content is freely available for anyone to download without
+ sharing (seeds are also not needed).
+\end{itemize}
+
+Some other implementations have used BitTorrent almost unmodified,
+while others have only looked at using DHTs to replace the tracker
+in a BitTorrent system. apt-torrent \cite{apttorrent} creates
+torrents for some of the larger content available, but it ignores
+the smaller content, which is often the most popular.
+DebTorrent \cite{debtorrent} makes widespread modifications to a
+traditional BitTorrent client, but also requires some changes to the
+distribution system to support it, and separates peers into groups
+based on their interest which limits the effectiveness of the
+sharing. Kenosis \cite{kenosis} is a P2P Remote Procedure Call
+client also based on the Kademlia DHT, but it is meant as a P2P
+primitive system on which other tools can be built, and so it has no
+file sharing functionality at all. Many have used a DHT as a drop-in
+replacement for the tracker in a BitTorrent system
+\cite{bittorrent-dht, azureus-dht}, but such systems only use the
+DHT to find peers for the same torrent, so the file sharing uses
+traditional BitTorrent and so is not ideal for the reasons listed
+above.
+
+There are a large number of groups using the Internet to distribute
+their free content. This content is usually available from a free
+download site, which usually requires a network of mirrors to
+support the large number of requests. This content almost always
+supports some kind of file verification, usually cryptographic
+hashes, to verify the completed downloads accuracy or authenticity.
+
+Most Linux distributions use a software package management system
+that fetches packages to be installed from a network of mirrors. The
+Debian project \cite{debian} (and other Debian-based distributions)
+uses the \texttt{apt} program, which downloads Debian packages in
+the \texttt{.deb} format from one of many mirrors. The program will
+first download index files that contain a listing of which packages
+are available, as well as important information such as their size,
+location, and a hash of their content. Red Hat's Fedora project
+\cite{fedora} (and other RPM-based distributions) use the
+\texttt{yum} program to obtain RPMs, and Gentoo \cite{gentoo} uses
+\texttt{portage} in a similar way.
+
+Other software vendors also use a similar system. CPAN \cite{cpan}
+distributes files containing software packages for the PERL
+programming language, using SOAP RPC requests to find and download
+files. Cygwin \cite{cygwin} provides many of the
+standard Unix/Linux tools in a Windows environment, using a
+package management tool that requests packages from websites. There
+are two software distribution systems for Mac OSX, fink and
+MacPorts, that also retrieve packages in this way.
+
+Also, some systems use direct web downloads, but with a hash
+verification file also available for download next to the desired
+file. These hash files usually have the same file name, but with an
+added extension identifying the hash used (e.g. \texttt{.md5} for
+the MD5 hash).
+
+Finally, there are other programs that use cryptographic hashing to
+identify files. Git is a version control system in which all files,
+commits, and tags, are identified by their SHA1 hash. These hashes
+are used to verify the origin of these items, but are also used when
+clients update their local files with new remote information.
+
+The important things to note for each of the systems mentioned
+is that they all have the following in
+common:
+\begin{itemize}
+ \item The content is avaliable for anyone to freely download.
+ \item The content is divided into distinct units (packages), each of which contains
+ a small independent part of all the content.
+ \item Users are typically not interested in downloading all of the content
+ available.
+ \item Hashes of the content and its size are available before the
+ download is attempted.
+ \item Requests for the content are sent by a tool, not directly by
+ the user (though the tool is responding to requests from the user).
+\end{itemize}
+
+We also expect that there are a number of users of these systems
+that are motivated by altruism to want to help out with this
+distribution. This is common in these systems due to the free nature
+of the content being delivered, which encourages some to want to
+help out in some way. A number of the systems are also used by
+groups that are staffed mostly, or sometimes completely, by
+volunteers. This also encourages users to want to \emph{give back}
+to the volunteer community that has created the content they are
+using.
+
+Although at first it might seem that a single all-reaching solution
+is possible for this situation, there are some differences in each
+system that require independent solutions. The systems all use
+different tools for their distribution, so any implementation would
+have to be specific to the tool it is to integrate with. In
+particular, how to obtain requests from the tool or user, and how to
+find a hash that corresponds to the file being requested, is very
+specific to each system.
+
+Also, there may be no benefit in creating a single large solution to
+integrate all these problems. For one, though they sometimes
+distribute nearly identical content (e.g. the same software
+available in multiple Linux distributions), it is not exactly
+identical and has usually been tailored to the system. The small
+differences will change the hash of the files, and so
+will make it impossible to distribute similar content
+across systems. And, although peer-to-peer systems scale very well
+with the number of peers in the system, there is some overhead
+involved, so having a much larger system of peers would mean that
+requests could take longer to complete.
+
+The situation presents a clear
+opportunity to use some form of peer-to-peer file-sharing protocol.
+This sparse interest in a large number of packages, and constant
+updating, is well suited to the functionality provided by a
+Distributed Hash Table (DHT). DHTs require unique keys to store and
+retrieve strings of data, for which the cryptographic hashes used by
+these package management systems are perfect for. The stored and
+retrieved strings can then be pointers to the peers that have the
+content package that hashes to that key. A downloading peer can
+lookup the package hash in the DHT and, if it is found,
+download the file from those peers and verify the content. If the
+package hash can not be found in the DHT, the peer will fallback to
+downloading from the original content location (i.e. the network of
+mirrors), and once complete will add a new entry to the DHT
+indicating that it has the content.
+
+There are several ways to implement the desired P2P functionality
+into the existing package management software. The functionality can
+be directly integrated into the software, though this can be
+difficult as the DHT should be running at all times, both for
+efficient lookups and to support uploading of already downloaded
+content, whereas the tools typically only run until the download request is complete.
+Many of the package management software implementations use
+HTTP requests to download the files, which makes it possible to
+implement the P2P aspect as a standard HTTP caching proxy, which
+will get uncached requests first from the P2P system, and then
+fallback to the normal HTTP request from a server. For methods that
+don't use HTTP requests, other types of proxies may also be
+possible.
+
+Downloading a file efficiently from a number of peers is where
+BitTorrent shines as a peer-to-peer application. Its method of
+breaking up larger files into sub-pieces, each with its own hash,
+makes it very easy to parallelize the downloading process and
+maximize the download speed. For very small packages (i.e. less than
+the sub-piece size), this parallel downloading is not necessary, or
+even desirable. However, this method can still be used in
+conjunction with the DHT, for the larger packages that are
+available.
+
+Since the package management system only stores a hash of the entire
+content, and not of sub-pieces of that content, we will need to be
+able to store and retrieve these sub-piece hashes using the P2P protocol.
+In addition to storing the file download location in the DHT (which would still
+be used for small files), a peer will store a \emph{torrent string}
+containing the peer's hashes of the sub-pieces of the larger
+files. These piece hashes could be compared ahead of time to
+determine which peers have the same piece hashes (they all should),
+and then used during the download to verify the downloaded pieces.
+
+For very large files (5 or more pieces), the torrent strings
+are too long to store in the DHT (a single UDP packet should be less
+than 1472 bytes to avoid fragmentation). Instead, the peers will
+store the torrent string for large files separately in the DHT, and
+only contain a reference to it in their stored value for the hash of
+the file. The reference would be a hash of the torrent string. If
+the torrent string is short enough to store in the DHT (i.e. less
+than 1472 bytes, or 70 pieces for the SHA1 hash), then a
+lookup of that hash in the DHT would give the torrent-like string.
+Otherwise, a request to the peer for the hash (using the same
+method as file downloads), should return the torrent string.
+
+% This can cause a problem with hash checking the returned data, as
+% hashes for the pieces are not known. Any file that fails a hash
+% check should be downloaded again, with each piece being downloaded
+% from different peers than it was previously. The peers are shifted
+% by 1, so that if a peers previously downloaded piece i, it now
+% downloads piece i+1, and the first piece is downloaded by the
+% previous downloader of the last piece, or preferably a previously
+% unused peer. As each piece is downloaded the running hash of the
+% file should be checked to determine the place at which the file
+% differs from the previous download.
+%
+% If the hash check then passes, then the peer who originally provided
+% the bad piece can be assessed blame for the error. Otherwise, the
+% peer who originally provided the piece is probably at fault, since
+% he is now providing a later piece. This doesn't work if the
+% differing piece is the first piece, in which case it is downloaded
+% from a 3rd peer, with consensus revealing the misbehaving peer.
+
+A sample implementation has been created that functions as described
+previously. This software, called
+\texttt{apt-p2p}, interacts with the \texttt{apt} tool found in most
+Debian-based Linux distributions. Apt uses SHA1 hashes to
+verify most downloaded files, including the large index files that
+contain the hashes of the individual packages. We chose this
+distribution system as it is familiar to us, and there are
+interesting statistics available for analyzing the popularity of the
+software packages \cite{popcon}.
+
+Since all requests from apt are in the form of HTTP downloads from a
+server, the implementation takes the form of a caching HTTP proxy.
+Making a standard apt implementation use the proxy is then as simple
+as prepending the proxy location and port to the front of the mirror
+name (i.e. ``localhost:9977/mirrorname.debian.org/\ldots'').
+
+The DHT is based on Khashmir \cite{khashmir}, which is an implementation of the
+Kademlia DHT \cite{kademlia} using methods familiar to BitTorrent
+developers. It is the same DHT used by most of the existing
+BitTorrent clients to implement trackerless operation. The
+communication is all handled by UDP messages, and RPC requests are
+bencoded in the same way as torrent files. Khashmir uses the high-level
+Twisted event-driven networking engine \cite{twisted}, so Twisted is also used for
+all other networking needs.
+
+The torrent strings stored in the DHT are all bencoded dictionaries
+containing similar information to what is in a torrent file. This
+includes the piece size used, the length of the piece hash, and of
+course the hashes of all the sub-pieces of the content.
+
+Downloading is accomplished by sending simple HTTP requests to the
+peer's identified (by lookups in the DHT) to have the desired file.
+The HTTP server used for the proxy also doubles as the server
+listening for requests for downloads from other peers. All peers
+support HTTP/1.1, both in the server and the client, which allows
+for pipelining of multiple requests to a peer, and the requesting of
+smaller pieces of a large file using the Range request header.
+
+Looking at the package size of the 22,298 packages
+available in Debian in January 2008. We can see that most of the
+packages are quite small, and so most will therefore not require
+sub-piece information to download. We have chosen a piece
+size of 512 kB, which means that 17,515 (78\%) of the packages will
+not require this information. There are 3054 packages that will
+require 2 to 4 pieces, for which the torrent string can be stored
+directly with the package hash in the DHT. There are 1667 packages
+that will require a separate lookup in the DHT for the longer
+torrent string as they require 5 to 70 pieces. Finally, there are
+only 62 packages that require more than 70 pieces, and so will
+require a separate request to a peer for the torrent string.
+
+Though functional and useful, the current implementation is not
+complete, and is missing some of the downloading details necessary.
+It operates as a caching HTTP proxy, serving
+requests from apt and other peers. Index files are identified by the
+current implementation, and parsed to find the hashes of files for later DHT
+lookups if they are requested. Files are downloaded from
+peers, and those not available in peers are downloaded directly
+from the mirror. Any downloaded files are hash checked to verify
+them, and then added to the DHT.
+
+Finally, once deployed the system needs to be analyzed to determine
+its effectiveness at meeting the goals of this project. The analysis
+will consist of measuring, over time:
+\begin{itemize}
+ \item The number of peers using the system.
+ \item The amount of downloaded data by peers from other peers.
+ \item The amount of downloaded data by peers from mirrors/servers.
+ \item The bandwidth used to maintain the DHT.
+\end{itemize}
+
+We have designed a generally applicable peer-to-peer content
+distribution model to be used by many of the free content
+distributors operating today. It makes use of already existing
+features of most package management systems, to create a
+peer-to-peer distribution that should substantially reduce the costs
+of hosting the content.
+
+We have also implemented our design in software to be used in
+conjuction with Debian-based distribution of Linux software
+packages. It will soon be in use by many users of the Debian
+project's distribution, and so serves as an example of the
+possibilities that exist.
+
+\end{abstract}
+
+\bibliographystyle{IEEEtran}
+\bibliography{./IEEEabrv,./all}
+
+\end{document}
--- /dev/null
+%%%%%%% Non-BibSonomy Entries %%%%%%%%%
+
+@electronic{YouTubeChanging,
+ title = "{YouTube video-sharing site is changing popular culture}",
+ url = "http://www.kcrw.com/news/programs/ww/ww061122youtube_video-sharin",
+ keywords = "imported-10-07-2007 youtube"
+}
+
+@electronic{YouTubeSurvey,
+ title = "{YouTube serves up 100 million videos a day online}",
+ url = "http://www.usatoday.com/tech/news/2006-07-16-youtube-views_x.htm",
+ keywords = "imported-10-07-2007 youtube"
+}
+
+@electronic{VideoNumber,
+ title = "{Google frames a video search engine}",
+ url = "http://googlesystem.blogspot.com/2007/06/google-videos-new-frame.html",
+ keywords = "imported-10-07-2007 youtube"
+}
+
+@electronic{GoogleBuy,
+ title = "{Google to buy YouTube for \$1.65 billion}",
+ url = "http://money.cnn.com/2006/10/09/technology/googleyoutube_deal/index.htm",
+ keywords = "imported-10-07-2007 youtube"
+}
+
+@electronic{YouTubeBlog,
+ title = "{YouTube Blog}",
+ url = "http://youtube.com/blog",
+ keywords = "imported-10-07-2007 youtube"
+}
+
+@electronic{YouTubeVideo,
+ title = "{YouTube: Video Format (from Wikipedia)}",
+ url = "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Youtube#Video_format",
+ keywords = "imported-10-07-2007 youtube"
+}
+
+@electronic{YouTubeBandwidth,
+ title = "{Ellacoya data shows web traffic overtakes Peer-to-Peer (P2P) as largest percentage of bandwidth on the network}",
+ url = "http://www.ellacoya.com/news/pdf/2007/NXTcommEllacoyaMediaAlert.pdf",
+ keywords = "imported-10-07-2007 youtube"
+}
+
+@misc{Norton_Video,
+ author = "William B.~Norton",
+ title = "{Video Internet: the next wave of massive disruption to the U.S. peering ecosystem}",
+ keywords = "imported-10-07-2007 youtube"
+}
+
+@electronic{PPLive,
+ title = "{PPLive}",
+ url = "http://www.pplive.com",
+ keywords = "imported-10-07-2007 youtube P2P"
+}
+
+@electronic{Coolstreaming,
+ title = "{Coolstreaming}",
+ url = "http://www.coolstreaming.us",
+ keywords = "imported-10-07-2007 youtube P2P"
+}
+
+@electronic{Gridmedia,
+ title = "{Gridmedia}",
+ url = "http://www.gridmedia.com",
+ keywords = "imported-10-07-2007 youtube"
+}
+
+@electronic{ALEXA,
+ title = "{Alexa}",
+ url = "http://www.alexa.com",
+ keywords = "imported-10-07-2007 youtube"
+}
+
+@Electronic{ azureusrecommends,
+ title = "Good Settings for BitTorrent from the Azureus Wiki",
+ url = "http://www.azureuswiki.com/index.php/Good_settings",
+ year = "2007",
+ key = "azureusrecommends",
+ month = apr,
+ keywords = "imported-10-07-2007 bittorrent"
+}
+
+@electronic{ openchord,
+ title = "The {OpenChord} Website",
+ url = "https://www.lspi.wiai.uni-bamberg.de/dmsg/software/open_chord/index.php",
+ year = "2007",
+ key = "openchord",
+ keywords = "imported-10-07-2007 DHT"
+}
+
+@electronic{ bittornado,
+ title = "The {BitTornado} Website",
+ url = "http://www.bittornado.com/",
+ year = "2007",
+ key = "bittornado",
+ keywords = "imported-10-07-2007 bittorrent"
+}
+
+@electronic{ planetlab,
+ title = "The {PlanetLab} Website",
+ url = "http://www.planet-lab.org/",
+ year = "2007",
+ key = "planetlab",
+ keywords = "imported-10-07-2007 planetlab"
+}
+
+@electronic{ CACHE,
+ title = "{CacheLogic}",
+ url = "http://www.cachelogic.com",
+ year = "2004",
+ keywords = "imported-10-07-2007 bittorrent"
+}
+
+@Misc{ SKYPE,
+ title = "Skype explained",
+ howpublished = "\url{http://www.skype.com/products/explained.html}",
+ keywords = "imported-10-07-2007 skype"
+}
+
+@Misc{ ISAC,
+ title = "{Global IP Sound} {iSAC}",
+ howpublished = "\url{http://www.globalipsound.com/datasheets/iSAC.pdf}",
+ year = "2005",
+ keywords = "imported-10-07-2007 skype"
+}
+
+@electronic{ kenosis,
+ title = "The {Kenosis} Website",
+ url = "http://kenosis.sourceforge.net/",
+ year = "2008",
+ key = "kenosis",
+}
+
+@electronic{ debtorrent,
+ title = "The {DebTorrent} Website",
+ url = "http://debtorrent.alioth.debian.org/",
+ year = "2008",
+ key = "debtorrent",
+}
+
+@electronic{ apttorrent,
+ title = "The {Apt-Torrent} Website",
+ url = "http://sianka.free.fr/",
+ year = "2008",
+ key = "apttorrent",
+}
+
+@electronic{ azureus-dht,
+ title = "The {Azureus DHT} refernce",
+ url = "http://www.azureuswiki.com/index.php/DHT",
+ year = "2008",
+ key = "azureus-dht",
+}
+
+@electronic{ bittorrent-dht,
+ title = "The {BitTorrent DHT} Draft Specification",
+ url = "http://wiki.theory.org/BitTorrentDraftDHTProtocol",
+ year = "2008",
+ key = "bittorrent-dht",
+}
+
+@electronic{ debian,
+ title = "The {Debian} Project Website",
+ url = "http://www.debian.org/",
+ year = "2008",
+ key = "debian",
+}
+
+@electronic{ fedora,
+ title = "The {Fedora} Website",
+ url = "http://fedoraproject.org/",
+ year = "2008",
+ key = "fedora",
+}
+
+@electronic{ cpan,
+ title = "The {CPAN} Website",
+ url = "http://www.cpan.org/",
+ year = "2008",
+ key = "cpan",
+}
+
+@electronic{ cygwin,
+ title = "The {Cygwin} Website",
+ url = "http://cygwin.com/",
+ year = "2008",
+ key = "cygwin",
+}
+
+@electronic{ gentoo,
+ title = "The {Gentoo} Website",
+ url = "http://www.gentoo.org/",
+ year = "2008",
+ key = "gentoo",
+}
+
+@electronic{ popcon,
+ title = "The {Debian Popularity Contest} Website",
+ url = "http://popcon.debian.org/",
+ year = "2008",
+ key = "popcon",
+}
+
+@electronic{ twisted,
+ title = "The {Twisted} Networking Engine",
+ url = "http://twistedmatrix.com/",
+ year = "2008",
+ key = "twisted",
+}
+
+@electronic{ khashmir,
+ title = "The {Khashmir} Website",
+ url = "http://khashmir.sourceforge.net/",
+ year = "2008",
+ key = "khashmir",
+}
+
+%%%%%%% BibSonomy References %%%%%%%%%
+
+@article{kademlia,
+ title = {{Kademlia: A Peer-to-Peer Information System Based on the XOR Metric}},
+ author = {P. Maymounkov and D. Mazieres},
+ journal = {Peer-To-Peer Systems: First International Workshop, IPTPS 2002, Cambridge, MA, USA, March 7-8, 2002},
+ publisher = {Springer},
+ year = 2002,
+ entrytype = {article},
+ biburl = {http://www.bibsonomy.org/bibtex/2176973f3aadadf44f498f64e9940222a/camrdale}
+}
+
+@book{bollobas01,
+ title = {Random Graphs},
+ author = {B. Bollob{\'a}s},
+ edition = {2nd},
+ publisher = {Cambridge University Press},
+ year = {2001},
+ biburl = {http://www.bibsonomy.org/bibtex/2a08b7937f79ce0cf9854806274e42ee1/camrdale},
+ keywords = {random }
+}
+
+@article{erdos1959,
+ title = {On Random Graphs},
+ author = {Pal Erd{\"o}s and Alfr{\'e}d R{\'e}nyi},
+ journal = {Publications Mathematicae},
+ pages = {290},
+ volume = {6},
+ year = {1959},
+ biburl = {http://www.bibsonomy.org/bibtex/2ff269f45bf5011aa06d7f98576455440/camrdale},
+ keywords = {random }
+}
+
+@inproceedings{dale2007globecom,
+ title = {A Measurement Study of Piece Population in {BitTorrent}},
+ address = {Washington, DC},
+ author = {Cameron Dale and Jiangchuan Liu},
+ booktitle = {GlobeCom},
+ month = {November 26--30},
+ year = {2007},
+ biburl = {http://www.bibsonomy.org/bibtex/2d90a42f8a94ec036736cf4901c258b26/camrdale},
+ keywords = {bittorrent imported-10-07-2007 }
+}
+
+@inproceedings{Urvoy-KellerM06,
+ title = {Impact of Inner Parameters and Overlay Structure on the Performance of BitTorrent.},
+ author = {Guillaume Urvoy-Keller and Pietro Michiardi},
+ booktitle = {INFOCOM},
+ year = {2006},
+ biburl = {http://www.bibsonomy.org/bibtex/257020577bd345f884b76c7cba3fb136e/camrdale},
+ description = {dblp},
+ keywords = {bittorrent }
+}
+
+@inproceedings{LegoutLKZ07,
+ title = {Clustering and sharing incentives in BitTorrent systems.},
+ author = {Arnaud Legout and Nikitas Liogkas and Eddie Kohler and Lixia Zhang},
+ booktitle = {SIGMETRICS},
+ pages = {301-312},
+ year = {2007},
+ biburl = {http://www.bibsonomy.org/bibtex/26a0e583893d2f18fd625fe5c1d86c76d/camrdale},
+ description = {dblp},
+ keywords = {bittorrent }
+}
+
+@techreport{hamra-2007,
+ title = {Understanding the Properties of the BitTorrent Overlay},
+ author = {Anwar Al-Hamra and Arnaud Legout and Chadi Barakat},
+ url = {http://arxiv.org/pdf/0707.1820},
+ year = {2007},
+ biburl = {http://www.bibsonomy.org/bibtex/279b7408f1d22816ac4562f7871e616a2/camrdale},
+ description = {[0707.1820] Understanding the Properties of the BitTorrent Overlay},
+ keywords = {bittorrent }
+}
+
+@techreport{MKL+02,
+ title = {Peer-to-Peer Computing},
+ author = {D. Milojicic and V. Kalogeraki and R. Lukose and K. Nagaraja and J. Pruyne and B. Richard},
+ institution = {HP Laboratories},
+ month = {March},
+ number = {HPL-2002-57},
+ year = {2002},
+ biburl = {http://www.bibsonomy.org/bibtex/28c9932cc6f17f157c71ae71332655525/camrdale},
+ keywords = {P2P imported-10-07-2007 }
+}
+
+@book{comerV1,
+ title = {Internetworking with {TCP/IP}: {Principles}, protocols, and architectures},
+ author = {Douglas E. Comer},
+ edition = {4th},
+ publisher = {Prentice Hall},
+ year = {2000},
+ biburl = {http://www.bibsonomy.org/bibtex/26742781fb9f45c04d8fd87b1aa864559/camrdale},
+ alteditor = {},
+ keywords = {imported-10-07-2007 }
+}
+
+@inproceedings{SGD+02,
+ title = {An analysis of {Internet} content delivery systems},
+ address = {Boston, MA},
+ author = {S. Saroiu and K. Gummadi and R. Dunn and S. Gribble and H. Levy},
+ booktitle = {Proc. of 5th Symposium on Operating Systems Design and Implementation (OSDI'02)},
+ month = {December},
+ year = {2002},
+ biburl = {http://www.bibsonomy.org/bibtex/2db36f3571c141afc8f58340eb4a5500f/camrdale},
+ keywords = {imported-10-07-2007 }
+}
+
+@article{MEVS03,
+ title = {Scalable On-demand media streaming with packet loss recovery},
+ author = {A. Mahanti and D. Eager and M. Vernon and D. Sundaram-Stukel},
+ journal = {IEEE/ACM Transactions on Networking},
+ month = {April},
+ number = {2},
+ pages = {195-209},
+ volume = {11},
+ year = {2003},
+ biburl = {http://www.bibsonomy.org/bibtex/2e4f68f677c7615b0a2c86cd740009dc6/camrdale},
+ keywords = {imported-10-07-2007 skype }
+}
+
+@misc{TURN,
+ title = {Traversal Using Relay {NAT} ({TURN})},
+ author = {J. Rosenberg and R. Mahy and C. Huitema},
+ howpublished = {Internet-Draft \url{http://www.jdrosen.net/midcom_turn.html}},
+ key = {turn},
+ month = {September},
+ year = {2005},
+ biburl = {http://www.bibsonomy.org/bibtex/2c8466bcb904b63fd978721cc109ddb8f/camrdale},
+ keywords = {imported-10-07-2007 skype }
+}
+
+@misc{ILBC,
+ title = {Internet Low Bit Rate Codec ({iLBC})},
+ author = {S. Andersen and A. Duric and H. Astrom and R. Hagen and W. Kleijn and J. Linden},
+ howpublished = {RFC 3951},
+ key = {ilbc},
+ month = {December},
+ year = {2004},
+ biburl = {http://www.bibsonomy.org/bibtex/2ca48357216ba390affa5001cec868724/camrdale},
+ keywords = {imported-10-07-2007 skype }
+}
+
+@misc{STUN,
+ title = {{STUN} - Simple Traversal of User Datagram Protocol ({UDP}) Through Network Address Translators ({NATs})},
+ author = {J. Rosenberg and J. Weinberger and C. Huitema and R. Mahy},
+ howpublished = {RFC 3489},
+ key = {stun},
+ month = {March},
+ year = {2003},
+ biburl = {http://www.bibsonomy.org/bibtex/2d3e2f1cbab6d8f9b24cdcec9b4a5ea78/camrdale},
+ keywords = {imported-10-07-2007 skype }
+}
+
+@misc{TAPIO05,
+ title = {Future of telecommunication {-} {Internet} telephony operator {Skype}},
+ author = {A. Tapio},
+ howpublished = {\url{http://www.tml.tkk.fi/Publications/C/18/tapio.pdf}},
+ month = {April},
+ year = {2005},
+ biburl = {http://www.bibsonomy.org/bibtex/21b13d16adcb0b00d15f8e06c1d1876cf/camrdale},
+ keywords = {imported-10-07-2007 skype }
+}
+
+@misc{GARF05,
+ title = {{VoIP} and {Skype} security},
+ author = {S. L. Garfinkel},
+ howpublished = {\url{http://www.simson.net/ref/2005/OSI_Skype6.pdf}},
+ month = {January},
+ year = {2005},
+ biburl = {http://www.bibsonomy.org/bibtex/2fa3ca1459d04d5f4b6ca25b6646863d4/camrdale},
+ keywords = {imported-10-07-2007 }
+}
+
+@misc{BERSON05,
+ title = {Skype security evaluation},
+ author = {T. Berson},
+ howpublished = {\url{http://skype.com/security/files/2005-031%20security%20evaluation.pdf}},
+ month = {October},
+ year = {2005},
+ biburl = {http://www.bibsonomy.org/bibtex/2365a3e206bc0bcf075cfbf1ea14e1329/camrdale},
+ keywords = {imported-10-07-2007 skype }
+}
+
+@inproceedings{BASET06,
+ title = {An analysis of the {Skype} peer-to-peer {Internet} telephony protocol},
+ address = {Barcelona, Spain},
+ author = {S. A. Baset and H. Schulzrinne},
+ booktitle = {Proc. of the INFOCOM '06},
+ month = {April},
+ year = {2006},
+ biburl = {http://www.bibsonomy.org/bibtex/2b5848beb4928e2325d50d5860a77fd0a/camrdale},
+ keywords = {imported-10-07-2007 skype }
+}
+
+@inproceedings{GUHA06,
+ title = {An experimental study of the {Skype} peer-to-peer {VoIP} system},
+ address = {Santa Barbara, CA},
+ author = {S. Guha and N. Daswani and R. Jain},
+ booktitle = {Proc. of the IPTPS '06},
+ month = {February},
+ year = {2006},
+ biburl = {http://www.bibsonomy.org/bibtex/2e3205aaf23e0d1d7d6b0dabaff42cfe3/camrdale},
+ keywords = {imported-10-07-2007 skype }
+}
+
+@electronic{COHEN03,
+ title = {Incentives Build Robustness in {BitTorrent}},
+ author = {Bram Cohen},
+ month = {May},
+ url = {http://bitconjurer.org/BitTorrent/bittorrentecon.pdf},
+ year = {2003},
+ biburl = {http://www.bibsonomy.org/bibtex/2299d8ad24b1349ecc007235542dd5463/camrdale},
+ keywords = {bittorrent imported-10-07-2007 }
+}
+
+@book{TRIV06,
+ title = {Queueing Networks and Markov Chains},
+ address = {Hoboken, New Jersey},
+ author = {Gunter Bolch and Stefan Greiner and Hermann de Meer and Kishor S. Trivedi},
+ edition = {Second},
+ publisher = {John Wiley \& Sons, Inc.},
+ year = {2006},
+ biburl = {http://www.bibsonomy.org/bibtex/2ab05a62a075b116f8cda009056d74d3d/camrdale},
+ keywords = {imported-10-07-2007 }
+}
+
+@inproceedings{LIU05,
+ title = {{CoolStreaming}/{DONet}: A Data-driven Overlay Network for Peer-to-Peer Live Media Streaming},
+ address = {Miami, FL, USA},
+ author = {Xinyan Zhang and Jiangchuan Liu and Bo Li and Tak-Shing Peter Yum},
+ booktitle = {Proc. IEEE INFOCOM},
+ month = {March},
+ year = {2005},
+ biburl = {http://www.bibsonomy.org/bibtex/2977698ef5c35e5f444a4e00647017d14/camrdale},
+ keywords = {P2P imported-10-07-2007 }
+}
+
+@inproceedings{GUO05,
+ title = {Measurements, Analysis, and Modeling of {BitTorrent}-like Systems},
+ address = {Berkeley, CA, USA},
+ author = {Lei Guo and Songqing Chen and Zhen Xiao and Enhua Tan and Xiaoning Ding and Xiaodong Zhang},
+ booktitle = {Proc. Internet Measurement Conference},
+ month = {October},
+ year = {2005},
+ biburl = {http://www.bibsonomy.org/bibtex/2836853ae91b04fbf42c5cd05effa86b5/camrdale},
+ keywords = {bittorrent imported-10-07-2007 }
+}
+
+@inproceedings{POUW05,
+ title = {The {BitTorrent} {P2P} file-sharing system: Measurements and analysis},
+ address = {Ithaca, NY, USA},
+ author = {J. A. Pouwelse and P. Garbacki and D. H. J. Epema and H. J. Sips},
+ booktitle = {Proc. 4th International Workshop on Peer-to-Peer Systems},
+ month = {February},
+ year = {2005},
+ biburl = {http://www.bibsonomy.org/bibtex/28c1ac16256d4821f83c3e53c2159a343/camrdale},
+ keywords = {bittorrent imported-10-07-2007 }
+}
+
+@inproceedings{IZAL04,
+ title = {Dissecting {BitTorrent}: Five months in a torrent’s lifetime},
+ address = {Antibes Juan-les-Pins, France},
+ author = {M. Izal and G. Urvoy-Keller and E. Biersack and P. Felber and A. Al Hamra and L. Garces-Erice},
+ booktitle = {Passive and Active Measurements},
+ month = {April},
+ year = {2004},
+ biburl = {http://www.bibsonomy.org/bibtex/2d60eec6bc0aff7dae54a2563175b6b32/camrdale},
+ keywords = {bittorrent imported-10-07-2007 }
+}
+
+@inproceedings{VECI03,
+ title = {Fairness, incentives and performance in peer-to-peer networks},
+ address = {Monticello, Illinois, USA},
+ author = {Gustavo de Veciana and Xiangying Yang},
+ booktitle = {Proc. Forty-first Annual Allerton Conference on Communication, Control and Computing},
+ month = {October},
+ year = {2003},
+ biburl = {http://www.bibsonomy.org/bibtex/2b36332af9a63ff8ef1872eeb8e5cb3c6/camrdale},
+ keywords = {bittorrent imported-10-07-2007 }
+}
+
+@inproceedings{QIU04,
+ title = {Modeling and Performance Analysis of {BitTorrent}-Like Peer-to-Peer Networks},
+ address = {Portland, Oregon, USA},
+ author = {Dongyu Qiu and R. Srikant},
+ booktitle = {Proc. {SIGCOMM} '04},
+ month = {August 30--September 3,},
+ year = {2004},
+ biburl = {http://www.bibsonomy.org/bibtex/2cd1757da2622b920f61cc1058be366ce/camrdale},
+ keywords = {bittorrent imported-10-07-2007 }
+}
+
+@inproceedings{kwon2006dda,
+ title = {{DANS: decentralized, autonomous, and networkwide service delivery and multimedia workflow processing}},
+ author = {G. Kwon and K.S. Candan},
+ booktitle = {Proceedings of the 14th annual ACM international conference on Multimedia},
+ pages = {549--558},
+ publisher = {ACM Press New York, NY, USA},
+ year = {2006},
+ biburl = {http://www.bibsonomy.org/bibtex/27a6df9b3f9c4535235d84858fa9fe875/camrdale},
+ keywords = {imported-10-07-2007 }
+}
+
+@inproceedings{chun2006cas,
+ title = {{ChunkCast: An Anycast Service for Large Content Distribution}},
+ author = {B.G. Chun and P. Wu and H. Weatherspoon and J. Kubiatowicz},
+ booktitle = {Proceedings of the 5th International Workshop on Peer-to-Peer Systems},
+ year = {2006},
+ biburl = {http://www.bibsonomy.org/bibtex/2698ef0ecfa3351c555a78846c38f790e/camrdale},
+ keywords = {P2P imported-10-07-2007 }
+}
+
+@inproceedings{legout2006rfa,
+ title = {{Rarest first and choke algorithms are enough}},
+ address = {Rio de Janeiro, Brazil},
+ author = {A. Legout and G. Urvoy-Keller and P. Michiardi},
+ booktitle = {Proc. IMC'06},
+ month = {October},
+ year = {2006},
+ biburl = {http://www.bibsonomy.org/bibtex/2ab1433ae77d0e9e2387215b0a31ad77b/camrdale},
+ keywords = {bittorrent imported-10-07-2007 }
+}
+
+@inproceedings{gkantsidis2006cvl,
+ title = {{Comprehensive view of a live network coding P2P system}},
+ author = {C. Gkantsidis and J. Miller and P. Rodriguez},
+ booktitle = {Proceedings of the 6th ACM SIGCOMM on Internet measurement},
+ pages = {177--188},
+ publisher = {ACM Press New York, NY, USA},
+ year = {2006},
+ biburl = {http://www.bibsonomy.org/bibtex/29f2eba6b3efa5293af5c761f25cc28ce/camrdale},
+ keywords = {P2P imported-10-07-2007 }
+}
+
+@inproceedings{magharei-prime,
+ title = {{PRIME: Peer-to-Peer Receiver-drIven MEsh-based Streaming}},
+ author = {Nazanin Magharei and Reza Rejaie},
+ booktitle = {Proceedings of IEEE Infocom},
+ year = {2007},
+ biburl = {http://www.bibsonomy.org/bibtex/2c809f71d5a0095e26572405ab90f6b9d/camrdale},
+ keywords = {P2P imported-10-07-2007 }
+}
+
+@inproceedings{magharei-treemesh,
+ title = {{Mesh or Multiple-Tree: A Comparative Study of P2P Live streaming}},
+ author = {Nazanin Magharei and Reza Rejaie and Yang Guo},
+ booktitle = {Proceedings of IEEE Infocom},
+ year = {2007},
+ biburl = {http://www.bibsonomy.org/bibtex/297c314e73a0d0e4c4cdfed38892c966e/camrdale},
+ keywords = {P2P imported-10-07-2007 }
+}
+
+@inproceedings{kumar:sft,
+ title = {{Stochastic Fluid Theory for P2P Streaming Systems}},
+ author = {R. Kumar and Y. Liu and K.W. Ross},
+ booktitle = {Proceedings of IEEE Infocom},
+ year = {2007},
+ biburl = {http://www.bibsonomy.org/bibtex/2c30dc8717505ad5856a3c037efa63611/camrdale},
+ keywords = {P2P imported-10-07-2007 }
+}
+
+@inproceedings{stutzbach2006ucp,
+ title = {{Understanding churn in peer-to-peer networks}},
+ author = {D. Stutzbach and R. Rejaie},
+ booktitle = {Proceedings of the 6th ACM SIGCOMM on Internet measurement},
+ pages = {189--202},
+ publisher = {ACM Press New York, NY, USA},
+ year = {2006},
+ biburl = {http://www.bibsonomy.org/bibtex/2142bfbdf39b5c71066c209c0e0a02660/camrdale},
+ keywords = {P2P imported-10-07-2007 }
+}
+
+@inproceedings{stutzbach2006usu,
+ title = {{On unbiased sampling for unstructured peer-to-peer networks}},
+ author = {D. Stutzbach and R. Rejaie and N. Duffield and S. Sen and W. Willinger},
+ booktitle = {Proceedings of the 6th ACM SIGCOMM on Internet measurement},
+ pages = {27--40},
+ publisher = {ACM Press New York, NY, USA},
+ year = {2006},
+ biburl = {http://www.bibsonomy.org/bibtex/27f6cb9a95586ddf2d1d2f458b266458f/camrdale},
+ keywords = {P2P imported-10-07-2007 }
+}
+
+@inproceedings{laoutaris:isn,
+ title = {{Implications of Selfish Neighbor Selection in Overlay Networks}},
+ author = {N. Laoutaris and G. Smaragdakis and A. Bestavros and J.W. Byers},
+ booktitle = {Proceedings of IEEE Infocom},
+ year = {2007},
+ biburl = {http://www.bibsonomy.org/bibtex/27e679f56f9a1c823f7475c88e75dbecf/camrdale},
+ keywords = {P2P imported-10-07-2007 }
+}
+
+@inproceedings{pucha2006irn,
+ title = {{On the impact of research network based testbeds on wide-area experiments}},
+ author = {H. Pucha and Y.C. Hu and Z.M. Mao},
+ booktitle = {Proceedings of the 6th ACM SIGCOMM on Internet measurement},
+ pages = {133--146},
+ publisher = {ACM Press New York, NY, USA},
+ year = {2006},
+ biburl = {http://www.bibsonomy.org/bibtex/277a4194210cf344e2d8c5f4a28b2d856/camrdale},
+ keywords = {imported-10-07-2007 planetlab }
+}
+
+@techreport{cameron07,
+ title = {{Modelling piece population in BitTorrent}},
+ author = {Cameron Dale and Jiangchuan Liu},
+ booktitle = {Technical Report},
+ institution = {Simon Fraser University},
+ publisher = {Simon Fraser University},
+ year = {2007},
+ biburl = {http://www.bibsonomy.org/bibtex/25fe26f3afdfa7f1d0f92104cf8dbf9ef/camrdale},
+ keywords = {bittorrent imported-10-07-2007 }
+}
+
+@techreport{techBTNetworks,
+ title = {{On the Evolution of BitTorrent Network Topologies: An Experimental Study}},
+ author = {Cameron Dale and Jiangchuan Liu and Joseph Peters and Bo Li},
+ booktitle = {Technical Report},
+ institution = {Simon Fraser University},
+ publisher = {Simon Fraser University},
+ year = {2007},
+ month = {November},
+}
+
+@inproceedings{guo2006dii,
+ title = {{Delving into internet streaming media delivery: a quality and resource utilization perspective}},
+ author = {L. Guo and E. Tan and S. Chen and Z. Xiao and O. Spatscheck and X. Zhang},
+ booktitle = {Proceedings of the 6th ACM SIGCOMM on Internet measurement},
+ pages = {217--230},
+ publisher = {ACM Press New York, NY, USA},
+ year = {2006},
+ biburl = {http://www.bibsonomy.org/bibtex/202feaf336821bc1aff34724c020acb24/camrdale},
+ keywords = {imported-10-07-2007 youtube }
+}
+
+@inproceedings{madhyastha2006iip,
+ title = {{iPlane: An Information Plane for Distributed Services}},
+ author = {H.V. Madhyastha and T. Isdal and M. Piatek and C. Dixon and T. Anderson and A. Krishnamurthy and A. Venkataramani},
+ journal = {Proc. OSDI},
+ year = {2006},
+ biburl = {http://www.bibsonomy.org/bibtex/2adf31a00016e5d2b4ab3869885e7508a/camrdale},
+ keywords = {imported-10-07-2007 planetlab }
+}
+
+@article{wang2007iptps,
+ title = {{On the Role of Helpers in Peer-to-Peer File Download Systems: Design, Analysis and Simulation}},
+ author = {Jiajun Wang and Chuohao Yeo and Vinod Prabhakaran and Kannan Ramchandran},
+ journal = {IPTPS’07},
+ publisher = {Springer},
+ year = {2007},
+ biburl = {http://www.bibsonomy.org/bibtex/27959fb6891cc2011898af1cf01a2786d/camrdale},
+ keywords = {P2P imported-10-07-2007 }
+}
+
+@article{huang2007iptps,
+ title = {{Peer-Assisted VoD: Making Internet Video Distribution Cheap}},
+ author = {Jin Li (Microsoft Research); Keith W. Ross Cheng Huang},
+ journal = {IPTPS’07},
+ publisher = {Springer},
+ year = {2007},
+ biburl = {http://www.bibsonomy.org/bibtex/208234933f69a5b8a8f5ba2de6d34249b/camrdale},
+ keywords = {P2P imported-10-07-2007 youtube }
+}
+
+@inproceedings{stoica2001csp,
+ title = {{Chord: A scalable peer-to-peer lookup service for internet applications}},
+ author = {Ion Stoica and Robert Morris and David Karger and M. Frans Kaashoek and Hari Balakrishnan},
+ journal = {Proc. {SIGCOMM} '01},
+ number = {4},
+ pages = {149--160},
+ publisher = {ACM Press New York, NY, USA},
+ volume = {31},
+ year = {2001},
+ biburl = {http://www.bibsonomy.org/bibtex/22d3594d751526a3a13c86c742fbb860c/camrdale},
+ keywords = {DHT imported-10-07-2007 }
+}
+
+@article{gribble2001cdp,
+ title = {{What can databases do for peer-to-peer}},
+ author = {S. Gribble and A. Halevy and Z. Ives and M. Rodrig and D. Suciu},
+ journal = {WebDB Workshop on Databases and the Web},
+ publisher = {June},
+ year = {2001},
+ biburl = {http://www.bibsonomy.org/bibtex/2a59a77060fd4b9a2a14a8b09a4d3abf9/camrdale},
+ keywords = {DHT imported-10-07-2007 }
+}
+
+@inproceedings{gupta30kbe,
+ title = {Kelips: Building an Efficient and Stable {P2P} {DHT} Through Increased Memory and Background Overhead},
+ author = {Indranil Gupta and Ken Birman and Prakash Linga and Al Demers and Robbert van Renesse},
+ booktitle = {Proceedings of the 2nd International Workshop on Peer-to-Peer Systems (IPTPS '03)},
+ year = {2003},
+ biburl = {http://www.bibsonomy.org/bibtex/2622a22fa2c551a0a21aee48464555d3b/camrdale},
+ keywords = {DHT imported-10-07-2007 }
+}
+
+@article{sahin2004ppf,
+ title = {{A peer-to-peer framework for caching range queries}},
+ author = {OD Sahin and A. Gupta and D. Agrawal and A. El Abbadi},
+ journal = {Proceedings 20th International Conference on Data Engineering},
+ pages = {165--176},
+ year = {2004},
+ biburl = {http://www.bibsonomy.org/bibtex/2a0076aa2dc26e1bb25fb82932e1a008e/camrdale},
+ keywords = {DHT imported-10-07-2007 }
+}
+
+@article{lynch2002ada,
+ title = {{Atomic data access in distributed hash tables}},
+ author = {N. Lynch and D. Malkhi and D. Ratajczak},
+ journal = {Proceedings of the International Peer-to-Peer Symposium, March},
+ publisher = {Springer},
+ year = {2002},
+ biburl = {http://www.bibsonomy.org/bibtex/227a04f7f6ba1244906cb84470802109b/camrdale},
+ keywords = {DHT imported-10-07-2007 }
+}
+
+@article{rowstron2001psd,
+ title = {{Pastry: Scalable, distributed object location and routing for large-scale peer-to-peer systems}},
+ author = {A. Rowstron and P. Druschel},
+ journal = {IFIP/ACM International Conference on Distributed Systems Platforms (Middleware)},
+ pages = {329--350},
+ volume = {11},
+ year = {2001},
+ biburl = {http://www.bibsonomy.org/bibtex/269bd8112bfdd85974602e314bd266031/camrdale},
+ keywords = {DHT imported-10-07-2007 }
+}
+
+@article{ratsanamy2001sca,
+ title = {{A Scalable Content-Addressable Network}},
+ author = {S. Ratsanamy and P. Francis and M. Handley and R. Karp},
+ journal = {ACM SIGCOMM Conference},
+ pages = {161--172},
+ year = {2001},
+ biburl = {http://www.bibsonomy.org/bibtex/23ff377ce66ec83250a5263bb527f4874/camrdale},
+ keywords = {DHT imported-10-07-2007 }
+}
+
+@article{liu2004mam,
+ title = {{Measurement and Modeling of Large-Scale Peer-to-Peer Storage System}},
+ author = {G. Liu and M. Hu and B. Fang and H. Zhang},
+ journal = {Lecture Notes in Computer Science},
+ pages = {270--277},
+ publisher = {Springer},
+ year = {2004},
+ biburl = {http://www.bibsonomy.org/bibtex/2bf3bac7ad83fc3b79f976e540e3c79ac/camrdale},
+ keywords = {P2P imported-10-07-2007 }
+}
+
+@inproceedings{kleinberg:swp,
+ title = {The small-world phenomenon: an algorithm perspective},
+ address = {New York, NY, USA},
+ author = {Jon Kleinberg},
+ booktitle = {Proceedings of the thirty-second annual ACM symposium on Theory of computing},
+ pages = {163--170},
+ publisher = {ACM Press},
+ year = {2000},
+ biburl = {http://www.bibsonomy.org/bibtex/22f3cea27493702d2ccca7a20b99af190/camrdale},
+ location = {Portland, Oregon, United States},
+ keywords = {imported-10-07-2007 small-world }
+}
+
+@article{watts1998cds,
+ title = {{Collective dynamics of `small-world' networks}},
+ author = {DJ Watts and SH Strogatz},
+ journal = {Nature},
+ number = {6684},
+ pages = {409--10},
+ volume = {393},
+ year = {1998},
+ biburl = {http://www.bibsonomy.org/bibtex/2fec6392d7a30bb814901f03e2aad45e6/camrdale},
+ keywords = {imported-10-07-2007 small-world }
+}
+
+@book{watts1999swd,
+ title = {{Small Worlds: the dynamics of networks between order and randomness}},
+ author = {D.J. Watts},
+ publisher = {Princeton Univ Pr},
+ year = {1999},
+ biburl = {http://www.bibsonomy.org/bibtex/2b1db41da6e7188611066de8b13fd0524/camrdale},
+ keywords = {imported-10-07-2007 small-world }
+}
+
+@article{aberer2005epr,
+ title = {{The essence of P2P: a reference architecture for overlay networks}},
+ author = {K. Aberer and LO Alima and A. Ghodsi and S. Girdzijauskas and S. Haridi and M. Hauswirth},
+ journal = {Fifth IEEE International Conference on Peer-to-Peer Computing},
+ pages = {11--20},
+ year = {2005},
+ biburl = {http://www.bibsonomy.org/bibtex/2e4b71f991aa281adee95c414aee6612e/camrdale},
+ keywords = {P2P imported-10-07-2007 }
+}
+
+@article{PhysRevLett.87.198701,
+ title = {Efficient Behavior of Small-World Networks},
+ author = {Vito Latora and Massimo Marchiori},
+ journal = {Phys. Rev. Lett.},
+ month = {Oct},
+ number = {19},
+ pages = {198701},
+ publisher = {American Physical Society},
+ volume = {87},
+ year = {2001},
+ biburl = {http://www.bibsonomy.org/bibtex/2bb773be4359a10968b559da5d533d5d4/camrdale},
+ numpages = {4},
+ keywords = {imported-10-07-2007 small-world }
+}
+
+@article{comellas2000dsw,
+ title = {{Deterministic small-world communication networks}},
+ author = {F. Comellas and J. Ozon and J.G. Peters},
+ journal = {Information Processing Letters},
+ number = {1-2},
+ pages = {83--90},
+ volume = {76},
+ year = {2000},
+ biburl = {http://www.bibsonomy.org/bibtex/21ff4c8efd4bcd232da3055e3a2c7765b/camrdale},
+ keywords = {imported-10-07-2007 small-world }
+}
+
+@article{comellas1997bsw,
+ title = {{Broadcasting in Small-World Communication Networks}},
+ author = {F. Comellas and M. Mitjana and J.G. Peters},
+ journal = {TIC},
+ pages = {0963},
+ year = {1997},
+ biburl = {http://www.bibsonomy.org/bibtex/2b04e81b7c85694cefc33df05fb9ea139/camrdale},
+ keywords = {imported-10-07-2007 small-world }
+}
+
+@techreport{comellas9esw,
+ title = {{Epidemics in Small-World Communication Networks}},
+ author = {F. Comellas and M. Mitjana and J.G. Peters},
+ institution = {Simon Fraser University},
+ month = {October},
+ number = {SFU-CMPT-TR-2002},
+ year = {2002},
+ biburl = {http://www.bibsonomy.org/bibtex/2842963e83f1f5a5b20b8b0edb41ec157/camrdale},
+ keywords = {imported-10-07-2007 small-world }
+}
+
+@article{hui2004swo,
+ title = {{Small world overlay P2P networks}},
+ author = {KYK Hui and JCS Lui and DKY Yau},
+ journal = {Proc. Twelfth IEEE International Workshop on Quality of Service},
+ pages = {201--210},
+ year = {2004},
+ biburl = {http://www.bibsonomy.org/bibtex/2d39a727725948867b46dea540eb5ab8e/camrdale},
+ keywords = {P2P imported-10-07-2007 small-world }
+}
+
+@article{milgram1967swp,
+ title = {{The small world problem}},
+ author = {S. Milgram},
+ journal = {Psychology Today},
+ number = {1},
+ pages = {60--67},
+ volume = {2},
+ year = {1967},
+ biburl = {http://www.bibsonomy.org/bibtex/259b7f7ec3830ad1992daa1775fa8446f/camrdale},
+ keywords = {imported-10-07-2007 small-world youtube }
+}
+
+@article{zhang2004usw,
+ title = {{Using the small-world model to improve Freenet performance}},
+ author = {H. Zhang and A. Goel and R. Govindan},
+ journal = {Computer Networks},
+ number = {4},
+ pages = {555--574},
+ publisher = {Elsevier},
+ volume = {46},
+ year = {2004},
+ biburl = {http://www.bibsonomy.org/bibtex/22bdcfe61c330a0eb493c32fa0a43d5cc/camrdale},
+ keywords = {imported-10-07-2007 small-world }
+}
+
+@incollection{hong2001perf,
+ title = {{Performance}},
+ address = {Sebastopol, CA, USA},
+ author = {T. Hong},
+ booktitle = {Peer-to-Peer: Harnessing the Power of Disruptive Technologies},
+ chapter = {14},
+ editor = {Andy Oram},
+ pages = {203--241},
+ publisher = {O'Reilly \& Associates, Inc.},
+ year = {2001},
+ biburl = {http://www.bibsonomy.org/bibtex/21af2b11961f0d0028a37a99deedf239f/camrdale},
+ keywords = {P2P imported-10-07-2007 small-world }
+}
+
+@article{2000Natur.406..378A,
+ title = {{Error and attack tolerance of complex networks}},
+ author = {R. {Albert} and H. {Jeong} and A.-L. {Barab{\'a}si}},
+ journal = {Nature},
+ month = {July},
+ pages = {378--382},
+ volume = {406},
+ year = {2000},
+ biburl = {http://www.bibsonomy.org/bibtex/26768497104e6e77bd1bfdf9e07af9f50/camrdale},
+ keywords = {imported-10-07-2007 scale-free }
+}
+
+@article{barab1999esrn,
+ title = {{Emergence of Scaling in Random Networks}},
+ author = {Albert-L{\'a}szl{\'o} Barab{\'a}si and R{\'e}ka Albert},
+ journal = {Science},
+ number = {5439},
+ pages = {509--512},
+ volume = {286},
+ year = {1999},
+ biburl = {http://www.bibsonomy.org/bibtex/2cd72a4b9b18025fd856f94e830530e50/camrdale},
+ keywords = {imported-10-07-2007 scale-free }
+}
+
+@phdthesis{wouhaybi2006arp,
+ title = {{Algorithms for Reliable Peer-to-Peer Networks}},
+ author = {R.H. Wouhaybi},
+ school = {Columbia University},
+ year = {2006},
+ biburl = {http://www.bibsonomy.org/bibtex/2f90680216530911dc1abb09dad6ad724/camrdale},
+ keywords = {P2P imported-10-07-2007 scale-free }
+}
+
+@article{willmott2005eat,
+ title = {{On Exploiting Agent Technology in the design of Peer-to-Peer Applications}},
+ author = {S. Willmott and J.M. Pujol and U. Cortes},
+ journal = {Lecture Notes in Computer Science},
+ pages = {98},
+ publisher = {SPRINGER-VERLAG},
+ volume = {3601},
+ year = {2005},
+ biburl = {http://www.bibsonomy.org/bibtex/2f76df6dad12516d28a0f35fe73c17cd9/camrdale},
+ keywords = {P2P imported-10-07-2007 scale-free }
+}
+
+@article{barabasi2003sfn,
+ title = {{Scale-Free Networks}},
+ author = {A.L. Barab{\'a}si and E. Bonabeau},
+ journal = {Scientific American Magazine},
+ number = {5},
+ pages = {60--69},
+ publisher = {Scientific American},
+ volume = {288},
+ year = {2003},
+ biburl = {http://www.bibsonomy.org/bibtex/2a7740674d440e139085f1467cd508c34/camrdale},
+ keywords = {imported-10-07-2007 scale-free }
+}
+
+@article{alderson2005tts,
+ title = {{Towards a Theory of Scale-Free Graphs: Definition, Properties, and Implications}},
+ author = {D. Alderson and J.C. Doyle and L. Li and W. Willinger},
+ journal = {Internet Math},
+ number = {4},
+ pages = {431--523},
+ volume = {2},
+ year = {2005},
+ biburl = {http://www.bibsonomy.org/bibtex/2cae56a134407ebe8f1186073851d1503/camrdale},
+ keywords = {imported-10-07-2007 scale-free }
+}
+
+@article{albert1999dww,
+ title = {{The Diameter of the World Wide Web}},
+ author = {R. Albert and H. Jeong and A.L. Barabasi},
+ journal = {Nature},
+ pages = {130--131},
+ volume = {401},
+ year = {1999},
+ biburl = {http://www.bibsonomy.org/bibtex/200d3eb8e6f3c362b62de9e3384b36ae7/camrdale},
+ keywords = {imported-10-07-2007 small-world youtube }
+}
+
+@article{ravasz2003hoc,
+ title = {Hierarchical Organization in Complex Networks},
+ author = {Erzs\'ebet Ravasz and Albert-L\'aszl\'o Barab\'asi},
+ journal = {Physical Review E},
+ month = {Feb},
+ number = {2},
+ pages = {026112},
+ volume = {67},
+ year = {2003},
+ biburl = {http://www.bibsonomy.org/bibtex/25802f8c1be1526dc7b316b680a2a9ffa/camrdale},
+ numpages = {7},
+ keywords = {imported-10-07-2007 small-world youtube }
+}
+
+@inproceedings{huang07peervod,
+ title = {{Can Internet Video-on-Demand be Profitable?}},
+ author = {Cheng Huang and Jin Li and Keith W. Ross},
+ booktitle = {SIGCOMM'07},
+ year = {2007},
+ biburl = {http://www.bibsonomy.org/bibtex/23ef9b4f58783daa5430f9752405fe3c4/camrdale},
+ keywords = {imported-10-07-2007 youtube }
+}
+
+@manual{corbett06peering,
+ title = {{Peering of Video}},
+ author = {Colin Corbett},
+ booktitle = {NANOG 37},
+ year = {2006},
+ biburl = {http://www.bibsonomy.org/bibtex/269fedfe1c0713c132194014e626d069c/camrdale},
+ keywords = {imported-10-07-2007 youtube }
+}
+
+@article{liu2004pcm,
+ title = {{Proxy Caching for Media Streaming over the Internet}},
+ author = {J. Liu and J. Xu},
+ journal = {IEEE Communications Magazine},
+ number = {8},
+ pages = {88--94},
+ volume = {42},
+ year = {2004},
+ biburl = {http://www.bibsonomy.org/bibtex/2c271a6efc40459b4685ce839e677a9fc/camrdale},
+ keywords = {imported-10-07-2007 youtube }
+}
+
+@inproceedings{breslau99web,
+ title = {{Web Caching and Zipf-like Distributions: Evidence and Implications}},
+ author = {Lee Breslau and Pei Cao and Li Fan and Graham Phillips and Scott Shenker},
+ booktitle = {INFOCOM},
+ year = {1999},
+ biburl = {http://www.bibsonomy.org/bibtex/21cceb4bf9c0cb0b9cf6f9f495b95b039/camrdale},
+ keywords = {imported-10-07-2007 youtube }
+}
+
+@inproceedings{sen99proxy,
+ title = {{Proxy Prefix Caching for Multimedia Streams}},
+ author = {Subhabrata Sen and Jennifer Rexford and Donald F. Towsley},
+ booktitle = {INFOCOM},
+ year = {1999},
+ biburl = {http://www.bibsonomy.org/bibtex/2c741a426763c735e27bcd3557aa8904c/camrdale},
+ keywords = {imported-10-07-2007 youtube }
+}
+
+@inproceedings{veloso02hierarchical,
+ title = {{A Hierarchical Characterization of a Live Streaming Media Workload}},
+ author = {Eveline Veloso and Virgilio Almeida and Wagner Meira and Azer Bestavros and Shudong Jin},
+ booktitle = {Proc. SIGCOMM},
+ year = {2002},
+ biburl = {http://www.bibsonomy.org/bibtex/266180a55997e2676698f081bed0d9173/camrdale},
+ keywords = {imported-10-07-2007 youtube }
+}
+
+@inproceedings{cherkasova02characterizing,
+ title = {{Characterizing Locality, Evolution, and Life Span of Accesses in Enterprise Media Server Workloads}},
+ author = {Ludmial Cherkasova and Minaxi Gupta},
+ booktitle = {Proc. NOSSDAV},
+ year = {2002},
+ biburl = {http://www.bibsonomy.org/bibtex/26f19fc3b9e2db87cf5f0c6eb9e57d436/camrdale},
+ keywords = {imported-10-07-2007 youtube }
+}
+
+@inproceedings{chesire01measurement,
+ title = {{Measurement and Analysis of a Streaming-Media Workload}},
+ author = {Maureen Chesire and Alec Wolman and Geoffrey M. Voelker and Henry M. Levy},
+ booktitle = {Proc. USITS},
+ year = {2001},
+ biburl = {http://www.bibsonomy.org/bibtex/26b58fa3a5454e04aee213c907e6a5575/camrdale},
+ keywords = {imported-10-07-2007 youtube }
+}
+
+@inproceedings{yu06understanding,
+ title = {{Understanding User Behavior in Large-Scale Video-on-Demand Systems}},
+ author = {Hongliang Yu and Dongdong Zheng and Ben Y. Zhao and Weimin Zheng},
+ booktitle = {EuroSys},
+ year = {2006},
+ biburl = {http://www.bibsonomy.org/bibtex/200189ba2e22b21e6656eec9add9919b2/camrdale},
+ keywords = {imported-10-07-2007 youtube }
+}
+
+@inproceedings{acharya00characterizing,
+ title = {{Characterizing User Access To Videos On The World Wide Web}},
+ author = {Soam Acharya and Brian Smith and Peter Parnes},
+ booktitle = {Proc. SPIE},
+ year = {2000},
+ biburl = {http://www.bibsonomy.org/bibtex/25eb8b7a68e8ed31585eac376b6d12141/camrdale},
+ keywords = {imported-10-07-2007 youtube }
+}
+
+@inproceedings{almeida01edu,
+ title = {{Analysis of Educational Media Server Workloads}},
+ author = {Jussara M. Almeida and Jeffrey Krueger and Derek L. Eager and Mary K. Vernon},
+ booktitle = {{Proc. NOSSDAV}},
+ year = {2001},
+ biburl = {http://www.bibsonomy.org/bibtex/24c7ac6011fef76f383503bcf44a4752e/camrdale},
+ keywords = {imported-10-07-2007 youtube }
+}
+
+@techreport{tang03long,
+ title = {{Long-term Streaming Media Server Workload Analysis and Modeling}},
+ author = {Wenting Tang and Yun Fu and Ludmila Cherkasova and Amin Vahdat},
+ institution = {HP Labs},
+ year = {2003},
+ biburl = {http://www.bibsonomy.org/bibtex/2dbaca2d4710b6400019eedd014b20567/camrdale},
+ keywords = {imported-10-07-2007 youtube }
+}
--- /dev/null
+[General]
+img_extIsRegExp=false
+img_extensions=.eps .pdf .dvi .ps .fig .gif .jpg .jpeg .png
+kileprversion=1
+kileversion=1.9.2
+lastDocument=abstract.tex
+masterDocument=
+name=apt-p2p-abstract
+pkg_extIsRegExp=false
+pkg_extensions=.cls .sty .dtx
+src_extIsRegExp=false
+src_extensions=.tex .ltx .bib .mp
+
+[Tools]
+MakeIndex=
+QuickBuild=LaTeX+DVItoPDF+ViewPDF
+
+[item:abstract.tex]
+archive=true
+column=62
+encoding=UTF-8
+highlight=LaTeX
+line=14
+open=true
+
+[item:all.bib]
+archive=true
+column=20
+encoding=UTF-8
+highlight=BibTeX
+line=225
+open=false
+
+[item:apt-p2p-abstract.kilepr]
+archive=true
+column=0
+encoding=
+highlight=
+line=0
+open=false
projects / quix0rs-apt-p2p.git / commitdiff